Standard Product Index Hydraulic Cylinder and Accessories Section Table of Contents Page C2 Custom ............................. Bores up to 10” diameter welded and 5” tie-rod Welded ...................................................................... Bores up to 8” diameter Tie-Rod ....................................................................... Strokes up to 60” long PTO Pumps Section Table of Contents Page P2 PTO Mounted (gear) Electronic Catalog available Online at www.princehyd.com Hydraulic Valve Section Table of Contents Page V2 Directional Control Accessory Valves Stack Valves Flow Control Check Mono Block Valves Relief Selector Loader Valves Sequence Priority Log Splitter
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIESCATC 2-11-23-01 C2 TABLE OF CONTENTS HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS PRINCE FOR EXCELLENT SERVICE AND HIGH QUALITY Pride in individual work and accomplishment is the trade. It means more than just getting the order out. All cylinders or components, whatever the size or type get individual skilled attention. You will find that Prince cylinders meet all of your highest requirements and that you receive years of maintenance-free dependable usage. Prince builds most of their own tools, jigs and fixtures with a fully staffed and equipped tool room. Modern precision equipment is utilized to produce and maintain these high production tools. Prince maintains a vast assortment of tubing, bars, casting and packing to give customers the best possible service available. Prince Manufacturing is relieved of any liability due to typographical errors in specifications. If you have any questions regarding any product specifications, please contact your representative. Welded Cylinders BORE SIZE NAME MODEL PAGE 2’’ Magnum PC2000CL C8 2” Magnum PC2000XT C9 2’’ Magnum PC2000XM C11 2” Magnum PC2000XL C12 2 1/2” Magnum PC2500CL C8 2 1/2” Royal PMC-5400 C4 2 1/2” Fortress SAE-62000 C5 2 1/2” Magnum PC2500XT C9 2 1/2” Magnum PC2500XM C11 2 1/2” Magnum PC2500XL C12 3” Magnum PC3000CL C8 3” Royal PMC-8300 C4 3” Fortress SAE-63000 C5 3” Magnum PC3000XT C9 3” Magnum PC3000XM C11 3” Magnum PC3000XL C12 3 1/2” Magnum PC3500CL C8 3 1/2” Royal PMC-5500 C4 3 1/2” Fortress SAE-63500 C5 3 1/2” Magnum PC3500XT C9 3 1/2” Magnum PC3500XM C11 3 1/2” Magnum PC3500XL C12 4” Magnum PC4000CL C8 4” Royal PMC-5600 C4 4” Fortress SAE-64000 C5 4” Magnum PC4000XT C10 4” Magnum PC4000XM C11 4” Magnum PC4000XL C12 4 1/2” Fortress SAE-64500 C5 5” Magnum PC5000CL C8 5” Gladiator SAE-21000 C6 5” Magnum PC5000XT C10 6” Gladiator SAE-22000 C6 6” Magnum PC6000XT C10 8” 8” Bore SAE-68000 C7 Tie-Rod Cylinders BORE SIZE NAME MODEL PAGE 2” 2500 PSI SAE-8400 C20 2” 3000 PSI A/B/E/F200000 C16-C18 2 1/2” 2500 PSI SAE-7000 C20 2 1/2” 3000 PSI A/B/E/F250000 C16-C18 3” 2500 PSI SAE-7100 C20 3” 3000 PSI A/B/E/F300000 C16-C18 3 1/2” 2500 PSI SAE-7200A C20 3 1/2” 3000 PSI A/B/E/F350000 C16-C18 4” 2500 PSI SAE-8600 C20 4” 3000 PSI C/D/G/H400000 C20 Heavy Duty 4” 3000 PSI A/B/E/F400000 C16-C18 4 1/2” 3000 PSI A/B/E/F450000 C16-C18 5” 2500 PSI SAE-8200 C20 5” 3000 PSI A/B/E/F500000 C16-C18 Series Cylinders C19 Custom Cylinders PAGE C3 Accessories Accessories C22-C23 Breathers C23 Clevis Pin Kits C23 Pins 1 1/4” Dia C23 Stroke Control-Collars C22 Stroke Control-Sleeve C22 Hand Pumps C24 Valve-Restrictor C22 Remote Stroke Control Valve C21 NOTE: PSI ratings listed in this catalog provide a maximum operating pressure for the product used in a hydraulic system. Column Load limits result from longer strokes and can greatly reduce the safe operating pressure. Any reference to intermittent pressure ratings in our literature no longer apply. Unless otherwise specified, our cylinders are designated for use with a good quality petroleum-based hydraulic fluid. Please contact our Engineering Department for help.
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIESCATC 3-11-23-01 C3 CUSTOM CYLINDERS SERVING OIL & GAS • MINING • CONSTRUCTION • DEMOLITION • AGRICULTURE • TRANSPORTATION • SOLID WASTE Made in the U.S.A. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: Custom cylinder designs provide our customers with a competitive advantage as a result of a collaborative design approach which delivers an optimized solution to meet their needs. Custom cylinder designs translate into a durable product, compact in size and weight and packed with integrated features like rephasing, cushioning, valve cavities, position senors and more. Prince has over 70 years of experience producing custom cylinder designs utilizing the latest CAD. MANUFACTURING CAPABILITIES: • Welded designs with 1" to 10" Bores • Tie Rod Designs with 2" to 5" Bores • Large Bore Air Cylinders • Designed for Pressures up to 7,500 PSI CUSTOM CYLINDER FEATURES: • Integrated Linear Position Sensors • Built-in Valves and Manifolds • Double Ended cylinder designs • Integrated Cushioning and Rephasing • Safety Designs with Velocity Fuses • Spherical and High-Wear Bushings • Custom Mounts and End Fittings • High-Strength/Weight-Saving Materials • Color Matched Paint and Labeling QUALITY: • Products 100% Tested • ISO 9001:2015 Certified • Real-time Quality Process Monitoring • In-house Gravimetric Cleanliness Testing • Gauge calibration Traceable to NIST standards • Oil filtration to ISO 4406: 1999 19/17/14 Standard ENGINEERING AND R&D SUPPORT: • Factory Direct Sales Support • Burst Testing (Up to 15,000 PSI) • Fatigue and Impulse Testing • 3D Modeling Design (AutoDesk Inventor) • Dedicated CASS and B117 Corrosion Testing • Finite Element Analysis
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIESCATC 4-11-23-01 C4 THE ROYAL LINE 2500 PSI THE “ROYAL” Welded–DA FEATURES: • Double Acting • Chromed, ground & polished rod • Ductile iron piston & gland • Crosstube end fittings with grease zerks • Urethane u-cup and urethane wiper in gland • O-ring with backup washers & cast iron ring piston seals • Snap ring gland retainer • Color is gloss black NOTE: If disassembly is necessary - Be sure to put a wire or “0” Ring in snap ring groove so when the piston is pulled out - The cast iron ring will not catch in groove Model Style Wt. PSI Column Ret Rod A PORTS D E G H L1 L 2 No. Load (Lbs) Dia. NPTF * PMC-5408 2 1/2 X 8 17 2500 FULL PSI 16 1 3/8 3/16 3/8 3/4 9/16 3/4 2 9/16 3 1 3/8 * PMC-5412 2 1/2 X 12 20 2500 FULL PSI 20 1 3/8 3/16 3/8 3/4 9/16 3/4 2 9/16 3 1 3/8 PMC-5414 2 1/2 X 14 22 2500 FULL PSI 22 1 3/8 3/16 3/8 3/4 7/16 3/4 2 9/16 3 1 3/8 * PMC-5416 2 1/2 X 16 23 2500 FULL PSI 24 1 3/8 3/16 3/8 3/4 9/16 3/4 2 9/16 3 1 3/8 * PMC-5420 2 1/2 X 20 27 2500 FULL PSI 28 1 3/8 3/16 3/8 3/4 9/16 3/4 2 9/16 3 1 3/8 * PMC-5424 2 1/2 X 24 30 2500 FULL PSI 32 1 3/8 3/16 3/8 3/4 9/16 3/4 2 9/16 3 1 3/8 * PMC-5430 2 1/2 X 30 35 2500 8,975 LBS 38 1 3/8 3/16 3/8 3/4 9/16 3/4 2 9/16 3 1 3/8 * PMC-5432 2 1/2 X 32 41 2500 8,000 LBS 40 1 3/8 3/16 3/8 3/4 9/16 3/4 2 9/16 3 1 3/8 * PMC-5436 2 1/2 X 36 44 2500 6,475 LBS 44 1 3/8 3/16 3/8 3/4 9/16 3/4 2 9/16 3 1 3/8 * PMC-5442 2 1/2 X 42 47 2500 4,870 LBS 50 1 3/8 3/16 3/8 3/4 9/16 3/4 2 9/16 3 1 3/8 * PMC-8308 3 X 8 22 2500 FULL PSI 16 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 2 5/16 3 1/2 1 1/2 * PMC-8312 3 X 12 26 2500 FULL PSI 20 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 2 5/16 3 1/2 1 1/2 PMC-8314 3 X 14 29 2500 FULL PSI 22 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 2 5/16 3 1/2 1 1/2 * PMC-8316 3 X 16 31 2500 FULL PSI 24 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 2 5/16 3 1/2 1 1/2 * PMC-8320 3 X 20 35 2500 FULL PSI 28 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 2 5/16 3 1/2 1 1/2 * PMC-8324 3 X 24 41 2500 FULL PSI 32 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 2 5/16 3 1/2 1 1/2 * PMC-8330 3 X 30 46 2500 13,000 LBS 38 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 2 5/16 3 1/2 1 1/2 PMC-8332 3 X 32 48 2500 11,540 LBS 40 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 2 5/16 3 1/2 1 1/2 * PMC-8336 3 X 36 52 2500 9,320 LBS 44 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 2 5/16 3 1/2 1 1/2 PMC-8340 3 X 40 56 2500 7,660 LBS 48 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 2 5/16 3 1/2 1 1/2 * PMC-8342 3 X 42 59 2500 7,020 LBS 50 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 2 5/16 3 1/2 1 1/2 * PMC-8348 3 X 48 65 2500 5,460 LBS 56 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 2 5/16 3 1/2 1 1/2 * PMC-5508 3 1/2 X 8 26 2500 FULL PSI 16 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 1 11/16 4 1 1/2 * PMC-5512 3 1/2 X 12 29 2500 FULL PSI 20 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 1 11/16 4 1 1/2 PMC-5514 3 1/2 X 14 32 2500 FULL PSI 22 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 1 11/16 4 1 1/2 * PMC-5516 3 1/2 X 16 34 2500 FULL PSI 24 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 1 11/16 4 1 1/2 * PMC-5520 3 1/2 X 20 38 2500 FULL PSI 28 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 1 11/16 4 1 1/2 * PMC-5524 3 1/2 X 24 44 2500 20,210 LBS 32 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 1 11/16 4 1 1/2 * PMC-5530 3 1/2 X 30 48 2500 13,540 LBS 38 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 1 11/16 4 1 1/2 PMC-5532 3 1/2 X 32 52 2500 12,040 LBS 40 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 1 11/16 4 1 1/2 * PMC-5536 3 1/2 X 36 56 2500 9,700 LBS 44 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 1 11/16 4 1 1/2 PMC-5540 3 1/2 X 40 60 2500 7,975 LBS 48 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 1 11/16 4 1 1/2 PMC-5542 3 1/2 X 42 64 2500 7,300 LBS 50 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 1 11/16 4 1 1/2 PMC-5548 3 1/2 X 48 70 2500 5,680 LBS 56 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 1 11/16 4 1 1/2 * PMC-5608 4 X 8 35 2500 FULL PSI 17 2 3/16 1/2 1 1/4 15/16 1 1/8 2 1/8 4 1/2 2 * PMC-5612 4 X 12 41 2500 FULL PSI 21 2 3/16 1/2 1 1/4 15/16 1 1/8 2 1/8 4 1/2 2 PMC-5614 4 X 14 45 2500 FULL PSI 23 2 3/16 1/2 1 1/4 15/16 1 1/8 2 1/8 4 1/2 2 * PMC-5616 4 X 16 48 2500 FULL PSI 25 2 3/16 1/2 1 1/4 15/16 1 1/8 2 1/8 4 1/2 2 * PMC-5620 4 X 20 56 2500 FULL PSI 29 2 3/16 1/2 1 1/4 15/16 1 1/8 2 1/8 4 1/2 2 * PMC-5624 4 X 24 62 2500 FULL PSI 33 2 3/16 1/2 1 1/4 15/16 1 1/8 2 1/8 4 1/2 2 * PMC-5630 4 X 30 72 2500 FULL PSI 39 2 3/16 1/2 1 1/4 15/16 1 1/8 2 1/8 4 1/2 2 * PMC-5632 4 X 32 74 2500 FULL PSI 41 2 3/16 1/2 1 1/4 15/16 1 1/8 2 1/8 4 1/2 2 * PMC-5636 4 X 36 80 2500 28,710 LBS 45 2 3/16 1/2 1 1/4 15/16 1 1/8 2 1/8 4 1/2 2 * PMC-5640 4 X 40 85 2500 23,700 LBS 49 2 3/16 1/2 1 1/4 15/16 1 1/8 2 1/8 4 1/2 2 * PMC-5642 4 X 42 92 2500 21,680 LBS 51 2 3/16 1/2 1 1/4 15/16 1 1/8 2 1/8 4 1/2 2 * PMC-5648 4 X 48 100 2500 16,930 LBS 57 2 3/16 1/2 1 1/4 15/16 1 1/8 2 1/8 4 1/2 2 * PMC-5660 4 X 60 120 2500 11,160 LBS 69 2 3/16 1/2 1 1/4 15/16 1 1/8 2 1/8 4 1/2 2 L2 (TUBE WIDTH) L1 (TUBE WIDTH) STROKE PORT (TYP.) A D (TYP.) G E RETRACTED SEE PAGE 3 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING * Frequently stocked items
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIESCATC 5-11-23-01 C5 THE FORTRESS LINE 3000 PSI EXTENDED DUTY THE “FORTRESS” Welded-DA-Heavy Duty Rods are sized for a maximum safe push load (2:1 safety factor) given in the table. This is based on the pin configuration shown with no center support. L2 (TUBE WIDTH) L1 (TUBE WIDTH) STROKE B (TYP.) RETRACT C (TYP.) R (TYP.) H A FEATURES: • Double Acting • Heavy duty welded construction • Chromed, ground, & polished rod • Ductile iron piston • Thread-in ductile iron gland • Crosstube end fittings with grease zerks • Urethane u-cup, metal encased wiper, teflon cap seal and wear ring Model Style Wt PSI Column Ret Rod Dia. A B C R H L1 L2No. Load (Lbs) SAE-62506 2 1/2 X 6 25 3000 FULL PSI 14 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 3/4 5/8 2 1/2 3 1/4 2 1/4 SAE-62508 2 1/2 X 8 27 3000 FULL PSI 16 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 3/4 5/8 2 1/2 3 1/4 2 1/4 SAE-62510 2 1/2 X 10 29 3000 FULL PSI 18 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 3/4 5/8 2 1/2 3 1/4 2 1/4 SAE-62512 2 1/2 X 12 30 3000 FULL PSI 20 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 3/4 5/8 2 1/2 3 1/4 2 1/4 SAE-62514 2 1/2 X 14 32 3000 FULL PSI 22 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 3/4 5/8 2 1/2 3 1/4 2 1/4 SAE-62516 2 1/2 X 16 34 3000 FULL PSI 24 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 3/4 5/8 2 1/2 3 1/4 2 1/4 SAE-62518 2 1/2 X 18 36 3000 FULL PSI 26 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 3/4 5/8 2 1/2 3 1/4 2 1/4 SAE-62520 2 1/2 X 20 37 3000 FULL PSI 28 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 3/4 5/8 2 1/2 3 1/4 2 1/4 SAE-62524 2 1/2 X 24 41 3000 FULL PSI 32 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 3/4 5/8 2 1/2 3 1/4 2 1/4 SAE-62530 2 1/2 X 30 46 3000 8,975 LBS 38 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 3/4 5/8 2 1/2 3 1/4 2 1/4 SAE-62532 2 1/2 X 32 48 3000 8,000 LBS 40 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 3/4 5/8 2 1/2 3 1/4 2 1/4 SAE-62536 2 1/2 X 36 51 3000 6,475 LBS 44 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 3/4 5/8 2 1/2 3 1/4 2 1/4 SAE-62540 2 1/2 X 40 55 3000 5,330 LBS 48 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 3/4 5/8 2 1/2 3 1/4 2 1/4 SAE-62542 2 1/2 X 42 57 3000 4,870 LBS 50 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 3/4 5/8 2 1/2 3 1/4 2 1/4 SAE-63006 3 X 6 30 3000 FULL PSI 14 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 2 3 3/4 2 3/4 SAE-63008 3 X 8 32 3000 FULL PSI 16 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 2 3 3/4 2 3/4 SAE-63010 3 X 10 34 3000 FULL PSI 18 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 2 3 3/4 2 3/4 SAE-63012 3 X 12 37 3000 FULL PSI 20 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 2 3 3/4 2 3/4 SAE-63014 3 X 14 39 3000 FULL PSI 22 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 2 3 3/4 2 3/4 SAE-63016 3 X 16 41 3000 FULL PSI 24 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 2 3 3/4 2 3/4 SAE-63018 3 X 18 43 3000 FULL PSI 26 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 2 3 3/4 2 3/4 SAE-63020 3 X 20 45 3000 FULL PSI 28 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 2 3 3/4 2 3/4 SAE-63024 3 X 24 49 3000 FULL PSI 32 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 2 3 3/4 2 3/4 SAE-63030 3 X 30 55 3000 13,540 LBS 38 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 2 3 3/4 2 3/4 SAE-63032 3 X 32 57 3000 12,040 LBS 40 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 2 3 3/4 2 3/4 SAE-63036 3 X 36 61 3000 9,700 LBS 44 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 2 3 3/4 2 3/4 SAE-63040 3 X 40 66 3000 7,975 LBS 48 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 2 3 3/4 2 3/4 SAE-63042 3 X 42 68 3000 7,300 LBS 50 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 2 3 3/4 2 3/4 SAE-63048* 3 X 48 75 3000 3,480 LBS 58 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 2 3 3/4 2 3/4 SAE-63506 3 1/2 X 6 25 3000 FULL PSI 14 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 1 7/8 4 1/4 2 3/4 SAE-63508 3 1/2 X 8 27 3000 FULL PSI 16 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 1 7/8 4 1/4 2 3/4 SAE-63510 3 1/2 X 10 30 3000 FULL PSI 18 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 1 7/8 4 1/4 2 3/4 SAE-63512 3 1/2 X 12 33 3000 FULL PSI 20 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 1 7/8 4 1/4 2 3/4 SAE-63514 3 1/2 X 14 35 3000 FULL PSI 22 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 1 7/8 4 1/4 2 3/4 SAE-63516 3 1/2 X 16 38 3000 FULL PSI 24 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 1 7/8 4 1/4 2 3/4 SAE-63518 3 1/2 X 18 40 3000 FULL PSI 26 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 1 7/8 4 1/4 2 3/4 SAE-63520 3 1/2 X 20 43 3000 FULL PSI 28 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 1 7/8 4 1/4 2 3/4 SAE-63524 3 1/2 X 24 48 3000 FULL PSI 32 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 1 7/8 4 1/4 2 3/4 SAE-63530 3 1/2 X 30 56 3000 24,360 LBS 38 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 1 7/8 4 1/4 2 3/4 SAE-63532 3 1/2 X 32 59 3000 21,670 LBS 40 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 1 7/8 4 1/4 2 3/4 SAE-63536 3 1/2 X 36 64 3000 17,470 LBS 44 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 1 7/8 4 1/4 2 3/4 SAE-63540 3 1/2 X 40 69 3000 14,380 LBS 48 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 1 7/8 4 1/4 2 3/4 SAE-63542 3 1/2 X 42 72 3000 13,140 LBS 50 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 1 7/8 4 1/4 2 3/4 SAE-63548* 3 1/2 X 48 80 3000 9,900 LBS 58 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/16 1 7/8 4 1/4 2 3/4 SAE-64008 4 X 8 42 3000 FULL PSI 17 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 1 2 1/4 4 3/4 3 1/4 SAE-64012 4 X 12 48 3000 FULL PSI 21 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 1 2 1/4 4 3/4 3 1/4 SAE-64016 4 X 16 55 3000 FULL PSI 25 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 1 2 1/4 4 3/4 3 1/4 SAE-64020 4 X 20 62 3000 FULL PSI 29 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 1 2 1/4 4 3/4 3 1/4 SAE-64024 4 X 24 69 3000 FULL PSI 33 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 1 2 1/4 4 3/4 3 1/4 SAE-64030 4 X 30 79 3000 FULL PSI 39 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 1 2 1/4 4 3/4 3 1/4 SAE-64032 4 X 32 83 3000 FULL PSI 41 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 1 2 1/
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIESCATC 6-11-23-01 C6 Model Column Rod B No. Style Wt. PSI Load (Lbs.) Retract Dia. A SAE D E H L1 L2 SAE-21008 5 x 8 75 3000 FULL PSI 19” 2 1/2 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/16 5 3/4 4” SAE-21012 5 x 12 85 3000 FULL PSI 23” 2 1/2 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/16 5 3/4 4” SAE-21016 5 x 16 90 3000 FULL PSI 27” 2 1/2 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/16 5 3/4 4” SAE-21020 5 x 20 105 3000 FULL PSI 31” 2 1/2 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/16 5 3/4 4” SAE-21024 5 x 24 115 3000 FULL PSI 35” 2 1/2 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/16 5 3/4 4” SAE-21030 5 x 30 130 3000 FULL PSI 41” 2 1/2 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/16 5 3/4 4” SAE-21036 5 x 36 145 3000 FULL PSI 47” 2 1/2 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/16 5 3/4 4” SAE-21048* 5 x 48 180 3000 39,125 LBS 61” 2 1/2 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/16 5 3/4 4” SAE-21054* 5 x 54 195 3000 31,150 LBS 68” 2 1/2 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/16 5 3/4 4” SAE-21060* 5 x 60 215 3000 25,360 LBS 75” 2 1/2 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/16 5 3/4 4” SAE-22008 6 x 8 100 3000 FULL PSI 19” 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/16 6 3/4 4” SAE-22012 6 x 12 110 3000 FULL PSI 23” 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/16 6 3/4 4” SAE-22016 6 x 16 125 3000 FULL PSI 27” 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/16 6 3/4 4” SAE-22024 6 x 24 150 3000 FULL PSI 35” 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/16 6 3/4 4” SAE-22030 6 x 30 170 3000 FULL PSI 41” 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/16 6 3/4 4” SAE-22036 6 x 36 190 3000 FULL PSI 47” 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/16 6 3/4 4” SAE-22048* 6 x 48 240 3000 79,700 LBS 61” 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/16 6 3/4 4” SAE-22054* 6 x 54 265 3000 63,400 LBS 68” 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/16 6 3/4 4” SAE-22060* 6 x 60 290 3000 51,700 LBS 75” 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/16 6 3/4 4” THE GLADIATOR LINE 3000 PSI EXTENDED DUTY THE “GLADIATOR” Welded-DA-Heavy Duty FEATURES: • Double Acting • Heavy duty welded construction • Chromed, ground, & polished rod • Ductile iron piston • Externally threaded gland cap • Urethane u-cup, metal encased wiper, polyurethane crown seal and wear ring • Crosstube end fittings with grease zerks • Color is gloss black * Spacer included in these models Refer to Magnum Cylinders for 5” and 6” cross tube options. Rods are sized for a maximum safe push load (2:1 safety factor) given in the table. This is based on the pin configuration shown with no center support. L2 (TUBE WIDTH) L1 (TUBE WIDTH) STROKE D RETRACT E B A B D H
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIESCATC 7-11-23-01 C7 8 INCH BORE WELDED CYLINDER 3000 PSI STANDARD DUTY 8 INCH BORE Welded-DA-Heavy Duty Rods are sized for a maximum safe push load (2:1 safety factor) given in the table. This is based on the pin configuration shown with no center support. Recommended pin material 100,000 PSI minimum yield strength Application Note: This Prince standard cylinder is designed for standard duty applications. It is not appropriate for applications that experience high shock loads, high spike pressures, high side loads, or have a high duty cycle. This product is not intended for use on personnel lift or crane applications. Consult your sales representative for cylinders designed to meet these applications. Note: * Spacers included in these models L2 (TUBE WIDTH) L1 (TUBE WIDTH) STROKE H RETRACT B (TYP)A ØC (TYP)ØD (TYP) FEATURES: • Double Acting • Heavy duty welded construction • Chromed, ground, & polished rod • Ductile iron piston & thread-in Ductile iron gland • Teflon cap seal & wear ring on piston • Urethane u-cup, metal encased wiper, & wear ring on piston rod • Crosstube end fittings with grease zerks • Color is gloss black • 3000 PSI maximum operating pressure • 3000 PSI maximum peak spike pressure Model Style Wt PSI Column Ret Rod Dia. A B C R H L1 L2No. Load (Lbs) SAE-68008 8 x 8 250 3000 Full PSI 24 4 .38 #16 SAE 2 1/2 4 3 9 5 SAE-68012 8 x 12 275 3000 Full PSI 28 4 .38 #16 SAE 2 1/2 4 3 9 5 SAE-68016 8 x 16 300 3000 Full PSI 32 4 .38 #16 SAE 2 1/2 4 3 9 5 SAE-68020 8 x 20 325 3000 Full PSI 36 4 .38 #16 SAE 2 1/2 4 3 9 5 SAE-68024 8 x 24 350 3000 Full PSI 40 4 .38 #16 SAE 2 1/2 4 3 9 5 SAE-68030 8 x 30 385 3000 Full PSI 46 4 .38 #16 SAE 2 1/2 4 3 9 5 SAE-68036 8 x 36 425 3000 Full PSI 52 4 .38 #16 SAE 2 1/2 4 3 9 5 SAE-68048* 8 x 48 500 3000 Full PSI 66 4 .38 #16 SAE 2 1/2 4 3 9 5 SAE-68054* 8 x 54 540 3000 Full PSI 73 4 .38 #16 SAE 2 1/2 4 3 9 5 SAE-68060* 8 x 60 580 3000 Full PSI 80 4 .38 #16 SAE 2 1/2 4 3 9 5
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIESCATC 8-11-23-01 C8 Rods are sized for a maximum safe push load (2:1 safety factor) given in the table. This is based on the pin configuration shown with no center support. THE MAGNUM LINE 3000 PSI THE “MAGNUM” Welded–DA–Heavy Duty FEATURES: • Double Acting • Heavy duty welded construction • Chromed, ground, & polished rod • Unitized piston • Clevis cylinders • Color is gloss black • 3000 PSI maximum operating pressure • Replaces The Sword Line • Use of stroke controls not applicable to Magnum cylinders * Frequently stocked items SEE PAGE 2 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING A STROKE RETRACT H G K E M J (DISTANCE BETWEEN EARS TYP.)B (TYP.) D (TYP.) R Model Column Rod. No. Style Wt. PSI Load (Lbs.) Retract Dia A B D E G H J K M R PC2008CL 2 X 8 14 3000 FULL PSI 18 1/4 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 11/16 1 1/16 1 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 *PC2008CL-ASAE 2 X 8 15 3000 FULL PSI 20 1/4 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 5 11/16 1 1/16 1 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 *PC2010CL 2 X 10 16 3000 FULL PSI 20 1/4 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 11/16 1 1/16 1 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 *PC2012CL 2 X 12 16 3000 FULL PSI 22 1/4 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 11/16 1 1/16 1 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 PC2016CL 2 X 16 19 3000 FULL PSI 26 1/4 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 11/16 1 1/16 1 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 *PC2016CL-ASAE 2 X 16 21 3000 7,059 31 1/2 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 8 15/16 1 1/16 1 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 *PC2020CL 2 X 20 22 3000 7,132 30 1/4 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 11/16 1 1/16 1 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 *PC2024CL 2 X 24 24 3000 5,304 34 1/4 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 11/16 1 1/16 1 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 PC2508CL 2 1/2 X 8 17 3000 FULL PSI 18 1/4 1 1/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 15/16 1 1/16 1 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 *PC2508CL-ASAE 2 1/2 X 8 18 3000 FULL PSI 20 1/4 1 1/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 5 11/16 1 1/16 1 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 *PC2510CL 2 1/2 X 10 19 3000 FULL PSI 20 1/4 1 1/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 15/16 1 1/16 1 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 *PC2512CL 2 1/2 X 12 20 3000 FULL PSI 22 1/4 1 1/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 15/16 1 1/16 1 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 PC2516CL 2 1/2 X 16 24 3000 FULL PSI 26 1/4 1 1/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 15/16 1 1/16 1 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 *PC2516CL-ASAE 2 1/2 X 16 25 3000 10,710 31 1/2 1 1/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 9 1/4 1 1/16 1 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 *PC2520CL 2 1/2 X 20 27 3000 10,829 30 1/4 1 1/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 15/16 1 1/16 1 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 *PC2524CL 2 1/2 X 24 30 3000 8,067 34 1/4 1 1/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 15/16 1 1/16 1 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 PC3008CL 3 X 8 21 3000 FULL PSI 18 1/4 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 11/16 1 1/16 1 1/8 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 *PC3008CL-ASAE 3 X 8 22 3000 FULL PSI 20 1/4 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 5 11/16 1 1/16 1 1/8 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 *PC3010CL 3 X 10 23 3000 FULL PSI 20 1/4 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 11/16 1 1/16 1 1/8 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 *PC3012CL 3 X 12 25 3000 FULL PSI 22 1/4 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 11/16 1 1/16 1 1/8 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 PC3016CL 3 X 16 29 3000 FULL PSI 26 1/4 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 11/16 1 1/16 1 1/8 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 PC3016CL-ASAE 3 X 16 31 3000 15,896 31 1/2 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 8 15/16 1 1/16 1 1/8 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 *PC3020CL 3 X 20 33 3000 16,119 30 1/4 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 11/16 1 1/16 1 1/8 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 *PC3024CL 3 X 24 37 3000 11,988 34 1/4 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 11/16 1 1/16 1 1/8 1 1/8-12 1 1/8 PC3508CL 3 1/2 X 8 27 3000 FULL PSI 18 1/4 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 11/16 1 1/16 1 1/4 1 5/16-12 1 1/4 *PC3508CL-ASAE 3 1/2 X 8 28 3000 FULL PSI 20 1/4 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 5 11/16 1 1/16 1 1/4 1 5/16-12 1 1/4 *PC3510CL 3 1/2 X 10 29 3000 FULL PSI 20 1/4 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 11/16 1 1/16 1 1/4 1 5/16-12 1 1/4 *PC3512CL 3 1/2 X 12 31 3000 FULL PSI 22 1/4 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 11/16 1 1/16 1 1/4 1 5/16-12 1 1/4 PC3516CL 3 1/2 X 16 35 3000 23,121 26 1/4 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 11/16 1 1/16 1 1/4 1 5/16-12 1 1/4 PC3516CL-ASAE 3 1/2 X 16 38 3000 16,047 31 1/2 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 8 15/16 1 1/16 1 1/4 1 5/16-12 1 1/4 PC3520CL 3 1/2 X 20 40 3000 16,329 30 1/4 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 11/16 1 1/16 1 1/4 1 5/16-12 1 1/4 *PC3524CL 3 1/2 X 24 44 3000 12,143 34 1/4 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 11/16 1 1/16 1 1/4 1 5/16-12 1 1/4 PC4008CL 4 X 8 35 3000 FULL PSI 18 1/4 1 3/4 7/32 #10 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 11/16 1 1/16 1 1/4 1 1/2-12 1 1/4 *PC4008CL-ASAE 4 X 8 36 3000 FULL PSI 20 1/4 1 3/4 7/32 #10 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 5 11/16 1 1/16 1 1/4 1 1/2-12 1 1/4 *PC4010CL 4 X 10 38 3000 FULL PSI 20 1/4 1 3/4 7/32 #10 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 11/16 1 1/16 1 1/4 1 1/2-12 1 1/4 *PC4012CL 4 X 12 41 3000 FULL PSI 22 1/4 1 3/4 7/32 #10 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 11/16 1 1/16 1 1/4 1 1/2-12 1 1/4 PC4016CL 4 X 16 47 3000 FULL PSI 26 1/4 1 3/4 7/32 #10 SAE 1 2 1/8 2 1/8 3 11/16 1 1/16 1 1/4 1 1/2-12 1 1/4 PC4016CL-ASAE 4 X 16 50 3000 FULL PSI 3
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIESCATC 9-11-23-01 C9 Model Column Rod. No. Style Wt. PSI Load (Lbs.) Retract Dia A B D E H K L1 L2 R PC2006XT 2 X 6 11 3000 FULL PSI 14 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 5/16 1 2 3/8 1 1/2 3/4 *PC2008XT 2 X 8 12 3000 FULL PSI 16 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 5/16 1 2 3/8 1 1/2 3/4 *PC2010XT 2 X 10 14 3000 FULL PSI 18 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 5/16 1 2 3/8 1 1/2 3/4 *PC2012XT 2 X 12 15 3000 FULL PSI 20 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 5/16 1 2 3/8 1 1/2 3/4 PC2014XT 2 X 14 16 3000 FULL PSI 22 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 5/16 1 2 3/8 1 1/2 3/4 *PC2016XT 2 X 16 17 3000 FULL PSI 24 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 5/16 1 2 3/8 1 1/2 3/4 PC2018XT 2 X 18 19 3000 8,939 26 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 5/16 1 2 3/8 1 1/2 3/4 *PC2020XT 2 X 20 20 3000 7,533 28 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 5/16 1 2 3/8 1 1/2 3/4 *PC2024XT 2 X 24 23 3000 5,559 32 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 5/16 1 2 3/8 1 1/2 3/4 PC2030XT 2 X 30 27 3000 3,788 38 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 5/16 1 2 3/8 1 1/2 3/4 PC2506XT 2 1/2 X 6 14 3000 FULL PSI 14 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/2 3/4 3 1 3/8 7/8 PC2508XT 2 1/2 X 8 16 3000 FULL PSI 16 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/2 3/4 3 1 3/8 7/8 PC2510XT 2 1/2 X 10 18 3000 FULL PSI 18 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/2 3/4 3 1 3/8 7/8 PC2512XT 2 1/2 X 12 19 3000 FULL PSI 20 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/2 3/4 3 1 3/8 7/8 PC2514XT 2 1/2 X 14 21 3000 FULL PSI 22 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/2 3/4 3 1 3/8 7/8 PC2516XT 2 1/2 X 16 23 3000 FULL PSI 24 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/2 3/4 3 1 3/8 7/8 PC2518XT 2 1/2 X 18 25 3000 FULL PSI 26 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/2 3/4 3 1 3/8 7/8 PC2520XT 2 1/2 X 20 26 3000 FULL PSI 28 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/2 3/4 3 1 3/8 7/8 PC2524XT 2 1/2 X 24 30 3000 12,185 32 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/2 3/4 3 1 3/8 7/8 PC2530XT 2 1/2 X 30 35 3000 8,314 38 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/2 3/4 3 1 3/8 7/8 PC3006XT 3 X 6 18 3000 FULL PSI 14 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/4 3/4 3 1/2 1 1/2 1 3/16 PC3008XT 3 X 8 20 3000 FULL PSI 16 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/4 3/4 3 1/2 1 1/2 1 3/16 PC3010XT 3 X 10 22 3000 FULL PSI 18 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/4 3/4 3 1/2 1 1/2 1 3/16 PC3012XT 3 X 12 24 3000 FULL PSI 20 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/4 3/4 3 1/2 1 1/2 1 3/16 PC3014XT 3 X 14 27 3000 FULL PSI 22 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/4 3/4 3 1/2 1 1/2 1 3/16 PC3016XT 3 X 16 29 3000 FULL PSI 24 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/4 3/4 3 1/2 1 1/2 1 3/16 PC3018XT 3 X 18 31 3000 FULL PSI 26 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/4 3/4 3 1/2 1 1/2 1 3/16 PC3020XT 3 X 20 33 3000 FULL PSI 28 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/4 3/4 3 1/2 1 1/2 1 3/16 PC3024XT 3 X 24 37 3000 17,571 32 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/4 3/4 3 1/2 1 1/2 1 3/16 PC3030XT 3 X 30 43 3000 11,971 38 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/4 3/4 3 1/2 1 1/2 1 3/16 PC3032XT 3 X 32 45 3000 10,690 40 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/4 3/4 3 1/2 1 1/2 1 3/16 PC3036XT 3 X 36 49 3000 8,677 44 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/4 3/4 3 1/2 1 1/2 1 3/16 PC3040XT 3 X 40 53 3000 7,182 48 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/4 3/4 3 1/2 1 1/2 1 3/16 PC3048XT 3 X 48 62 3000 5,155 56 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 3/8 3 1/4 3/4 3 1/2 1 1/2 1 3/16 PC3506XT 3 1/2 X 6 24 3000 FULL PSI 14 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 4 1 3/4 1 3/16 PC3508XT 3 1/2 X 8 27 3000 FULL PSI 16 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 4 1 3/4 1 3/16 PC3510XT 3 1/2 X 10 29 3000 FULL PSI 18 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 4 1 3/4 1 3/16 PC3512XT 3 1/2 X 12 32 3000 FULL PSI 20 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 4 1 3/4 1 3/16 PC3514XT 3 1/2 X 14 35 3000 FULL PSI 22 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 4 1 3/4 1 3/16 PC3516XT 3 1/2 X 16 37 3000 FULL PSI 24 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 4 1 3/4 1 3/16 PC3518XT 3 1/2 X 18 40 3000 FULL PSI 26 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 4 1 3/4 1 3/16 PC3520XT 3 1/2 X 20 42 3000 FULL PSI 28 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 4 1 3/4 1 3/16 PC3524XT 3 1/2 X 24 48 3000 FULL PSI 32 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 4 1 3/4 1 3/16 PC3530XT 3 1/2 X 30 55 3000 22,150 38 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 4 1 3/4 1 3/16 PC3532XT 3 1/2 X 32 58 3000 19,772 40 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 4 1 3/4 1 3/16 PC3536XT 3 1/2 X 36 63 3000 16,034 44 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 4 1 3/4 1 3/16 PC3540XT 3 1/2 X 40 68 3000 13,264 48 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 4 1 3/4 1 3/16 PC3542XT 3 1/2 X 42 71 3000 12,141 50 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 4 1 3/4 1 3/16 PC3548XT 3 1/2 X 48 79 3000 9,511 56 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 4 1 3/4 1 3/16 Continued on next page Rods are sized for a maximum safe push load (2:1 safety factor) given in the table. This is based on the pin configuration shown with no center support. A STROKE RETRACT H D (TYP.) L2 (TUBE WIDTH) L1 (TUBE WIDTH) E B (TYP.) K R THE MAGNUM LINE 3000 PSI THE “MAGNUM” Welded–DA–Heavy Duty–Crosstube FEATURES: • Double Acting • Heavy duty welded construction • Chromed, ground, & polished rod • Unitized piston • Crosstube cylinders • Crosstube end fitting with grease zerks • Color is gloss black • 3000 PSI max
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIESCATC 10-11-23-01 C10 Model Column Rod. No. Style Wt. PSI Load (Lbs.) Retract Dia A B DE H K L1L2 R PC4008XT 4 X 8 36 3000 FULL PSI 17 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 25/32 3 27/32 1 4 1/2 2 1 5/16 PC4012XT 4 X 12 43 3000 FULL PSI 21 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 25/32 3 27/32 1 4 1/2 2 1 5/16 PC4016XT 4 X 16 50 3000 FULL PSI 25 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 25/32 3 27/32 1 4 1/2 2 1 5/16 PC4020XT 4 X 20 56 3000 FULL PSI 29 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 25/32 3 27/32 1 4 1/2 2 1 5/16 PC4024XT 4 X 24 63 3000 FULL PSI 33 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 25/32 3 27/32 1 4 1/2 2 1 5/16 PC4030XT 4 X 30 73 3000 36,361 39 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 25/32 3 27/32 1 4 1/2 2 1 5/16 PC4032XT 4 X 32 77 3000 32,527 41 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 25/32 3 27/32 1 4 1/2 2 1 5/16 PC4036XT 4 X 36 84 3000 26,476 45 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 25/32 3 27/32 1 4 1/2 2 1 5/16 PC4040XT 4 X 40 91 3000 21,970 49 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 25/32 3 27/32 1 4 1/2 2 1 5/16 PC4042XT 4 X 42 94 3000 20,136 51 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 25/32 3 27/32 1 4 1/2 2 1 5/16 PC4048XT 4 X 48 104 3000 15,828 57 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 25/32 3 27/32 1 4 1/2 2 1 5/16 PC4060XT 4 X 60 125 3000 10,516 69 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 25/32 3 27/32 1 4 1/2 2 1 5/16 *PC5008XT 5 X 8 73 3000 FULL PSI 19 2.5 5/16 #12 1 1/2 1 1/8 4 1 1/4 5 3/4 4 1 13/32 *PC5012XT 5 X 12 84 3000 FULL PSI 23 2.5 5/16 #12 1 1/2 1 1/8 4 1 1/4 5 3/4 4 1 13/32 *PC5016XT 5 X 16 96 3000 FULL PSI 27 2.5 5/16 #12 1 1/2 1 1/8 4 1 1/4 5 3/4 4 1 13/32 *PC5020XT 5 X 20 108 3000 FULL PSI 31 2.5 5/16 #12 1 1/2 1 1/8 4 1 1/4 5 3/4 4 1 13/32 *PC5024XT 5 X 24 120 3000 FULL PSI 35 2.5 5/16 #12 1 1/2 1 1/8 4 1 1/4 5 3/4 4 1 13/32 *PC5030XT 5 X 30 138 3000 FULL PSI 41 2.5 5/16 #12 1 1/2 1 1/8 4 1 1/4 5 3/4 4 1 13/32 *PC5036XT 5 X 36 155 3000 FULL PSI 47 2.5 5/16 #12 1 1/2 1 1/8 4 1 1/4 5 3/4 4 1 13/32 *PC5048XT 5 X 48 191 3000 39,125 59 2.5 5/16 #12 1 1/2 1 1/8 4 1 1/4 5 3/4 4 1 13/32 PC5050XT 5 X 50 195 3000 36,900 61 2.5 5/16 #12 1 1/2 1 1/8 4 1 1/4 5 3/4 4 1 13/32 PC5054XT 5 X 54 210 3000 32,100 65 2.5 5/16 #12 1 1/2 1 1/8 4 1 1/4 5 3/4 4 1 13/32 PC5057XT 5 X 57 215 3000 29,075 68 2.5 5/16 #12 1 1/2 1 1/8 4 1 1/4 5 3/4 4 1 13/32 *PC5060XT 5 X 60 226 3000 26,000 71 2.5 5/16 #12 1 1/2 1 1/8 4 1 1/4 5 3/4 4 1 13/32 PC5064XT 5 X 64 235 3000 23,500 75 2.5 5/16 #12 1 1/2 1 1/8 4 1 1/4 5 3/4 4 1 13/32 PC5066XT 5 X 66 245 3000 22,100 77 2.5 5/16 #12 1 1/2 1 1/8 4 1 1/4 5 3/4 4 1 13/32 PC5071XT 5 X 71 255 3000 19,300 82 2.5 5/16 #12 1 1/2 1 1/8 4 1 1/4 5 3/4 4 1 13/32 PC5072XT 5 X 72 260 3000 18,800 83 2.5 5/16 #12 1 1/2 1 1/8 4 1 1/4 5 3/4 4 1 13/32 PC5078XT 5 X 78 280 3000 16,000 89 2.5 5/16 #12 1 1/2 1 1/8 4 1 1/4 5 3/4 4 1 13/32 PC6008XT 6 X 8 100 3000 FULL PSI 19 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 5/16 2 1/16 1 1/4 6 3/4 4 1 13/32 PC6012XT 6 X 12 110 3000 FULL PSI 23 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 5/16 2 1/16 1 1/4 6 3/4 4 1 13/32 PC6016XT 6 X 16 125 3000 FULL PSI 27 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 5/16 2 1/16 1 1/4 6 3/4 4 1 13/32 PC6024XT 6 X 24 150 3000 FULL PSI 35 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 5/16 2 1/16 1 1/4 6 3/4 4 1 13/32 PC6030XT 6 X 30 170 3000 FULL PSI 41 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 5/16 2 1/16 1 1/4 6 3/4 4 1 13/32 PC6036XT 6 X 36 190 3000 FULL PSI 47 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 5/16 2 1/16 1 1/4 6 3/4 4 1 13/32 *PC6048XT 6 X 48 240 3000 83,000 59 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 5/16 2 1/16 1 1/4 6 3/4 4 1 13/32 PC6050XT 6 X50 250 3000 77,200 61 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 5/16 2 1/16 1 1/4 6 3/4 4 1 13/32 PC6054XT 6 X 54 265 3000 66,900 65 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 5/16 2 1/16 1 1/4 6 3/4 4 1 13/32 PC6057XT 6 X 57 270 3000 60,500 68 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 5/16 2 1/16 1 1/4 6 3/4 4 1 13/32 PC6060XT 6 X 60 290 3000 55,000 71 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 5/16 2 1/16 1 1/4 6 3/4 4 1 13/32 PC6064XT 6 X 64 305 3000 48,700 75 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 5/16 2 1/16 1 1/4 6 3/4 4 1 13/32 PC6066XT 6 X 66 315 3000 46,000 77 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 5/16 2 1/16 1 1/4 6 3/4 4 1 13/32 PC6071XT 6 X 71 335 3000 40,100 82 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 5/16 2 1/16 1 1/4 6 3/4 4 1 13/32 PC6072XT 6 X 72 340 3000 39,000 83 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 5/16 2 1/16 1 1/4 6 3/4 4 1 13/32 PC6078XT 6 X 78 370 3000 33,500 89 3 1/4 #12 1 1/2 1 5/16 2 1/16 1 1/4 6 3/4 4 1 13/32 Rods are sized for a maximum safe push load (2:1 safety factor) given in the table. This is based on the pin configuration shown with no center support. THE MAGNUM LINE 3000 PSI THE “MAGNUM” Welded–DA–Heavy Duty–Crosstube Continued from C9 * Frequently stocked items SEE PAGE 2 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING Any Magnum 5 & 6 inch bore cylinder, with a stroke of less than 48 inches, has the same correlating retract of the Gladiator Line. For cylinders with 48 inches of stroke or longer, see the chart below for a cross-reference. Magnum 5” and 6” cylinder cross-reference to Gladiator Line Gladiator Line Stroke Retract Magnum Line Stroke Retract Magnum Line Stroke Retract (Stroke Match) (Retract Match) SAE-21048 48 61 PC5048XT 48 59 PC5050XT 50 61 SAE-21054 54 68 PC5054XT 54 65 PC5057XT 57 68 SAE-21060 60 75 P
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIESCATC 11-11-23-01 C11 SEE PAGE 2 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING Model Column Rod. No. Style Wt. PSI Load (Lbs.) Retract Dia A B D E H K L1 L2 R PC2006XM 2 X 6 12 3000 FULL PSI 14 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 9/32 1 2 3/8 2 3/4 PC2008XM 2 X 8 13 3000 FULL PSI 16 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 9/32 1 2 3/8 2 3/4 PC2010XM 2 X 10 15 3000 FULL PSI 18 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 9/32 1 2 3/8 2 3/4 PC2012XM 2 X 12 16 3000 FULL PSI 20 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 9/32 1 2 3/8 2 3/4 PC2014XM 2 X 14 17 3000 FULL PSI 22 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 9/32 1 2 3/8 2 3/4 PC2016XM 2 X 16 19 3000 FULL PSI 24 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 9/32 1 2 3/8 2 3/4 PC2018XM 2 X 18 20 3000 8,939 26 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 9/32 1 2 3/8 2 3/4 PC2020XM 2 X 20 21 3000 7,533 28 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 9/32 1 2 3/8 2 3/4 PC2024XM 2 X 24 24 3000 5,559 32 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 9/32 1 2 3/8 2 3/4 PC2030XM 2 X 30 28 3000 3,788 38 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 9/32 1 2 3/8 2 3/4 PC2506XM 2 1/2 X 6 14 3000 FULL PSI 14 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 17/32 25/32 3 2 25/32 PC2508XM 2 1/2 X 8 16 3000 FULL PSI 16 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 17/32 25/32 3 2 25/32 PC2510XM 2 1/2 X 10 17 3000 FULL PSI 18 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 17/32 25/32 3 2 25/32 PC2512XM 2 1/2 X 12 19 3000 FULL PSI 20 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 17/32 25/32 3 2 25/32 PC2514XM 2 1/2 X 14 20 3000 FULL PSI 22 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 17/32 25/32 3 2 25/32 PC2516XM 2 1/2 X 16 22 3000 FULL PSI 24 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 17/32 25/32 3 2 25/32 PC2518XM 2 1/2 X 18 24 3000 FULL PSI 26 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 17/32 25/32 3 2 25/32 PC2520XM 2 1/2 X 20 25 3000 FULL PSI 28 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 17/32 25/32 3 2 25/32 PC2524XM 2 1/2 X 24 28 3000 12,124 32 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 17/32 25/32 3 2 25/32 PC2530XM 2 1/2 X 30 33 3000 8,280 38 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 17/32 25/32 3 2 25/32 PC3006XM 3 X 6 19 3000 FULL PSI 14 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 29/32 PC3008XM 3 X 8 21 3000 FULL PSI 16 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 29/32 PC3010XM 3 X 10 22 3000 FULL PSI 18 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 29/32 PC3012XM 3 X 12 24 3000 FULL PSI 20 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 29/32 PC3014XM 3 X 14 26 3000 FULL PSI 22 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 29/32 PC3016XM 3 X 16 28 3000 FULL PSI 24 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 29/32 PC3018XM 3 X 18 30 3000 FULL PSI 26 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 29/32 PC3020XM 3 X 20 32 3000 FULL PSI 28 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 29/32 PC3024XM 3 X 24 36 3000 17,571 32 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 29/32 PC3030XM 3 X 30 42 3000 11,973 38 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 29/32 PC3032XM 3 X 32 43 3000 10,687 40 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 29/32 PC3036XM 3 X 36 47 3000 8,677 44 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 29/32 PC3040XM 3 X 40 51 3000 7,182 48 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 29/32 PC3048XM 3 X 48 61 3000 5,155 56 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 29/32 PC3506XM 3 1/2 X 6 22 3000 FULL PSI 14 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/4 1 3/32 PC3508XM 3 1/2 X 8 24 3000 FULL PSI 16 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/4 1 3/32 PC3510XM 3 1/2 X 10 26 3000 FULL PSI 18 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/4 1 3/32 *PC3512XM 3 1/2 X 12 28 3000 FULL PSI 20 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/4 1 3/32 PC3514XM 3 1/2 X 14 30 3000 FULL PSI 22 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/4 1 3/32 PC3516XM 3 1/2 X 16 32 3000 FULL PSI 24 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/4 1 3/32 PC3518XM 3 1/2 X 18 35 3000 FULL PSI 26 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/4 1 3/32 *PC3520XM 3 1/2 X 20 37 3000 FULL PSI 28 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/4 1 3/32 *PC3524XM 3 1/2 X 24 41 3000 FULL PSI 32 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/4 1 3/32 PC3530XM 3 1/2 X 30 47 3000 22,050 38 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/4 1 3/32 PC3532XM 3 1/2 X 32 49 3000 19,693 40 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/4 1 3/32 *PC3536XM 3 1/2 X 36 53 3000 15,980 44 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/4 1 3/32 PC3540XM 3 1/2 X 40 57 3000 13,221 48 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/4 1 3/32 PC3542XM 3 1/2 X 42 59 3000 12,103 50 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/4 1 3/32 PC3548XM 3 1/2 X 48 68 3000 9,485 56 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/4 1 3/32 * PC4008XM 4 X 8 36 3000 FULL PSI 17 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 25/32 3 13/16 1 1/16 4 1/2 2 1/2 1 5/16 *PC4012XM 4 X 12 43 3000 FULL PSI 21 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 25/32 3 13/16 1 1/16 4 1/2 2 1/2 1 5/16 *PC4016XM 4 X 16 50 3000 FULL PSI 25 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 25/32 3 13/16 1 1/16 4 1/2 2 1/2 1 5/16 * PC4020XM 4 X 20 56 3000 FULL PSI 29 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 25/32 3 13/16 1 1/16 4 1/2 2 1/2 1 5/16 * PC4024XM 4 X 24 63
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIESCATC 12-11-23-01 C12 SEE PAGE 2 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING Model Column Rod. No. Style Wt. PSI Load (Lbs.) Retract Dia A B D E H K L1 L2 R PC2006XL 2 X 6 12 3000 FULL PSI 14 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 9/32 1 2 3/8 2 1/4 3/4 PC2008XL 2 X 8 13 3000 FULL PSI 16 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 9/32 1 2 3/8 2 1/4 3/4 PC2010XL 2 X 10 15 3000 FULL PSI 18 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 9/32 1 2 3/8 2 1/4 3/4 PC2012XL 2 X 12 16 3000 FULL PSI 20 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 9/32 1 2 3/8 2 1/4 3/4 PC2014XL 2 X 14 17 3000 FULL PSI 22 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 9/32 1 2 3/8 2 1/4 3/4 PC2016XL 2 X 16 19 3000 FULL PSI 24 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 9/32 1 2 3/8 2 1/4 3/4 PC2018XL 2 X 18 20 3000 8,939 26 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 9/32 1 2 3/8 2 1/4 3/4 PC2020XL 2 X 20 21 3000 7,533 28 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 9/32 1 2 3/8 2 1/4 3/4 PC2024XL 2 X 24 24 3000 5,559 32 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 9/32 1 2 3/8 2 1/4 3/4 PC2030XL 2 X 30 28 3000 3,788 38 1 1/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 - 3 9/32 1 2 3/8 2 1/4 3/4 PC2506XL 2 1/2 X 6 14 3000 FULL PSI 14 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 17/32 25/32 3 2 1/4 25/32 * PC2508XL 2 1/2 X 8 16 3000 FULL PSI 16 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 17/32 25/32 3 2 1/4 25/32 PC2510XL 2 1/2 X 10 17 3000 FULL PSI 18 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 17/32 25/32 3 2 1/4 25/32 PC2512XL 2 1/2 X 12 19 3000 FULL PSI 20 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 17/32 25/32 3 2 1/4 25/32 PC2514XL 2 1/2 X 14 20 3000 FULL PSI 22 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 17/32 25/32 3 2 1/4 25/32 PC2516XL 2 1/2 X 16 22 3000 FULL PSI 24 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 17/32 25/32 3 2 1/4 25/32 * PC2518XL 2 1/2 X 18 24 3000 FULL PSI 26 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 17/32 25/32 3 2 1/4 25/32 * PC2520XL 2 1/2 X 20 25 3000 FULL PSI 28 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 17/32 25/32 3 2 1/4 25/32 * PC2524XL 2 1/2 X 24 28 3000 12,124 32 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 17/32 25/32 3 2 1/4 25/32 PC2530XL 2 1/2 X 30 33 3000 8,280 38 1 3/8 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 17/32 25/32 3 2 1/4 25/32 PC3006XL 3 X 6 19 3000 FULL PSI 14 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 1/4 29/32 * PC3008XL 3 X 8 21 3000 FULL PSI 16 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 1/4 29/32 PC3010XL 3 X 10 22 3000 FULL PSI 18 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 1/4 29/32 * PC3012XL 3 X 12 24 3000 FULL PSI 20 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 1/4 29/32 PC3014XL 3 X 14 26 3000 FULL PSI 22 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 1/4 29/32 * PC3016XL 3 X 16 28 3000 FULL PSI 24 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 1/4 29/32 * PC3018XL 3 X 18 30 3000 FULL PSI 26 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 1/4 29/32 * PC3020XL 3 X 20 32 3000 FULL PSI 28 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 1/4 29/32 * PC3024XL 3 X 24 36 3000 17,571 32 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 1/4 29/32 PC3030XL 3 X 30 42 3000 11,973 38 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 1/4 29/32 PC3032XL 3 X 32 43 3000 10,687 40 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 1/4 29/32 PC3036XL 3 X 36 47 3000 8,677 44 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 1/4 29/32 PC3040XL 3 X 40 51 3000 7,182 48 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 1/4 29/32 PC3048XL 3 X 48 61 3000 5,155 56 1 1/2 3/16 #8 SAE 1 13/32 3 1/4 13/16 3 1/2 2 1/4 29/32 PC3506XL 3 1/2 X 6 22 3000 FULL PSI 14 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/2 1 3/32 PC3508XL 3 1/2 X 8 24 3000 FULL PSI 16 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/2 1 3/32 PC3510XL 3 1/2 X 10 26 3000 FULL PSI 18 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/2 1 3/32 PC3512XL 3 1/2 X 12 28 3000 FULL PSI 20 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/2 1 3/32 PC3514XL 3 1/2 X 14 30 3000 FULL PSI 22 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/2 1 3/32 PC3516XL 3 1/2 X 16 32 3000 FULL PSI 24 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/2 1 3/32 PC3518XL 3 1/2 X 18 35 3000 FULL PSI 26 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/2 1 3/32 PC3520XL 3 1/2 X 20 37 3000 FULL PSI 28 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/2 1 3/32 PC3524XL 3 1/2 X 24 41 3000 FULL PSI 32 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/2 1 3/32 PC3530XL 3 1/2 X 30 47 3000 22,050 38 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/2 1 3/32 PC3532XL 3 1/2 X 32 49 3000 19,693 40 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/2 1 3/32 PC3536XL 3 1/2 X 36 53 3000 15,980 44 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/2 1 3/32 PC3540XL 3 1/2 X 40 57 3000 13,221 48 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/2 1 3/32 PC3542XL 3 1/2 X 42 59 3000 12,103 50 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/2 1 3/32 PC3548XL 3 1/2 X 48 68 3000 9,485 56 1 3/4 3/16 #8 SAE 1 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/32 4 2 1/2 1 3/32 PC4008XL 4 X 8 36 3000 FULL PSI 17 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 25/32 3 13/16 1 1/16 4 1/2 4 1 1/8 PC4012XL 4 X 12 43 3000 FULL PSI 21 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 25/32 3 13/16 1 1/16 4 1/2 4 1 1/8 PC4016XL 4 X 16 50 3000 FULL PSI 25 2 7/32 #10 SAE 1 1/4 25/32 3 13/16 1 1/16
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIESCATC 13-11-23-01 C13 THE MAGNUM LINE 3000 PSI MODEL A B (SAE) PSI PC20 1.125 - - - - 3/16 #8 3000 PC25 *1.250 1.375 - - - 3/16 #8 3000 PC30 *1.375 1.500 1.750 - - 3/16 #8 3000 PC35 *1.375 *1.500 1.750 2.000 - 3/16 #8 3000 PC40 1.750 2.000 2.250 2.500 - 7/32 #10 3000 ROD DIAMETER OPTIONS PC50 2.000 2.250 2.500 2.750 3.000 5/16 #12 3000 PC60 3.000 - - - - 1/4 #12 3000 *ONLY AVAILABLE WITH ROD END CLEVIS For custom configurations contact Prince Manufacturing Corporation or use the Customer Portal at www.princehyd.com. A STROKE RETRACT H G K E M J (DISTANCE BETWEEN EARS TYP.)B (TYP.) D (TYP.) R A STROKE RETRACT H D (TYP.) L2 (TUBE WIDTH) L1 (TUBE WIDTH) E B (TYP.) K R Model Rod Dia. D E K D G H J M R PC20xxCL 1.125 1.015 2.12 1.00 1.015 2.15 3.67 1.06 1 1/8-12 1.13 PC25xxCL 1.250 1.015 2.14 1.00 1.015 2.15 3.97 1.06 1 1/8-12 1.13 PC30xxCL 1.375 1.015 2.13 1.13 1.015 2.15 3.70 1.06 1 1/8-12 1.13 PC35xxCL 1.375 1.015 2.13 1.25 1.015 2.18 3.70 1.06 1 5/16-12 1.25 PC40xxCL 1.750 1.015 2.13 1.25 1.015 2.19 3.65 1.06 1 1/2-12 1.25 CLEVIS BASE CLEVIS ROD PC50xxCL 2.000 1.265 2.13 1.38 1.265 2.18 4.41 1.38 1 3/4-12 1.25 Model Rod Dia. D E K L1 D H L2 (XT) R (XT) L2 (XL) R (XL) PC20xxXT/XM//XL 1.125 .75/1.00 - 1.00 *2.38 .75/1.00 3.29 1.500 0.75 2.250 0.75 PC25xxXT/XM//XL 1.375 .75/1.00 0.40 0.77 3.00 .75/1.00 3.53 1.380 0.88 2.250 0.78 PC30xxXT/XM//XL 1.500 1.030 0.40 0.75 3.50 1.015 3.26 1.500 1.17 2.250 0.91 PC35xxXT/XM//XL 1.750 1.00/1.265 0.63 1.02 4.00 1.00/1.265 3.01 1.750 1.17 2.500 1.10 PC40xxXT/XM//XL 2.000 1.265 0.78 1.00 4.50 1.265 3.83 2.000 1.29 4.000 PC50xxXT 2.500 1.531 1.15 1.25 5.75 1.531 4.00 4.000 1.41 - CROSSTUBE BASE CROSSTUBE ROD 1.10 1.13 PC60xxXT 3.000 1.531 1.31 1.25 6.75 1.531 2.06 4.000 1.41 - - *HOLE DRILLED THRU BASEPLATE L2 (XM) 2.000 2.000 2.000 2.250 2.500 - - SEE PAGE 2 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIESCATC 14-11-23-01 C14 THE MAGNUM LINE 3000 PSI Model Rod Dia. D E K L1 D G H L2 R PC20xxTG 1.125 1.015 2.20 1.15 1.00 1.015 1.34 3.67 1.00 1.15 PC25xxTG 1.375 1.015 2.18 1.25 1.00 1.015 1.47 3.97 1.00 1.25 PC30xxTG 1.500 1.015 2.20 1.25 1.00 1.015 1.67 3.70 1.00 1.50 PC35xxTG 1.750 1.015 2.20 1.50 1.00 1.015 1.67 3.70 1.00 1.50 PC40xxTG 2.000 1.265 2.38 1.50 1.00 1.265 1.79 3.52 1.00 1.70 TANG BASE TANG ROD Model Rod Dia. D E K L1 L3 D G PC20xxSP 1.125 1.000 2.20 1.15 1.00 .875 1.000 1.34 PC25xxSP 1.375 1.000 2.18 1.25 1.00 .875 1.000 1.47 PC30xxSP 1.500 1.000 2.20 1.25 1.00 .875 1.000 1.67 PC35xxSP 1.750 1.000 2.20 1.50 1.00 .875 1.000 1.67 PC40xxSP 2.000 1.250 2.38 1.50 1.00 1.09 1.250 1.79 SPHERICAL BASE SPHERICAL ROD H L2 L4 R 3.67 1.00 .875 1.15 3.97 1.00 .875 1.25 3.70 1.00 .875 1.50 3.70 1.00 .875 1.50 3.52 1.00 1.09 1.70 STROKE RETRACT H G R D (TYP.) K E AB (TYP.) L2 (TANG WIDTH) L1 (TANG WIDTH) STROKE RETRACT H G R D (TYP.) K E AB (TYP.) L2 (TANG WIDTH) L1 (TANG WIDTH) L3 (BEARING WIDTH) L4 (BEARING WIDTH) MODEL A B (SAE) PSI PC20 1.125 - - - - 3/16 #8 3000 PC25 *1.250 1.375 - - - 3/16 #8 3000 PC30 *1.375 1.500 1.750 - - 3/16 #8 3000 PC35 *1.375 *1.500 1.750 2.000 - 3/16 #8 3000 PC40 1.750 2.000 2.250 2.500 - 7/32 #10 3000 *ONLY AVAILABLE WITH ROD END CLEVIS ROD DIAMETER OPTIONS For custom configurations contact Prince Manufacturing Corporation or use the Customer Portal at www.princehyd.com. SEE PAGE 2 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIESCATC 15-11-23-01 C15 3 / 7 Warranty 3 year warranty on standard products means you can confidently utilize equipment year after year. RoyalPlate Plus® rods are warranted against rust and corrosion for 7 years. RoyalPlate Plus® Plating – A & B Versions Prevents rust and corrosion more than twice as long as hard chrome plating and gas nitride treated steel bar. Flexible Configurations Cylinders are easily configured by available options such as port size and location, stroke length, pin size and paint color. Exceptional Paint Performance Aircraft quality two-part chemical cure polyester urethane paint will not fade and will outperform powder coating for the life of the cylinder. 3000 P.S.I. Rated Tie-Rod
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIESCATC 16-11-23-01 C16 TIE-ROD MODEL CODE IDENTIFICATION MATRIX Standard Tie-Rod Options STROKE: (Inches) First two digits are in inches Consult Prince for over 48" MODEL CODE SYSTEM PORT LOCATION DETERMINED FROM VIEWING CYLINDER FROM BASE END. B C BASE END STD PORT LOCATIONS D A BOTTOM OF CYLINDER RIGHT SIDE GLAND GLAND PORT LOCATIONS: (See Pictorial Below) A=(Top Port, STD) B=(R. Side Port) C=(Bottom Port) D=(L. Side Port) LEFT SIDE TOP OF CYLINDER MODELS: B=B SERIES-3000 PSI w/ROYAL PLATE A=ASAE VERSION OF B SERIES w/ROYAL PLATE (8" & 16" Strokes only, 8" stroke not available in 4.5" & 5" bore size.) F=F SERIES - 3000 PSI with Chrome E=ASAE VERSION OF F SERIES with Chrome BORE SIZE: 200=2.00" Bore 400=4.00" Bore 250=2.50" Bore 450=4.50" Bore 300=3.00" Bore 500=5.00" Bore 350=3.50" Bore S-STANDARD O-OPTIONAL BLANK-NOT AVAILABLE (See Table Below) PORT STYLE & SIZE: Table Identifiers: (For Tables Above) CODE PORT TYPE & SIZE A #6 SAE ORB (9/16-18) B #8 SAE ORB (3/4-16) C #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14) D NPTF 3/8 E NPTF 1/2 F NPTF 3/4 O O S O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.00 CYLINDER BORE SIZE (Inch) O O OS S S S S S CARTON & DECAL CODE PAINT: 00=No Paint 01=Gloss Red 03=Highway Yellow 07=Gloss Black (STD) CLEVIS PIN INSTALLATION & RETAINER OPTIONS: A=Cotter Pins & Clevis Pin(s) Shipped Loose (STD) B=Cotter Pins & Clevis Pin(s) Installed C=No Retainers, Clevis Pin(s) Shipped Loose if Selected A=2-1.00"ø Pins B=Reserved C=2-1.00"ø Hardened Pins D=2-1.25"ø Hardened Pins E=1-1.00"ø Pin F=Reserved G=1-1.00"ø Hardened Pin H=1-1.25"ø Hardened Pin J= No Pins CLEVIS PIN OPTIONS & AVAILABILITY: (See Table Above) END FITTING OPTIONS: (See Table Above) A=ø1.00" Pin Holes, Both Ends B=ø1.00" Base End Pin Hole, No Rod Clevis C=ø1.00" Pin Holes, Both Ends, Stroke Control Assy * D=ø1.25" Pin Holes, Both Ends E=ø1.25" Base End Pin Hole, No Rod Clevis *(ASAE Version 2.0-3.5" Bore with 8" stroke only) 4.50 5.003.00 3.502.502.00 AVAILABLE CLEVIS PIN OPTIONS 4.00 1.00"ø PIN O O S O O O CYLINDER BORE SIZE (Inch) 1.00"ø HARDENED PIN S S S S S S1.25"ø HARDENED PIN A=No carton-Std decals, Installed B=Carton-Std decals, Installed (STD) C=No carton-Std decals, Loose D=Carton-Std decals, Loose E=No carton-Std decals, customer I.D. decal, Installed 7F
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIESCATC 17-11-23-01 C17 FEATURES: • Heavy duty, high strength tie-rods • Induction hardened piston rods plated with RoyalPlate Plus® (piston rods on 2” bore not hardened) • Ductile iron piston, butt, gland & clevis • Urethane u-cup & metal encased wiper 2 1/2” bore & larger models • Crown seal on piston • Pins & cotter pins (Hardened pins on 4”, 4 1/2” & 5” models) • Standard color is gloss black • Stroke control may be installed on 8” strokes (2” - 3.5” bore, A models only) • Side ports available on request • Nylon piston bearing ring on 4”, 4 1/2” & 5” bore models • 3000 PSI continuous operating pressure 2 INCH BORE CYLINDERS * F200040ABAAA07B B200040ABAAA07B 4” 17 9425 lbs 14 ¼ 3 ½ * F200060ABAAA07B B200060ABAAA07B 6” 19 9425 lbs 16 ¼ 3 ½ F200080ABAAA07B B200080ABAAA07B 8” 20 9425 lbs 18 ¼ 3 ½ * E200080ABAAA07B A200080ABAAA07B 8” 21 9425 lbs 20 ¼ ASAE 5 ½ * F200100ABAAA07B B200100ABAAA07B 10” 22 9425 lbs 20 ¼ 3 ½ * F200120ABAAA07B B200120ABAAA07B 12” 23 9425 lbs 22 ¼ 3 ½ * F200140ABAAA07B B200140ABAAA07B 14” 25 9425 lbs 24 ¼ 3 ½ * F200160ABAAA07B B200160ABAAA07B 16” 28 9425 lbs 26 ¼ 3 ½ * E200160ABAAA07B A200160ABAAA07B 16” 28 7630 lbs 31 ½ ASAE 8 ¾ * F200180ABAAA07B B200180ABAAA07B 18” 28 9200 lbs 28 ¼ 3 ½ * F200200ABAAA07B B200200ABAAA07B 20” 30 7760 lbs 30 ¼ 3 ½ * F200240ABAAA07B B200240ABAAA07B 24” 33 5730 lbs 34 ¼ 3 ½ * F200300ABAAA07B B200300ABAAA07B 30” 37 3910 lbs 40 ¼ 3 ½ Standard Dimensions of 2 Inch Bore Cylinders Note: 1 1/8” rod diameter Outside Sq. Dim. Butt - 2.875, Gland 2.875 A 3/16” cylinder tube wall thickness B, C SAE ¾ -16 extend & retract ports D 1.015” clevis pin hole size E, F 1 7/8” base clevis throat depth with 2 7/16” from pin center to port center G 1 13/16” rod clevis throat depth J 1.06” min. distance between ears at pin center line K 15/16” base clevis ear radius L 1 1/8” rod clevis ear radius M 1 1/8” – 12 UNF-3 piston rod clevis thread size E & F Series A & B Series Column Tare Chrome Rod Royal Plate Rod Stroke Wt Load (lbs) Retract Dist. (H) K E AF G STROKE RETRACTED H L J (DISTANCE BETWEEN EARS TYP.) D M CB 2.5 INCH BORE CYLINDERS * F250060ABAAA07B B250060ABAAA07B 6” 22 14730 lbs 16 ¼ 3 ¾ F250080ABAAA07B B250080ABAAA07B 8” 25 14730 lbs 18 ¼ 3 ¾ * E250080ABAAA07B A250080ABAAA07B 8” 25 14730 lbs 20 ¼ ASAE 5 ¾ * F250100ABAAA07B B250100ABAAA07B 10” 26 14730 lbs 20 ¼ 3 ¾ * F250120ABAAA07B B250120ABAAA07B 12” 28 14730 lbs 22 ¼ 3 ¾ * F250140ABAAA07B B250140ABAAA07B 14” 30 14730 lbs 24 ¼ 3 ¾ * F250160ABAAA07B B250160ABAAA07B 16” 25 14730 lbs 26 ¼ 3 ¾ * E250160ABAAA07B A250160ABAAA07B 16” 34 11520 lbs 31 ½ ASAE 9 * F250180ABAAA07B B250180ABAAA07B 18” 34 13880 lbs 28 ¼ 3 ¾ * F250200ABAAA07B B250200ABAAA07B 20” 36 11720 lbs 30 ¼ 3 ¾ * F250240ABAAA07B B250240ABAAA07B 24” 41 8670 lbs 34 ¼ 3 ¾ * F250300ABAAA07B B250300ABAAA07B 30” 47 5930 lbs 40 ¼ 3 ¾ Standard Dimensions of 2.5 Inch Bore Cylinders Note: 1 1/4” rod diameter Outside Sq. Dim. Butt - 3.375, Gland 3.375 A 3/16” cylinder tube wall thickness B, C SAE ¾ -16 extend & retract ports D 1.015” clevis pin hole size E, F 1 7/8” base clevis throat depth with 2 3/8” from pin center to port center G 1 13/16” rod clevis throat depth J 1.06” min. distance between ears at pin center line K 15/16” base clevis ear radius L 1 1/8” rod clevis ear radius M 1 1/8” – 12 UNF-3 piston rod clevis thread size E & F Series A & B Series Column Tare Chrome Rod Royal Plate Rod Stroke Wt Load (lbs) Retract Dist. (H) 3 INCH BORE CYLINDERS * F300060ABAAA07B B300060ABAAA07B 6” 26 21210 lbs 16 ¼ 3 ¾ F300080ABAAA07B B300080ABAAA07B 8” 29 21210 lbs 18 ¼ 3 ¾ * E300080ABAAA07B A300080ABAAA07B 8” 29 21210 lbs 20 ¼ ASAE 5 ¾ * F300100ABAAA07B B300100ABAAA07B 10” 30 21210 lbs 20 ¼ 3 ¾ * F300120ABAAA07B B300120ABAAA07B 12” 33 21210 lbs 22 ¼ 3 ¾ * F300140ABAAA07B B300140ABAAA07B 14” 35 21210 lbs 24 ¼ 3 ¾ F300160ABAAA07B B300160ABAAA07B 16” 29 21210 lbs 26 ¼ 3 ¾ * E300160ABAAA07B A300160ABAAA07B 16” 40 16730 lbs 31 ½ ASAE 9 * F300180ABAAA07B B300180ABAAA07B 18” 40 20120 lbs 28 ¼ 3 ¾ * F300200ABAAA07B B300200ABAAA07B 20” 42 17010 lbs 30 ¼ 3 ¾ * F300240ABAAA07B B300240ABAAA07B 24” 47 12620 lbs 34 ¼ 3 ¾ * F300300ABAAA07B B300300ABAAA07B 30” 54 8640 lbs 40 ¼ 3 ¾ * F300360ABAAA07B B300360ABAAA07B 36” 61 6290 lbs 46 ¼ 3 ¾ * F300480ABAAA07B B300480ABAAA07B 48” 75 3760 lbs 58 ¼ 3 ¾ Standard Dimensions of 3 Inch Bore Cylinders Note: 1 3/8” rod diameter Outside Sq. Dim. Butt - 3.875, Gland 3.875 A 3/16” cylinder tube wall thickness B, C SAE ¾ -16 extend & retract ports D 1.015” clevis pin hole size E, F 1 7/8” base clevis throat depth with 27/16” from pin center to port center G 1 13/16” rod clevis throat depth J 1.06” min. distance between ears at pin center line K 1 1/16” base clevis ear radius L 1 1/8” rod clevis ear radius M 1 1/8” – 12 UNF-3 piston rod clevis thread size E & F Series A & B Series Column
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIESCATC 18-11-23-01 C18 * Frequently stocked items 3.5 INCH BORE CYLINDERS 4 INCH BORE CYLINDERS 4.5 INCH BORE CYLINDERS 5 INCH BORE CYLINDERS SEE PAGE 4 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING Standard Dimensions of 3.5 Inch Bore Cylinders Note: 1 3/8” rod diameter Outside Sq. Dim. Butt - 4.313, Gland 4.313 A 3/16” cylinder tube wall thickness B, C SAE ¾ -16 extend & retract ports D 1.015” clevis pin hole size E, F 1 7/8” base clevis throat depth with 27/16” from pin center to port center G 1 13/16” rod clevis throat depth J 1.06” min. distance between ears at pin center line K 11/4” base clevis ear radius L 1 1/4” rod clevis ear radius M 1 5/16” – 12 UNF-3 piston rod clevis thread size Standard Dimensions of 4 Inch Bore Cylinders Note: 1 3/4” rod diameter Outside Sq. Dim. Butt - 5.063, Gland 5.063 A 3/16” cylinder tube wall thickness B, C SAE 3/4 -16 extend & retract ports D 1.015” clevis pin hole size E, F 1 3/4” base clevis throat depth with 27/16” from pin center to port center G 1 7/8” rod clevis throat depth J 1.13” min. distance between ears at pin center line K 1 1/4” base clevis ear radius L 1 1/4” rod clevis ear radius M 1 1/2” – 12 UNF-3 piston rod clevis thread size Standard Dimensions of 4.5 Inch Bore Cylinders Note: 2” rod diameter Outside Sq. Dim. Butt - 5.5, Gland 5.56 A 1/4” cylinder tube wall thickness B, C SAE 7/8 -14 extend & retract ports D 1.265” clevis pin hole size E, F 2 1/4” base clevis throat depth with 215/16” from pin center to port center G 2” rod clevis throat depth J 1.13” min. distance between ears at pin center line K 1 5/16” base clevis ear radius L 1 1/4” rod clevis ear radius M 1 1/2” – 12 UNF-3 piston rod clevis thread size Standard Dimensions of 5 Inch Bore Cylinders Note: 2” rod diameter Outside Sq. Dim. Butt - 5.875, Gland 5.875 A 1/4” cylinder tube wall thickness B, C SAE 7/8 -14 extend & retract ports D 1.265” clevis pin hole size E, F 1 3/4” base clevis throat depth with 25/8” from pin center to port center G 2” rod clevis throat depth J 1.13” min. distance between ears at pin center line K 1 3/8” base clevis ear radius L 1 1/4” rod clevis ear radius M 1 1/2” – 12 UNF-3 piston rod clevis thread size E & F Series A & B Series Column Tare Chrome Rod Royal Plate Rod Stroke Wt Load (lbs) Retract Dist. (H) E & F Series A & B Series Column Tare Chrome Rod Royal Plate Rod Stroke Wt Load (lbs) Retract Dist. (H) E & F Series A & B Series Column Tare Chrome Rod Royal Plate Rod Stroke Wt Load (lbs) Retract Dist. (H) E & F Series A & B Series Column Tare Chrome Rod Royal Plate Rod Stroke Wt Load (lbs) Retract Dist. (H) Seal Kits: Seal Kit for A, B, E, F & SAE-335XX Cylinder Models = PMCK-B350000 Universal Seal Kit for SAE-93XX, SAE-335XXX, A, B, E & F Cylinder Models = 240040025 Seal Kits: Seal Kit for A, B, E, F & SAE-340XX Cylinder Models = PMCK-B400000 Universal Seal Kit for SAE-94XX, SAE-340XXX, A, B, E & F Cylinder Models = 240040026 Seal Kits: Seal Kit for A, B, E, F & SAE-345XX Cylinder Models = PMCK-B450000 No Universal Seal Kit offered Seal Kits: Seal Kit for A, B, E, F & SAE-350XX Cylinder Models = PMCK-B500000 Universal Seal Kit for SAE-95XX, SAE-350XXX, A, B, E & F Cylinder Models = 240040027 F350080ABAAA07B B350080ABAAA07B 8” 35 28860 lbs 18 ¼ 3 ¾ *E350080ABAAA07B A350080ABAAA07B 8” 35 28860 lbs 20 ¼ ASAE 5 ¾ *F350100ABAAA07B B350100ABAAA07B 10” 37 28860 lbs 20 ¼ 3 ¾ *F350120ABAAA07B B350120ABAAA07B 12” 39 28860 lbs 22 ¼ 3 ¾ *F350140ABAAA07B B350140ABAAA07B 14” 42 28860 lbs 24 ¼ 3 ¾ F350160ABAAA07B B350160ABAAA07B 16” 35 24700 lbs 26 ¼ 3 ¾ *E350160ABAAA07B A350160ABAAA07B 16” 46 16900 lbs 31 ½ ASAE 9 *F350180ABAAA07B B350180ABAAA07B 18” 47 20400 lbs 28 ¼ 3 ¾ *F350200ABAAA07B B350200ABAAA07B 20” 49 17240 lbs 30 ¼ 3 ¾ *F350240ABAAA07B B350240ABAAA07B 24” 54 12780 lbs 34 ¼ 3 ¾ *F350300ABAAA07B B350300ABAAA07B 30” 62 8760 lbs 40 ¼ 3 ¾ *F350360ABAAA07B B350360ABAAA07B 36” 69 6370 lbs 46 ¼ 3 ¾ *F350480ABAAA07B B350480ABAAA07B 48” 85 3800 lbs 58 ¼ 3 ¾ F400080ABACA07B B400080ABACA07B 8” 48 37700 lbs 18 ¼ 3 ¼ *E400080ABACA07B A400080ABACA07B 8” 48 37700 lbs 20 ¼ ASAE 5 ¼ *F400100ABACA07B B400100ABACA07B 10” 50 37700 lbs 20 ¼ 3 ¼ *F400120ABACA07B B400120ABACA07B 12” 54 37700 lbs 22 ¼ 3 ¼ *F400140ABACA07B B400140ABACA07B 14” 57 37700 lbs 24 ¼ 3 ¼ F400160ABACA07B B400160ABACA07B 16” 48 37700 lbs 26 ¼ 3 ¼ *E400160ABACA07B A400160ABACA07B 16” 64 37700 lbs 31 ½ ASAE 8 ½ *F400180ABACA07B B400180ABACA07B 18” 64 37700 lbs 28 ¼ 3 ¼ *F400200ABACA07B B400200ABACA07B 20” 68 37700 lbs 30 ¼ 3 ¼ *F400240ABACA07B B400240ABACA07B 24” 75 33710 lbs 34 ¼ 3 ¼ *F400300ABACA07B B400300ABACA07B 30” 85 22990 lbs 40 ¼ 3 ¼ *F400360ABACA07B B400360ABACA07B 36” 95 16680 lbs 46 ¼ 3 ¼ *F400480ABACA07B B400480ABACA07B 48” 116 9920 lbs 58 ¼ 3 ¼ F450080ACDDA07B B450080ACDDA07B 8” 60 47710 lbs 20 ¼ 4 F450120ACDDA07B B450120ACDDA07
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIESCATC 19-11-23-01 C19 TIE-ROD CONSTRUCTION - EXTERNAL STYLE BYPASS FEATURES: • Heavy duty tie-rod construction • Induction hardened piston rods plated with RoyalPlate Plus® • High performance polyamide rod bearing • #8 S.A.E.(3/4-16 ORB) ports • For use with 1” pins • Pins, clips & cotters included • ORB to pipe adaptors are not included • Color is gloss black • Same high quality features found in all Prince Tie-rod Cylinders with the addition of an external bypass (rephase) NOTES: • Master cylinder provides power for the entire system • Each cylinder in series has less pressure in proportion to the load on it • Designed for use in a series cylinder circuit at a maximum of 3000 PSI, cylinder not to be used at 3000 PSI in push or pull as a single cylinder • Stroke control assemblies may be installed on 8” stroke models • Can be used with remote stroke control valve PM-SC-10 • Can be used with holding valves HC-V-AA21 and HC-V-AA22 • Master cylinder equipped with series/rephase and stroke control are available. Contact Prince Sales Department. • Custom designs in welded or tie-rod style for larger or smaller bore sizes • Exact matched sets available • Contact Prince Engineering Department for special applications SERIES CYLINDER SYSTEMS TO RAISE LOADS EQUALLY Rod 8” Stroke 10” Stroke 12” Stroke 16” Stroke Bore Dia. 20 1/4” 22 1/4” 24 1/4” 28 1/4” A B C D E F Retract Retract Retract Retract 2 1/2 1 1/8 PMS-AM-2586 PMS-AM-2629 PMS-AM-2588 PMS-AM-2590 1 1/8 1 13/16 5 23/32 1 7/8 15/16 1 1/16 2 3/4 1 1/8 PMS-AM-2580 PMS-AM-2627 PMS-AM-2582 PMS-AM-2584 1 1/8 1 13/16 5 23/32 1 7/8 1 1/16 1 1/16 3 1 1/4 PMS-AM-2574 PMS-AM-2625 PMS-AM-2576 PMS-AM-2578 1 1/8 1 13/16 5 23/32 1 7/8 1 1/16 1 1/16 3 1/4 1 1/4 PMS-AM-2568 PMS-AM-2623 PMS-AM-2570 PMS-AM-2572 1 1/8 1 13/16 5 23/32 1 7/8 1 1/4 1 1/16 3 1/2 1 1/4 PMS-AM-2562 PMS-AM-2621 PMS-AM-2564 PMS-AM-2566 1 1/8 1 13/16 5 23/32 1 7/8 1 1/4 1 1/16 3 3/4 1 3/8 PMS-AM-2556A PMS-AM-2619A PMS-AM-2558A PMS-AM-2560A 1 1/8 1 7/8 5 11/32 1 3/4 1 1/4 1 1/8 4 1 3/8 PMS-AM-2550A PMS-AM-2617A PMS-AM-2552A PMS-AM-2554A 1 1/8 1 7/8 5 11/32 1 3/4 1 1/4 1 1/8 4 1/2 2 PMS-AM-2544 PMS-AM-2615 PMS-AM-2546 PMS-AM-2548 1 1/8 1 7/8 4 1/32 1 3/4 1 3/8 1 1/8 4 3/4 1 1/2 PMS-AM-2538 PMS-AM-2613 PMS-AM-2540 PMS-AM-2542 1 1/8 1 7/8 4 1/32 1 3/4 1 3/8 1 1/8 5 1 1/2 PMS-AM-2532 PMS-AM-2611 PMS-AM-2534 PMS-AM-2536 1 1/8 1 7/8 4 1/32 1 3/4 1 3/8 1 1/8
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIESCATC 20-11-23-01 C20 CYLINDER DIMENSIONAL FEATURES: For dimensional data of configured cylinders, please refer to the Standard Dimensions column of the standard cylinder tables on page C17-C18. For outside cylinder dimensions and clevis widths for both A & B models, see table below. 2500 PSI TIE-ROD DOUBLE ACTING THE “MAJESTIC LINE” Tie-Rod–DA–Medium Duty Rods FEATURES: • Chromed, ground & polished piston rod will operate at full pressure through 16” stroke • Ductile iron piston, butt, gland & clevis • Urethane u-cup & urethane wiper in gland • Pins, clips & cotters included • Color is gloss black • Stroke control may be installed on 8” strokes • Side ports available on request at no additional cost Rods are sized for a maximum safe push load (2:1 safety factor) given in the table. This is based on the pin configuration shown with no center support. Model Column Re- Rod B C No. Style Wt. PSI Load (Lbs.) tract Dia. A SAE SAE D E F G H J K, L M C400080ABDDA07B 4 x 8 50 3000PSI Full PSI 20 1/4 2 3/16 3/4 - 16 3/4 - 16 1.265 1 3/4 2 7/16 1.875 5 1/4 1.13 1 1/4 1 1/2-12 C400160ABDDA07B 4 x 16 68 3000PSI Full PSI 31 1/2 2 3/16 3/4 - 16 3/4 - 16 1.265 1 3/4 2 7/16 1.875 8 1/2 1.13 1 1/4 1 1/2-12 C400240ABDDA07B 4 x 24 81 3000PSI Full PSI 36 1/4 2 3/16 3/4 - 16 3/4 - 16 1.265 1 3/4 2 7/16 1.875 5 1/4 1.13 1 1/4 1 1/2-12 C400260ABDDA07B 4 x 26 84 3000PSI Full PSI 38 1/4 2 3/16 3/4 - 16 3/4 - 16 1.265 1 3/4 2 7/16 1.875 5 1/4 1.13 1 1/4 1 1/2-12 Model Style Wt. PSI Column Re- Rod A B C D E F G H J K L M No. Load (Lbs.) tract Dia. SAE SAE SAE-8404 2 x 4 18 2500 FULL PSI 14 1/4 1 3/16 3/4-16 3/4-16 1.015 1 7/8 2 7/16 1 13/16 3 1/2 1.06 15/16 1 1/8 1-14 SAE-8406 2 x 6 19 2500 FULL PSI 16 1/4 1 3/16 3/4-16 3/4-16 1.015 1 7/8 2 7/16 1 13/16 3 1/2 1.06 15/16 1 1/8 1-14 SAE-8408 2 x 8 20 2500 FULL PSI 20 1/4 1 3/16 3/4-16 3/4-16 1.015 1 7/8 2 7/16 1 13/16 5 1/2 1.06 15/16 1 1/8 1-14 SAE-8410 2 x 10 21 2500 FULL PSI 20 1/4 1 3/16 3/4-16 3/4-16 1.015 1 7/8 2 7/16 1 13/16 3 1/2 1.06 15/16 1 1/8 1-14 SAE-7006 2 1/2 x 6 22 2500 FULL PSI 16 1/4 1 1/8 3/16 3/4-16 3/4-16 1.015 1 7/8 2 13/32 1 13/16 3 3/4 1.06 15/16 1 1/8 1 1/8-12 SAE-7008 2 1/2 x 8 23 2500 FULL PSI 20 1/4 1 1/8 3/16 3/4-16 3/4-16 1.015 1 7/8 2 13/32 1 13/16 5 3/4 1.06 15/16 1 1/8 1 1/8-12 SAE-7106 3 x 6 24 2500 FULL PSI 16 1/4 1 1/8 3/16 3/4-16 3/4-16 1.015 1 7/8 2 7/16 1 13/16 3 3/4 1.06 1 1/16 1 1/8 1 1/8-12 SAE-7108 3 x 8 26 2500 FULL PSI 20 1/4 1 1/8 3/16 3/4-16 3/4-16 1.015 1 7/8 2 7/16 1 13/16 5 3/4 1.06 1 1/16 1 1/8 1 1/8-12 SAE-7208A 3 1/2 x 8 31 2500 FULL PSI 20 1/4 1 1/8 3/16 3/4-16 3/4-16 1.015 1 7/8 2 7/16 1 13/16 5 3/4 1.06 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/8-12 SAE-8608 4 x 8 42 2500 FULL PSI 20 1/4 1 1/2 3/16 3/4-16 3/4-16 1.015 1 3/4 2 7/16 1 7/8 5 1/4 1.13 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2-12 SAE-8610 4 x 10 45 2500 FULL PSI 20 1/4 1 1/2 3/16 3/4-16 3/4-16 1.015 1 3/4 2 7/16 1 7/8 3 1/4 1.13 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2-12 SAE-8208 5 x 8 64 2500 FULL PSI 20 1/4 1 3/4 1/4 7/8-14 7/8-14 1.265 1 3/4 2 5/8 2 4 1.13 1 3/8 1 1/4 1 1/2-12 SAE-8210 5 x 10 67 2500 FULL PSI 22 1/4 1 3/4 1/4 7/8-14 7/8-14 1.265 1 3/4 2 5/8 2 4 1.13 1 3/8 1 1/4 1 1/2-12 3000 PSI Tie-Rod-DA-With 2” Rod K E AF G STROKE RETRACTED H L J (DISTANCE BETWEEN EARS TYP.) D M CB Outside Sq. Dim Clevis Width Bore Size Butt Gland Butt Rod 2” 2.875” 2.875” 2.500” 2.500” 2.5” 3.375” 3.375” 2.440” 2.500” 3” 3.875” 3.875” 2.500” 2.500” 3.5” 4.313” 4.313” 2.750” 2.875” 4” 5.063” 5.063” 2.750” 2.875” 4.5” 5.500” 5.560” 3.180” 2.875” 5” 5.875” 5.875” 3.180” 2.875”
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIESCATC 21-11-23-01 C21 REMOTE STROKE CONTROL VALVE REMOTE STROKE CONTROL VALVE MODEL PM-SC-10 (with optional orifice restrictor) FEATURES: • (1) piece cast iron body • Unitized stroke control valve cartridge • Valve stem treated for corrosion resistance • Valve closes to prevent return flow to tractor ORIFICE RESTRICTORS AVAILABLE FOR CYLINDER PORTS (OPTIONAL): l 670805062 .062 ORIFICE l 670805125 .125 ORIFICE IF ANOTHER SIZE ORIFICE IS REQUIRED, PLEASE LET US KNOW. MODEL PM-SC-10 SEE PAGE 1 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIESCATC 22-11-23-01 C22 OTHER PRINCE ACCESSORIES STROKE CONTROL ASSEMBLY Practical, efficient and easily adapted to Prince Standard Series Cylinders. Positive stroke control adjustment Open 5 5/8” Closed 2 1/2” MODEL: PM-SC-8—Adapting Sleeve Thread size 1 1/8”-12 and will accept shaft size thru 1 3/8” Dia. Wt. 3 Ibs. Will fit models: SAE-7008, SAE-7108, SAE-7208A, A200080, A250080, A300080, E200080, E250080, E300080. MODEL: PM-SC-11—Adapting Sleeve Thread size 1 5/16”-12. Will fit models: A/B/E/F350080. Full-flow in one direction, with restriction of flow on return. Simple design permits complete reversible mounting for restricting either output or return. Interchange- able discs of various sizes for different flow metering can be quickly changed in the field. Use with pumps up to 12 GPM. 5,000 psi. 1/2” NPTF, inlet and outlet. REMOTE HYDRAULIC STROKE CONTROL A remote hydraulic stroke control is available. This stroke control makes use of the same reliable cartridge used in the internal stroke control cylinder. But it can be mounted remotely to control 2 cylinders. (See pg. C21) All components plated (including the base casting) to retard rust. Collars are made of die cast aluminum in split halves. Flat steel springs are easy to open and snap onto the cylinder rod. • Light Weight • Durable • Non-Abrasive MODEL SIZE WT. PM-R-10 BLANK 3 oz. PM-R-12 1/16” 3 oz. PM-R-13 3/32” 3 oz. PM-R-14 1/8” 3 oz. PM-R-15 5/32” 3 oz. PM-R-16 3/16” 3 oz. PM-R-17 7/32” 3 oz. PM-R-18 1/4” 3 oz. PM-R-19 .041” 3 oz. PM-R-20 1/64” 3 oz. PM-R-21 .031” 3 oz. PM-R-22 .078” 3 oz. RESTRICTORS THREE-SLEEVE STROKE CONTROL ASSEMBLY PM-SLCS-10: For 1 1/8” THRU 1 1/2” DIA RODS (THIS SET HAS FINGER TABS, WITH RELIEF NOTCHES) 7/8” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” PM-SLCS-14: For 1 3/4” THRU 2” DIA RODS (THIS SET HAS NO FINGER TABS) 1” 1 1/2” 2” PM-SLCS-15: For 1 3/4” THRU 2” DIA RODS (THIS SET HAS NO FINGER TABS) 1” 1 1/2” 2” 4 1/4”
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIESCATC 23-11-23-01 C23 OTHER PRINCE ACCESSORIES SEE PAGE 1 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING * Frequently stocked items Part #1904K0005 (PSP-1376) 1” x 2 1/8” Between Retainer grooves which use #220001504 Cotter Pins – qty. 4 and #190400005 clevis pins – qty. 2 Part #1904K0001 (PSP-1377) 1” x 2 3/4” Between Retainer grooves which use #220001504 Cotter Pins – qty. 4 and #190400001 clevis pins – qty. 2 *Part #1904K0004 1” x 3 1/4” Between Retainer grooves which use #220001504 Cotter Pins – qty. 4 and #190400004 clevis pins – qty. 2 1” DIA. CLEVIS PIN KITS Part #1904K0012 1” x 2-1/8” Between Retainers with 13/64” hole drilled in one end to use #220001504 Cotter Pins – qty. 2 and #190400012 clevis pins – qty. 2 1” DIA. SWAGED WASHER ONE END CLEVIS PIN KITS WITH HOLE Part #1904K0013 1” x 2-3/4” Between Retainer with 13/64” hole drilled in one end to use #220001504 Cotter Pins – qty. 2 and #190400013 clevis pins – qty. 2 Part #220001504 Cotter Pin for above. Part #1906K0016 1 1/4” x 3-3/16” Between Retain- ers with 13/64” hole drilled in BOTH ends to use #220001504 Cotter Pins qty. 4 and #190600016 clevis pins – qty. 2 1 1/4 ” DIA. CLEVIS PIN KITS *Part #1904K0035 1” x 3 7/16” Between Retainer grooves which use #220001504 Cotter Pins – qty. 4 and #190400035 clevis pins – qty. 2 1” DIA. HARDENED PIN KIT *Part #1906K0024 1 1/4” x 3 3/16” Between Re- tainer grooves which use #220001504 Cotter Pins – qty. 4 and #190400024 clevis pins – qty. 2 Part #190600025 1 1/4” x 3” Between Retainer grooves which use #220001504 Cotter Pins – qty. 4 and #190400025 clevis pins – qty. 2 1 1/4” DIA. HARDENED PIN KITS SMALL BREATHERS Plug-type breather/filter for converting double action unit to single action. Aluminum body contains two fine filter screens retained by star washer. MODEL THREAD SIZE WT. *PM-BHF-6 3/4” ORB. (with “0” Ring) 3 oz.
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIESCATC 24-11-23-01 C24 CYLINDERS AND ACCESSORIES FEATURES PRINCE HAND PUMPS REPLACEABLE INLET CHECK VALVE Zero leakage check valve assembly can be easily replaced when necessary. PISTON ................. 11/16” dia. Chromed & Ground Steel PRESSURE SEALS ... O-ring & Hytrel Back-up Washers HANDLE ........................Extra—heavy Pipe, 14 3/4” long HANDLE POSITION ................. Selective — two-position PORT SIZE ....................................................... 3/8 NPTF RESERVOIR .............................................. Steel Tubing MOUNTING FIXTURES .....4-Bolt Foot Mount for 3/8 Bolts MOUNTING .....................................Horizontal or vertical FLOAT CHECK ................... Prevent oil from sloshing out DIPSTICK ............................................ To check oil level HANDLE CARRIER .................. To prevent losing handle COLOR IS GLOSS BLACK MODEL WT. RESERVOIR SIZE PM-HP-15B 35 lbs. 1 1/2 Gallon PM-HP-10B 30 lbs. 1 Gallon PM-HP-5B 27 lbs. 1/2 Gallon Used for 1000-3000 PSI A B PM-HP-15B 16 9/16 22 5/8 *PM-HP-10B 10 16 1/2 PM-HP-5B 3 7/16 9 15/16 REMOVABLE PACKING GLAND Packing gland seals can be easily replaced when necessary. Gland is removable with standard tools. New seals are readily available. The Prince Hand Pump offers definite advantages over similar components of higher cost. The pump has unique design features which insure versatility. The handle can be used in (2) positions. The pump can be mounted vertically and horizontally. There are (3) different volume and pressure settings. Position 1: 1.25 cu. in. per stroke—1500 psi* Position 2: .95 cu. in. per stroke—2000 psi* Position 3: .60 cu. in. per stroke—3000 psi* *At applied force of 60-65 Ibs. on handle. (Pressure to 6,000 psi can be developed with more force) FEATURES This pump is designed for use with single acting cylinders. It may be used with double acting cylinders provided a two-way hand valve is used to direct the flow and a return port is installed on the reservoir. HYDRAULIC CYLINDER APPLICATIONS This hand pump is designed for use wherever hydraulic pressure is needed without large flow requirements. Its sturdy design and positive sealing features will provide excellent service with a minimum of care. Uses range from mobile equipment to shop presses. Recommended temperatures may range from -40°F to 300°F. Most general purpose hydraulic oils can be used. APPLICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SEE PAGE 1 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING * Frequently stocked items
V2VALVES CATV 2-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 INDEX MODEL DESCRIPTION .......................................................................PAGE Series 20 20 GPM Stack Type Directional Control Valve ..............................................V3 Series 20 20 GPM Load Sense and Load Sense Pressure Compensated Stack Type Directional and Control Valve ............................V13 Series 20 20 GPM Solenoid Operated Work Section ..................................................V18 Series 20 20 GPM Proportional Work Section ............................................................V24 Model SV 12 GPM Stack Type Directional Control Valve ............................................V29 Model SV 12 GPM Solenoid Operated Work Section ..................................................V41 Model SV 12 GPM Proportional Work Section ............................................................V49 Radio Remotes and Proportional Operators ...............................................V52 RD5100 30 GPM Single Spool Mono-Block Directional Control Valve......................V53 RD5200 25 GPM Two Spool Mono-Block Direction Control Valve ............................V53 RD5300 25 GPM Three Spool Mono-Block Directional Control Valve ......................V53 RD5000 Solenoid Operated 1, 2, or 3 Spool Mono-Block Valve ...............................V61 RD4100 15 GPM Single Spool Mono-Block Directional Control Valve......................V63 LVS 11 GPM Two Spool Series Mono-Block Loader Valve.................................V66 LVT 10 GPM Two Spool Mono-Block Loader Valve ...........................................V68 LVR 14 GPM Two Spool Mono-Block Loader Valve ...........................................V69 LS3000 25 GPM Single Spool Log Splitter Control Valve ........................................V71 RD2500 20 GPM Single Spool Mono-Block Directional Control Valve......................V73 RD-100 30 GPM Adjustable Flow Control ................................................................V76 RD-1900 30 GPM Adjustable Flow Control ................................................................V76 RD-400 30 GPM Priority Divider, Fixed Flow............................................................V78 RD-500 30 GPM Priority Divider, Adjustable Flow ....................................................V78 RD-200 30 GPM Proportional Divider, Fixed Ratio...................................................V80 RD-300 30 GPM Proportional Divider with Reverse Flow ........................................V80 RD-500P 30 GPM Proportional Divider, Adjustable Ratio ...........................................V80 RD-1000-S 30 GPM Sequence Valve ............................................................................V80 RV 30 GPM Inline Relief Valve..........................................................................V82 DRV 30 GPM Double Relief Valve .......................................................................V82 RD-1800 20 GPM Ball/Spring Relief...........................................................................V84 RD-900 30 GPM Single Selector Valve ....................................................................V84 MODEL SS 20 GPM Single Selector Valve ....................................................................V85 MODEL DS 40 GPM Double Selector Valve ...................................................................V86 RD-1400 30 GPM Lock Valve, Double Pilot Check ....................................................V87 RD-1600 20 GPM Pilot-Operated Check Valve ..........................................................V87 Design Charts, Hydraulic Formulas, Metric Conversions ............................V88 Valve Quick Reference Guide .....................................................................V89
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 V3VALVESCATV 3-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 STANDARD FEATURES • 1 -10 Work Sections • Extra Fine Spool Metering • Power Beyond Capability • Reversible Handle • Load Checks on Each Work Port • Hard Chrome Plated Spools • A Float Section can be Installed in any Location in Valve Assembly • Interchangeable Mounting With Other Popular “20” gpm Stack Valves • Optional Work Section with Pilot Operated Checks SPECIFICATIONS Parallel or Tandem Circuit Foot Mounting Pressure Rating Weight Maximum Operating Pressure ...... 3500 psi Inlet Cover ........................... Approx 6 lbs Maximum Tank Pressure ................. 500 psi Outlet Cover ..................... Approx 3.5 lbs Work Section ....................... Approx 9 lbs Nominal Flow Rating ...................... 20 gpm Maximum Operating Temp ..........180°F Please Refer to Pressure Drop Charts. Allowable Pressure Loss thru Valve Filtration: For general purpose valves, Determines the Maximum flow. fluid cleanliness should meet the ISO 4406 19/17/14 level . For extended life or for pilot operated valves, the 18/16/13 fluid cleanliness level is recommended. Series “20” Directional Control Valves SECTIONAL BODY
V4VALVES CATV 4-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 PORT RELIEF CARTRIDGES ORDERING INFORMATION: The following is a listing of valve sections. SECTIONS AVAILABLE: 660190003 SPRING CENTER KIT 660190004 3 POSITION DETENT KIT 660190005 FRICTION DETENT KIT 660190028 SPRING CTR PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR KIT 660190001 VERTICAL HANDLE, LINK & PINS 660190002 STD. HANDLE, LINK & PINS 660190006 COMPLETE VERT. HANDLE KIT 660190007 COMPLETE STD. HANDLE KIT 660190025 SEAL RETAINER PLATE 660190026 HANDLE CLEVIS 660290004 POWER BEYOND PLUG #10 SAE 660290017 POWER BEYOND PLUG 3/4” NPTF 660290005 CLOSED CENTER PLUG 660290006 OPEN CENTER OUTLET PLUG 660585001 WORK SECTION SEAL KIT 660585008 LOCK SECTION SEAL KIT 660590030 SOLENOID OPERATED SECT SEAL KIT (5.6) 660585002 INLET SECTION SEAL KIT 660585003 OUTLET SECTION SEAL KIT 660585004 SEAL KIT 0-RINGS BETWEEN SECTION ONLY 660585006 SOLENOID PILOT PASSAGE SEAL KIT 660390103 20 WORK SECT COIL & CART ASSY 12VDC/LEADS 660390107 20 WORK SECT COIL & CART ASSY 24VDC/LEADS 660290010 20 UTIL SECT CONTINUOUS ON PBU CART 660390153 20 UTIL SECT PBU COIL & CART ASSY 12VDC/LEADS 660390157 20 UTIL SECT PBU COIL & CART ASSY 24VDC/LEADS 270006092 20 UTIL SECT PRESSURE REDUCING CART 660290012 20 UTIL SECT POWER BEYOND PLUG #10 SAE PORT RELIEF KITS (FOR PRESET CARTRIDGE USE 20PR-OX PG V28) 660290002 NO RELIEF LOAD CHECK PLUG 660290301 SHIM ADJ. 500 - 1350 PSI 660290303 SHIM ADJ. 1351 - 1750 PSI 660290305 SHIM ADJ. 1751 - 2200 PSI 660290307 SHIM ADJ. 2201 - 3000 PSI 660290401 ADJUSTABLE 500 - 1350 PSI 660290403 ADJUSTABLE 1351 - 1750 PSI 660290405 ADJUSTABLE 1751 - 2200 PSI 660290407 ADJUSTABLE 2201 - 3000 PSI 660290003 ANTI-CAVITATION CARTRIDGE INLET RELIEF KITS (FOR PRESET CARTRIDGE USE 20 IR-OX PG V28) 660290001 NO RELIEF PLUG 660290101 SHIM ADJ. 500 - 1350 PSI 660290103 SHIM ADJ. 1351 - 1750 PSI 660290105 SHIM ADJ. 1751 - 2200 PSI 660290107 SHIM ADJ. 2201 - 3000 PSI 660290201 ADJUSTABLE 500 - 1350 PSI 660290203 ADJUSTABLE 1351 - 1750 PSI 660290205 ADJUSTABLE 1751 - 2200 PSI 660290207 ADJUSTABLE 2201 - 3000 PSI RELIEF HARDWARE KITS 660190024 SHIM STYLE TO ADJ STYLE CONVERSION KIT 672000201 .006 SHIM FOR RELIEF 672000202 .010 SHIM FOR RELIEF 672000203 .018 SHIM FOR RELIEF 672000205 .041 SHIM FOR RELIEF 660190043 SHIM ASSORTMENT LOAD SENSE KITS 660290018 LOAD SENSE PLUG W/DRAIN ORIFICE 660290019 LOAD SENSE PLUG W/O DRAIN ORIFICE INLET SECTIONS ALL SECTIONS HAVE BOTH TOP AND SIDE INLET AND TANK PORTS PART NO. RELIEF TYPE AND SETTING PORT SIZE 20I2A NO RELIEF #12 SAE ORB 20I2C SHIM ADJUSTABLE 1351-1750 PSI, SET AT 1750 PSI @ 10 GPM #12 SAE ORB 20I2D SHIM ADJUSTABLE 1751-2200 PSI, SET AT 2200 PSI @ 10 GPM #12 SAE ORB 20I2E SHIM ADJUSTABLE 2201-3000 PSI, SET AT 2500 PSI @ 10 GPM #12 SAE ORB 20I2G ADJUSTABLE 1351-1750 PSI, SET AT 1750 PSI @ 10 GPM #12 SAE ORB 20I2H ADJUSTABLE 1750-2200 PSI, SET AT 2200 PSI @ 10 GPM #12 SAE ORB 20I2J ADJUSTABLE 2201-3000 PSI, SET AT 2500 PSI @ 10 GPM #12 SAE ORB PARALLEL CIRCUIT WORK SECTIONS ALL WORK SECTIONS HAVE #10 SAE ORB PORTS, LOAD CHECKS, AND STANDARD LEVER HANDLES. MODELS WITH PORT RELIEFS ARE SHIM ADJUSTABLE. PART NO. SPOOL TYPE AND ACTION PORT RELIEFS 20P1AA1AA 3-WAY SINGLE ACTING W/SPRING CENTER PLUGGED 20P1BA1AA 4-WAY DOUBLE ACTING W/SPRING CENTER (WORK PORTS BLOCKED IN NEUTRAL) PLUGGED 20P1BA5AA-S12Q 4-WAY DOUBLE ACTING W/SPRING CENTER, 12VDC SOLENOID OPERATED PLUGGED 20P1BA6AA-S12Q 4-WAY DOUBLE ACTING W/SPRING CENTER, 12VDC SOLENOID OPERATED W/LEVER HANDLE PLUGGED 20P1BB1AA 4-WAY DOUBLE ACTING W/3 POSITION DETENT (WORK PORTS BLOCKED IN NEUTRAL) PLUGGED 20P1CA1AA 4-WAY FREE FLOW MOTOR W/SPRING CENTER (WORK PORTS OPEN TO TANK IN NEUTRAL) PLUGGED 20P1CB1AA 4-WAY FREE FLOW MOTOR W/3 POSITION DETENT (WORK PORTS OPEN TO TANK IN NEUTRAL) PLUGGED 20P1DD1AA 4-WAY 4 POSITION FLOAT W/SPRING CENTER AND FLOAT DETENT PLUGGED 20P1BA1DD 4-WAY DOUBLE ACTING W/SPRING CENTER (WORK PORTS BLOCKED IN NEUTRAL) 2200 PSI 20P1DD1DD 4-WAY 4 POSITION FLOAT W/SPRING CENTER AND FLOAT DETENT 2200 PSI 20L1CA1 4-WAY 3 POSITION W/SPRING CENTER AND P.O. CHECKS NONE 20LP1JA1AA LOAD SENSE 4-WAY DOUBLE ACTING WITH SPRING CENTER PLUGGED TANDEM CIRCUIT WORK SECTIONS PART NO. SPOOL TYPE AND ACTION PORT RELIEFS 20T1BA1AA 4-WAY DOUBLE ACTING W/ SPRING CENTER (WORK PORTS BLOCKED IN NEUTRAL) PLUGGED 20T1BA1DD 4-WAY DOUBLE ACTING W/ SPRING CENTER (WORK PORTS BLOCKED IN NEUTRAL) 2200 PSI 20T1CA1AA 4-WAY FREE FLOW MOTOR W/ SPRING CENTER (WORK PORTS OPEN TO TANK IN NEUTRAL) PLUGGED OUTLET SECTIONS ALL SECTIONS HAVE SIDE OUTLET PART NO. EXHAUST OPTION PORT SIZE 20E21 OPEN CENTER OUTLET W/ CONVERSION PLUG #12 SAE ORB 20E22 POWER BEYOND OUTLET W/ #10 SAE POWER BEYOND PORT #12 SAE ORB 20E23 CLOSED CENTER OUTLET #12 SAE ORB 20LE21 LOAD SENSE OUTLET WITH #4 LOAD SENSE PORT AND BLEED ORIFICE #12 SAE ORB TIE-ROD KITS PART NO. WORK SECTIONS PART NO. WORK SECTIONS TIE-ROD TORQUE 660402001 1 SECTI
V5VALVESCATV 5-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 WORK SECTION WORK SECTION TYPE P-STANDARD PARALLEL T-TANDEM CENTER L-PARALLEL WITH BUILT IN PILOT OPERATED CHECKS** S-SERIES _B-PILOT PASS THROUGH HOLES**** PORT SIZE 1. #10 SAE (7/8-14 THREAD) 2. #8 SAE (3/4-16 THREAD) 3. #12 SAE (1 1/16-12 THREAD) 4. 1/2 NPTF (2000 PSI MAX) 5. 3/8 NPTF (2000 PSI MAX) SPOOL TYPE A - 3 WAY 3 POSITION B - 4 WAY 3 POSITION C - 4 WAY 3 POSITION FREE FLOW MOTOR D - 4 WAY 4 POSITION FLOAT (MUST USE FLOAT ACTION) E - 3 WAY 3 POSITION FREE FLOW MOTOR N - 4 WAY 3 POSITION SERIES P - 4 WAY 3 POSITION SERIES MOTOR SPOOL ACTIONS A - SPRING CENTER TO NEUTRAL B - 3 POSITION DETENT C - FRICTION DETENT D - FLOAT DETENT (MUST USE FLOAT SPOOL) E - SPRING CENTER PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR F - 2 POSITION DETENT NEUTRAL & OUT (NO IN POSITION) H - HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR (USE HANDLE OPTION 7) J - SPRING CENTER W/ MICROSWITCH (SWITCHES ON IN OR OUT)*** K - SPRING CENTER W/ MICROSWITCH (SWTCHES ON SPOOL IN ONLY )*** M - SPRING CENTER DETENT IN N - SPRING CENTER DETENT OUT P - 2 POSITION DETENT NEUTRAL & IN (NO OUT POSITION) HANDLE OPTIONS 1 - STANDARD LEVER HANDLE* 2 - LESS HANDLE ONLY 3 - LESS COMPLETE HANDLE 7 - BLANK FOR OPTIONAL JOYSTICK HANDLE VALVE ASSEMBLIES 2 0 E X X 2 0 X X X X X X X INLET SECTION INLET TYPE I - STANDARD INLET PORT SIZE 1. #10 SAE (7/8-14 THREAD) 2. #12 SAE (1 1/16-12 THREAD) 3. 3/4 NPTF (2000 PSI MAX) RELIEF OPTION Blank - LEAVE BLANK FOR INLET WITHOUT RELIEF OR RELIEF PLUG A - NO RELIEF PLUG B - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 500-1350 PSI C - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1351-1750 PSI D - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1751-2200 PSI E - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 2201-3000 PSI F - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 500-1350 PSI G - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1351-1750 PSI H - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1751-2200 PSI J - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 2201-3000 PSI K - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 3001-3500 OUTLET SECTION OUTLET TYPE E - STANDARD OUTLET PORT SIZE 1. #10 SAE (7/8-14 THREAD) 2. #12 SAE (1 1/16-12 THREAD) 3. 3/4 NPTF (2000 PSI MAX) EXHAUST OPTIONS 1 - STANDARD OPEN CENTER OUTLET WITH CONVERSION PLUG 2 - POWER BEYOND OUTLET WITH #10 SAE POWER BEYOND PORT 3 - CLOSED CENTER OUTLET o 4 - STANDARD OPEN CENTER WITH SOLENOID PILOT LINE SEALS o Often used with no relief. Review application The Series 20 sectional body directional control valve can be ordered as separate sections as outlined or as a complete factory tested assembly. This will need to be specified with each order. An assembly model number will be assigned at the time of the order. This assembly number can then be used for future orders. ASSEMBLY MODEL NUMBER 20A - X X X X XXXX = Sequence of Numbers. This number will be assigned to final valve to be assembled and tested at the factory. Each new order or quote will be assigned a new assembly model number. RELIEF SETTINGS: THE LAST FOUR DIGITS REPRESENT THE RELIEF SETTING IN PSI SPECIAL SECTIONS AVAILABLE: Use order code Matrix below to generate a model number that meets your requirements. If you prefer, contact your Sales Representative with your specific requirements and a model number will be assigned for you. This model number can then be used for future orders. A minimum order quantity will apply to special valves. Please consult Sales Representative. PORT RELIEF “B” (LEAVE BLANK FOR 20L) PORT RELIEF “A” (LEAVE BLANK FOR 20L) A - NO RELIEF B - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 500-1350 PSI SET AT 1350 C - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1351-1750 PSI SET AT 1750 D - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1751-2200 PSI SET AT 2200 E - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 2201-3000 PSI SET AT 2500 F - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 500-1350 PSI SET AT 1350+ G - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1351-1750 PSI SET AT 1750+ H - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1751-2200 PSI SET AT 2200+ J - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 2201-3000 PSI SET AT 2500+ K - ANTI-CAVITATION CHECK L - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV SHIM ADJ 500-1350 PSI SET AT 1350 M - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV SHIM ADJ 1351-1750 PSI SET AT 1750 N - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV SHIM ADJ 1751-2200 PSI SET AT 2200 R - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV SHIM ADJ 2201-3000 PSI SET AT 2500 S - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV ADJUSTABLE 500-1350 PSI SET AT 1350+ T - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV ADJUSTABLE 1351-1750 PSI SET AT 1750+ W - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV ADJUSTABLE 1751-2200 PSI SET AT 2200+ Y - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV ADJUSTABLE 2201-3000 PSI SET AT 2500+ + ADJUSTABLE PORT RELIEF CARTRIDGES CANNOT BE USED ON THE “A” PORT END OF WORK SECTION WHEN THE STANDARD LEVER HANDLE IS USED BECAUSE OF INTERFERENCE FOR WORK PORT RELIEF SETTING OTHER THAN STANDARD 20P1BA1DH-18-20 “B” PORT RELIEF PRESSURE IN HUNDREDS EXAMPLE: 20=2000 PSI “A” PORT RELIEF PRESSURE IN HUNDREDS EXAMPLE: 18=1800 PSI 2 0 II X X - X X X X * LEVERS ARE COATED WITH BLACK RUBBER ** L WORK SECTION REQUIRES SPOOL TYPE C & PORT RELIEFS NOT AVAILABLE *** MICROSWITCH INCLUDED. **** ONLY PLACE A ‘B’ NEXT TO THE WORK SECTION TYPE MODEL CODE WHEN THE MANUAL SECTION IS PLACED BETWEEN A SOLENOID SECTION AND THE PILOT SUPPLY. AN EXAMPLE
V6VALVES CATV 6-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CROSS SECTION OF 20P1BA1DA PARALLEL WORK SECTION SPOOLS AND SPOOL ATTACHMENTS SPOOL OPTION A SPOOL OPTION B SPOOL OPTION C SPOOL OPTION D SPOOL OPTION 'A' - 3 WAY 3 POSITION FOR USE WITH SINGLE ACTING CYLINDERS OR NON-REVERSIBLE MOTORS. THE 'B' WORK PORT IS BLOCKED IN NEUTRAL. SPOOL OPTION 'B' - 4 WAY 3 POSITION FOR USE WITH DOUBLE ACTING CYLINDERS OR REVERSIBLE MOTORS. THE WORK PORTS ARE BLOCKED IN NEUTRAL. SPOOL OPTION 'C' - 4 WAY 3 POSITION FREE FLOW MOTOR SPOOL. THE WORK PORTS ARE OPEN TO TANK IN NEUTRAL, ALLOWING A MOTOR TO COAST OR A CYLINDER TO FLOAT. SPOOL OPTION 'D' - 4 WAY 4 POSITION FLOAT. SAME AS 4 WAY 3 POSITION WITH THE ADDITION OF A FOURTH POSITION FLOAT. THE SPOOL IS DETENTED IN THE FLOAT POSITION AND SPRING CENTERED TO NEUTRAL FROM THE 'A' OR 'B' POWER POSITION OPTION A- SPRING CENTER TO NEUTRAL OPTION B- 3 POSITION DETENT OPTION D- FLOAT DETENT WITH SPRING CENTER B OPTION N- DETENT SPOOL-OUT W/ SPRING CENTER
V7VALVESCATV 7-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 TANDEM SECTION LOCK SECTION THE CASTING NUMBER "C-637" IS ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF WORK SECTION BODY THE LOCK SECTION BODY HAS AN "L" ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE "B" WORK PORT B WORK PORT A WORK PORT THE CASTING NUMBER "C-638" IS ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF WORK SECTION BODY THE TANDEM SECTION BODY HAS A "T" ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE "B" WORK PORT B WORK PORT A WORK PORT SHOWN WITH MICRO-SWITCH OPTION J LOAD CHECK OPEN CENTER APPLICATIONS CLOSED CENTER APPLICATIONS MODEL 20P PARALLEL CIRCUIT MODEL 20T TANDEM CIRCUITS COMBINED PARALLEL/ TANDEM CIRCUITS CROSS SECTION OF TANDEM WORK SECTION AND LOCK SECTION Parallel circuit construction is the most common. When any one of the spools in a valve bank is shifted it blocks off the open center passage. The oil then flows into the parallel circuit core making oil available to all spools. If more than one spool is fully shifted then oil will go to the section with the lowest pressure requirements. It is possible, however, to meter flow to the spool with the least load and power two unequal loads. The schematic below shows a three section parallel circuit stack valve. Tandem circuit construction is also referred to as priority circuit. When the spool of a section is shifted, oil is cut off to all downstream sections. Thus the section nearest to the inlet has priority over the other sections in the valve bank. If more than one spool is fully shifted all the oil will go to the section nearest to the inlet. Metering the up stream section will allow two sections to operate at the same time. The schematic below shows a three section tandem circuit stack valve. Parallel and tandem circuit work sections can be combined in the same valve bank. Below the 1st and last sections are parallel and the 2nd is tandem. The 1st parallel section has priority over the other two. The 2nd and 3rd sections are in parallel with each other. If the spool of the 1st section is shifted it will cut off oil to the other two. If the spools of the 2nd and 3rd section are both shifted oil will go to the one with the least resistance. It should be noted that it is the section just prior to the tandem section that has priority, not the tandem section. Further if a parallel section is placed just after a tandem, the two sections will be in a parallel. Each work port of the Series 20 stack valve has a separate load check. The load check prevents the fall of a cylinder as the spool is shifted. It also prevents the back-flow of oil from the work port to the inlet. The pump must build up enough pressure to overcome the pressure on the work port caused by the weight of the load before the cylinder can move. PLEASE NOTE that the load check has nothing to do with how well the valve will hold up a cylinder with the spool in neutral. The load check is functional only when the spool is shifted. The standard Series 20 stack valve is open center. When the spools are in neutral hydraulic oil is directed from the inlet to the outlet (or power beyond) through the open center core. Moving one or more spools closes off the open center core and directs oil to the work ports. Open center systems most often contain fixed displacement pumps like The Prince SP series gear pumps. PLEASE NOTE that the maximum pressure in an open center system is controlled by a relief valve. The Series 20 inlet sections are available with a built in inlet relief for this purpose. The Series 20 stack valve can be converted to closed center by adding the closed center plug to the outlet section. This blocks off the open center core when the spools are in neutral. These systems often use a variable displacement pressure compensated pump that limits the maximum pressure. When spools are in neutral system pressure is maintained at inlet of the valve. A relief is normally not required or must be set at a higher pressure than the pump compensator. PLEASE NOTE that this closed center option does not provide for the drain off of standby spool leakage. This can allow a very small amount of oil to enter the work ports when in neutral. 20T TANDEM WORK SECTION 20P PARALLEL WORK SECTIONS THE POWER CORE OF A WORK SECTION IS FED BY THE OIL EXITING THE OPEN CENTER OF THE ADJACENT UPSTREAM WORK SECTION THE POWER CORE OF ALL SECTIONS IN THE VALVE STACK ARE CONNECTED TOGETHER BY THE PARALLEL CORE THAT RUNS THROUGH THE LENGTH OF THE VALVE
V8VALVES CATV 8-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION OF OIL FLOW & POINTS TOWARDS OUTLET SECTION DIRECTION OF FLOW TOWARDS OUTLET SECTION ‘C-630’ CASTING NO. O-RING GROOVES ‘A’ WORK PORT SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF SHOWN HANDLE OPTION 7 SHOWN HERE SPOOL ATTACHMENT OPTION ‘A’ SHOWN HERE ADJUSTABLE RELIEF SHOWN SERIES CIRCUIT SERIES 20 WORK SECTIONS CROSS SECTION OF SERIES SECTION MODEL 20S SERIES CIRCUIT COMBINED SERIES/ PARALLEL CIRCUITS A series circuit valve is most commonly used to control more than one hydraulic component simultaneously. The entire circuit flow is available to each valve section that is actuated. In a two spool series valve with both spools actuated, the oil flows from the inlet to the work port of the first section. The return flow of the first section is directed to the open center core of the second section. (In a parallel valve the return oil from the work port is directed to the tank core.) From the open center core of the second section, the oil flows to the work port with the return oil going to the outlet. In a series circuit valve, the summation of the pressures required for each work section will equal the total pressure required for the circuit. The total pressure required must not exceed the system relief setting for the pump pressure rating. It is not required to have a Series 20 series section as the last section, unless series flow is required to a downstream valve. In this application, a power beyond plug must be used in the outlet section. The Series 20 series sections may be stacked with 20P parallel circuit valve sections. When using a series section, the immediate downstream section needs to be a series, tandem, or outlet section. 20P sections can be either in front of the Series 20 series sections or behind a combination of series and tandem sections. For solenoid operation with series sections and a 20U utility section, there needs to be a Series 20 tandem section with pilot passageways between the series section and the utility section. In the valve assembly shown below, the first and fourth sections are parallel. The second section is series, the third section is tandem. The first parallel section has priority over all downstream valves. When the spool of the first parallel section is actuated, the return oil from the work port is directed to the tank core, thus oil flow to downstream sections is cut off. The second and third sections are in series with each other as well as the second and fourth sections. The third and fourth sections are in parallel with each other. 20P PARALLEL 20S SERIES 20T TANDEM 20P PARALLEL PORT APORT B PORT APORT B PORT APORT B PORT APORT B CLOSED CENTER APPLICATIONS The Series 20 Series circuit valve sections cannot be used in a closed center valve assembly.
V9VALVESCATV 9-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 INLET COVER DIMENSIONS WORK SECTIONS DIMENSIONS DIMENSIONAL DATA OUTLET COVER DIMENSIONS NUMBER OF WORK SECTIONS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 A 2.50 4.25 6.00 7.75 9.50 11.25 13.00 14.75 16.50 18.25 B 4.88 6.63 8.38 10.13 11.88 13.63 15.38 17.13 18.88 20.63 C-632 TANK P B A IN IN TANK IN TANKIN .34 1.75 1.44 2.88 2.75 5.50 1.70 1.001.44 2.56 4.25 SPOOL TRAVEL .312 TO WORK .531 TO FLOAT PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION B WORK PORT RELIEF OPTION A WORK PORT RELIEF OPTION .283 DIA A WORK PORTB WORK PORT .88 1.75 .88 1.75 1.88 .81 3.06 1.13 2.25 .50 2.69 TOP OUTLETTOP INLET SYSTEM RELIEF OUTLETINLET PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION 1.381.69 1.25 2.69 5.38 .344 DIA (2) 1.00 OUTLET PORT LOCATION FOR POWER BEYOND OUTLET OR CLOSED CENTER CONVERSION PLUG SEE CHART COLUMN B 8.25 1.25 .88 .88 .81 2.25 4.38 12.13 13.22 5.38 2.69 1.00 SEE CHART COLUMN A .50 1.75 INLET RELIEF TOP OUTLET TOP INLET SIDE INLET PORT SIDE OUTLET PORT A WORK PORT B WORK PORT .250 DIA .344 DIA C-632 TANK P B A IN IN TANK IN TANKIN .34 1.75 1.44 2.88 2.75 5.50 1.70 1.001.44 2.56 4.25 SPOOL TRAVEL .312 TO WORK .531 TO FLOAT PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION B WORK PORT RELIEF OPTION A WORK PORT RELIEF OPTION .283 DIA A WORK PORTB WORK PORT .88 1.75 .88 1.75 1.88 .81 3.06 1.13 2.25 .50 2.69 TOP OUTLETTOP INLET SYSTEM RELIEF OUTLETINLET PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION 1.381.69 1.25 2.69 5.38 .344 DIA (2) 1.00 OUTLET PORT LOCATION FOR POWER BEYOND OUTLET OR CLOSED CENTER CONVERSION PLUG SEE CHART COLUMN B 8.25 1.25 .88 .88 .81 2.25 4.38 12.13 13.22 5.38 2.69 1.00 SEE CHART COLUMN A .50 1.75 INLET RELIEF TOP OUTLET TOP INLET SIDE INLET PORT SIDE OUTLET PORT A WORK PORT B WORK PORT .250 DIA .344 DIA C-632 TANK P B A IN IN TANK IN TANKIN .34 1.75 1.44 2.88 2.75 5.50 1.70 1.001.44 2.56 4.25 SPOOL TRAVEL .312 TO WORK .531 TO FLOAT PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION B WORK PORT RELIEF OPTION A WORK PORT RELIEF OPTION .283 DIA A WORK PORTB WORK PORT .88 1.75 .88 1.75 1.88 .81 3.06 1.13 2.25 .50 2.69 TOP OUTLETTOP INLET SYSTEM RELIEF OUTLETINLET PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION 1.381.69 1.25 2.69 5.38 .344 DIA (2) 1.00 OUTLET PORT LOCATION FOR POWER BEYOND OUTLET OR CLOSED CENTER CONVERSION PLUG SEE CHART COLUMN B 8.25 1.25 .88 .88 .81 2.25 4.38 12.13 13.22 5.38 2.69 1.00 SEE CHART COLUMN A .50 1.75 INLET RELIEF TOP OUTLET TOP INLET SIDE INLET PORT SIDE OUTLET PORT A WORK PORT B WORK PORT .250 DIA .344 DIA C-632 TANK P B A IN IN TANK IN TANKIN .34 1.75 1.44 2.88 2.75 5.50 1.70 1.001.44 2.56 4.25 SPOOL TRAVEL .312 TO WORK .531 TO FLOAT PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION B WORK PORT RELIEF OPTION A WORK PORT RELIEF OPTION .283 DIA A WORK PORTB WORK PORT .88 1.75 .88 1.75 1.88 .81 3.06 1.13 2.25 .50 2.69 TOP OUTLETTOP INLET SYSTEM RELIEF OUTLETINLET PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION 1.381.69 1.25 2.69 5.38 .344 DIA (2) 1.00 OUTLET PORT LOCATION FOR POWER BEYOND OUTLET OR CLOSED CENTER CONVERSION PLUG SEE CHART COLUMN B 8.25 1.25 .88 .88 .81 2.25 4.38 12.13 13.22 5.38 2.69 1.00 SEE CHART COLUMN A .50 1.75 INLET RELIEF TOP OUTLET TOP INLET SIDE INLET PORT SIDE OUTLET PORT A WORK PORT B WORK PORT .250 DIA .344 DIA C-632 TANK P B A IN IN TANK IN TANKIN .34 1.75 1.44 2.88 2.75 5.50 1.70 1.001.44 2.56 4.25 SPOOL TRAVEL .312 TO WORK .531 TO FLOAT PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION B WORK PORT RELIEF OPTION A WORK PORT RELIEF OPTION .283 DIA A WORK PORTB WORK PORT .88 1.75 .88 1.75 1.88 .81 3.06 1.13 2.25 .50 2.69 TOP OUTLETTOP INLET SYSTEM RELIEF OUTLETINLET PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION 1.381.69 1.25 2.69 5.38 .344 DIA (2) 1.00 OUTLET PORT LOCATION FOR POWER BEYOND OUTLET OR CLOSED CENTER CONVERSION PLUG SEE CHART COLUMN B 8.25 1.25 .88 .88 .81 2.25 4.38 12.13 13.22 5.38 2.69 1.00 SEE CHART COLUMN A .50 1.75 INLET RELIEF TOP OUTLET TOP INLET SIDE INLET PORT SIDE OUTLET PORT A WORK PORT B WORK PORT .250 DIA .344 DIA
V10VALVES CATV 10-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 For nonstandard settings, add setting in PSI (-XXXX) after mid inlet relief setting. WORK PORT RELIEF CARTRIDGES INLET RELIEF CARTRIDGES OPTION A NO RELIEF When no main inlet relief is required the no relief plug is installed. All inlet sections have the relief cavity machined so a inlet relief can be installed in the field. These options provide for an internally shim adjustable main inlet relief. The relief is a hydraulically dampened differential poppet design. This provides for smooth quiet operation in a relief that is moderately tolerant to contamination. The pressure of these reliefs can be changed, within the specified range, by changing shims. This relief is also available with stainless steel relief springs, consult factory. OPTION K ANTI-CAVITATION CHECK This option allows oil to be drawn from the tank core into the work port if there is a vacuum on the work port. This vacuum would be caused by a overrunning motor or cylinder. The check will be open whenever the pressure in the tank core is higher than that in the work port. A port relief can be installed to limit the pressure at the work port to less than the system pressure. Also, it can be installed to provide spike pressure protection when the spool is in the neutral position. The pressure of these reliefs can be changed by changing shims. OPTIONS B, C, D, AND E, SHIM ADJUSTABLE PORT RELIEF OPTIONS B, C, D, AND E, SHIM ADJUSTABLE INLET RELIEF OPTIONS F, G, H, AND J, ADJUSTABLE RELIEFThis is the same differential poppet type relief as above but externally adjustable within the specified range. OUTLET SECTION OPTIONS NOTE: HANDLES ARE COATED WITH BLACK RUBBER OPTIONS F, G, H, AND J, ADJUSTABLE PORT RELIEF OPTION 1 STANDARD OPEN CENTER WITH CONVERSION PLUG This is the standard outlet option. This option allows for conversion in the field for power beyond or closed center applications. When the spools are in neutral the inlet is unloaded to tank. OPTION 3 CLOSED CENTER OUTLET This option provides for closed center operation. This is typically used with a variable displacement pressure compensated pump or in a system with an unloading valve. When the spools are in neutral the inlet port is blocked. OPTION 2 POWER BEYOND WITH #10 SAE BEYOND PORT This option provides for a high pressure power beyond port. This would be used if a valve is to be added downstream. The outlet must be connected to tank. When the spools are in neutral the inlet is connected to power beyond port. This is the same relief as above except it is externally adjustable, within the specified range. HANDLE OPTIONS Description: This section acts as a combination mid-inlet and 3 way 3 position section. The mid-inlet provides an inlet port for a second pump mid stream in the stack valve. The A port is the mid-inlet port and provides combined flow for this section and any downstream sections. The B port and the rest of the section function the same as a 3 way 3 position section. When shifted any upstream sections take priority of the main inlet flow over downstream sections. Both an inlet relief and a mid-inlet relief are required to provide relief protection when both upstream and downstream sections are shifted. 20TM 3 A A 1 E A - X X DIGITS SPECIFY A MID INLET NON-STANDARD RELIEF PRESSURE IN PSI. LEAVE BLANK FOR STANDARD SETTING. WORK PORT RELIEF * PORT SIZE* SPOOL ACTION* HANDLE OPTIONS * MID-INLET RELIEF RELIEF TYPE STANDARD SETTING OPTION NO. NO RELIEF A 1350 PSI @ 10 GPM B SHIM ADJUSTABLE 1750 PSI @ 10 GPM C 2200 PSI @ 10 GPM D 2500 PSI @ 10 GPM E ADJUSTABLE 1350 PSI @ 10 GPM F (not available with 1750 PSI @ 10 GPM G handle option 1) 2200 PSI @ 10 GPM H 2500 PSI @ 10 GPM J *See Series 20 Tandem Center work section order code for additional options. *See Series 20 Tandem Center work section for dimensional data. SERIES 20 COMBINATION 3 WAY AND COMBINED FLOW MID-INLET SECTION T B A Mid-Inlet Port3 Way 3 Position Work Port Mid-Inlet Relief
V11VALVESCATV 11-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 FLOW OPTION C - COMBINED FLOW S - SPLIT FLOW LAST FOUR DIGITS SPECIFY A NON- STANDARD RELIEF PRESSURE IN PSI. LEAVE BLANK FOR STANDARD SETTING. PORT SIZE 10 - #10 SAE (7/8-14 THREAD) 20 - #12 SAE (1 1/16-12 THREAD) 30 - 1/2-NPTF 40 - 3/4-NPTF MID-INLET RELIEF OPTIONS: STD. SETTING E D C B 2500 PSI 2200 PSI 1750 PSI 1350 PSI A NO-RELIEF PLUG RELIEF TYPEOPTION NO. J H G F 1350 PSI 1750 PSI 2200 PSI 2500 PSI @ 10 GPM SHIM ADJUSTABLE 2200-3000 PSI SHIM ADJUSTABLE 1750-2200 PSI SHIM ADJUSTABLE 1350-1750 PSI SHIM ADJUSTABLE 500-1350 PSI ADJUSTABLE 500-1350 PSI ADJUSTABLE 1350-1750 PSI ADJUSTABLE 1750-2200 PSI ADJUSTABLE 2200-3000 PSI K 3250 PSIADJUSTABLE 3000-3500 PSI -- "BLANK" BODY LESS RELIEF CARTRIDGE/PLUG -- Mid-Inlet Port Mid-Inlet Relief Cartridge/Plug1.12 5.56 1.75 Install pipe plug in this location for Flow Option 'S' (Split) Section can be converted from C to S, or S to C, prior to installing section in the stack valve assy. Install pipe plug in this location for Flow Option 'C' (Combined) 20IM* X X X X - XXXX GPM PSI PSI GPM PSI GPM Free Flow Restricted Flow 100 75 50 25 200 300 5 10 15 20 25 P T INLET TO OUTLET PRESSURE DROP LEFT 'IN' TO RIGHT 'OUT' 8 SECTION 6 SECTION 4 SECTION 2 SECTION 100 200 300 10 155 2 SECTION 4 SECTION 6 SECTION 20 25 LEFT 'IN' TO LEFT 'OUT' P T INLET TO OUTLET PRESSURE DROP 8 SECTION PRESSURE DROP FOR PATH AND NO. OF SECTIONS INDICATED 105 15 A OR B T, 8 SECTION A OR B T, 2 SECTION P A OR B, 2 SECTION P A OR B, 8 SECTION 20 25 150 250 350350 250 150 75 50 25 50 25 100 75 200 150 250 300 350 FLOW OPTION C - COMBINED FLOW S - SPLIT FLOW LAST FOUR DIGITS SPECIFY A NON- STANDARD RELIEF PRESSURE IN PSI. LEAVE BLANK FOR STANDARD SETTING. PORT SIZE 10 - #10 SAE (7/8-14 THREAD) 20 - #12 SAE (1 1/16-12 THREAD) 30 - 1/2-NPTF 40 - 3/4-NPTF MID-INLET RELIEF OPTIONS: STD. SETTING E D C B 2500 PSI 2200 PSI 1750 PSI 1350 PSI A NO-RELIEF PLUG RELIEF TYPEOPTION NO. J H G F 1350 PSI 1750 PSI 2200 PSI 2500 PSI @ 10 GPM SHIM ADJUSTABLE 2200-3000 PSI SHIM ADJUSTABLE 1750-2200 PSI SHIM ADJUSTABLE 1350-1750 PSI SHIM ADJUSTABLE 500-1350 PSI ADJUSTABLE 500-1350 PSI ADJUSTABLE 1350-1750 PSI ADJUSTABLE 1750-2200 PSI ADJUSTABLE 2200-3000 PSI K 3250 PSIADJUSTABLE 3000-3500 PSI -- "BLANK" BODY LESS RELIEF CARTRIDGE/PLUG -- Mid-Inlet Port Mid-Inlet Relief Cartridge/Plug1.12 5.56 1.75 Install pipe plug in this location for Flow Option 'S' (Split) Section can be converted from C to S, or S to C, prior to installing section in the stack valve assy. Install pipe plug in this location for Flow Option 'C' (Combined) 20IM* X X X X - XXXX GPM PSI PSI GPM PSI GPM Free Flow Restricted Flow 100 75 50 25 200 300 5 10 15 20 25 P T INLET TO OUTLET PRESSURE DROP LEFT 'IN' TO RIGHT 'OUT' 8 SECTION 6 SECTION 4 SECTION 2 SECTION 100 200 300 10 155 2 SECTION 4 SECTION 6 SECTION 20 25 LEFT 'IN' TO LEFT 'OUT' P T INLET TO OUTLET PRESSURE DROP 8 SECTION PRESSURE DROP FOR PATH AND NO. OF SECTIONS INDICATED 105 15 A OR B T, 8 SECTION A OR B T, 2 SECTION P A OR B, 2 SECTION P A OR B, 8 SECTION 20 25 150 250 350350 250 150 75 50 25 50 25 100 75 200 150 250 300 350 SERIES 20 MID-INLET SECTION TEST DATA ONE WAY WORK PORT RESTRICTOR FOR SERIES 20 SECTIONS This restrictor will restrict oil in one direction and allow free flow in the opposite direction. This restrictor consists of an orifice plate that simply drops into the #8 SAE or #10 SAE work port of a 20P, 20T, or 20L work section. ORDERING INFORMATION HEX BRASS RESTRICTOR #8 HEX BRASS RESTRICTOR #10 The last three digits of part number are the orifice size in thousandths of an inch. 670805XXX 670811000 EXAMPLE: 670805062 .62 ORIFICE 670805125 .125 ORIFICE 670805000 NO ORIFICE Oil 140 SUS at 110 degrees F. The pressure drop curves are representative, but the actual pressure drop will vary some from valve to valve. More detailed test data is available upon request. *For solenoid sections upstream of the Mid-Inlet, use valve code 20IMBxxxx. The rest of the options are available. This allow pilot pressure to be available to the upstream sections.”
V12VALVES CATV 12-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 Turns vs. Regulated Flow Series 20 Manual Flow Control Inlet (25 GPM Inlet Flow) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 Turns from Closed No Load Regulated Flow (GPM) Flow over Relief vs. Pressure Series 20 Flow Control Inlet (Relief set at 2500 psi @ 10 gpm) 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 Inlet Flow (GPM) Inlet Pressure (PSI) Current vs. Regulated Flow Series 20 Electro-Proportional Flow Control Inlet (25 GPM Inlet Flow) Coil Current (mA) (PWM signal with 100 Hz, 10% dither) No Load Regulated Flow (GPM) 0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 TEST DATA SERIES 20 FLOW CONTROL INLET SECTION Pilot Operated Relief Adjustable From 2000-3500 PSI. Standard Relief Setting: 2500 PSI @ 10 GPM MANUAL (OPT ‘M’) DESCRIPTION: This inlet incorporates a manually operated pressure compensated flow control. With the flow control knob turned fully in (clockwise), all of the inlet flow is diverted to the tank core. By turning the flow control knob counter-clockwise, the inlet flow directed to the power core will be proportionally increased. (Approximately 6 turns varies the controlled flow from no flow to 26 GPM. Maximum number of turns on flow control is approximately 8 turns.) ELECTRO-PROPORTIONAL (OPT ‘P’) DESCRIPTION: This inlet incorporates a solenoid operated, electrically variable pressure-compensated flow control. With no current going through the solenoid, all of the inlet flow is diverted to the tank core. By increasing the current through the solenoid, the flow being directed to the power core will be proportionally increased. (The current range is 400-1600 mA. At a current of 1600 mA max controlled flow is approximately 25 GPM.) Control current is provided via a controller card providing a PWM signal. See Page V38 for more information on a controller. Digits Specify A Non-Standard Relief Pressure in PSI. Leave blank for standard setting. Solenoid Option: (Omit for Flow Opt. ‘M’) 12 D – 12 VDC Deutsch (DT04-2P) Flow Control Option: M – Manual Control P – Electro-Proportional 20IF15 - X X X X REF: 20IF15M LD. CHECK CORE POWER CORE TANK CORE REF: 20IF15P12D 7.00 INLET INLET 1.94 5.00 MANUAL FLOW CONTROL CARTRIDGE ADJ. RELIEF CARTRIDGE INLET PORT; #12 SAE ORB
VALVES V13VALVESCATV 13-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 LOAD SENSE SECTIONS STANDARD FEATURES • Extended Length Notches for Very Fine Metering • Low Spool Actuating Forces • Machined Internal Lands for Precise • Use of Standard Series 20 Inlet Sections Control and reduced Dead Band (20I) and Tie Rod Kits • Low Standby Pressures • Same Mounting Pattern and Envelope as • Spool Design for reduced Flow Forces Standard Series 20 Valve Directional Control Valves SPECIFICATIONS Pressure Rating Foot Mounting Maximum Operating Pressure 3500 psi Maximum Operating Temp. .....................180°F Maximum Tank Pressure................... 500 psi Nominal Flow Rating ............................20 GPM 20LP Section Weight ................ Approx 10.1 Ibs. Please Refer to Pressure Drop and Flow 20LE Section Weight .................. Approx 4.3 Ibs. Charts for Your Application Series “20”
V14VALVES CATV 14-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 WORK SECTION WORK SECTION TYPE LP-STANDARD LOAD SENSE SECTION LPC-LOAD SENSE PRESSURE COMPENSATED PORT SIZE 1. #10 SAE (7/8-14 THREAD) 2. #8 SAE (3/4-16 THREAD) 3. #12 SAE (1 1/16-12 THREAD) 4. 1/2 NPTF (2000 PSI MAX) 5. 3/8 NPTF (2000 PSI MAX) SPOOL TYPE H - 3 WAY 3 POSITION J - 4 WAY 3 POSITION K - 4 WAY 3 POSITION FREE FLOW MOTOR M - 4 WAY 4 POSITION FLOAT (USE WITH D SPOOL ACTION) J05 - 5 GPM PRESSURE COMP (LPC ONLY) J10 - 10 GPM PRESSURE COMP (LPC ONLY) J15 - 15 GPM PRESSURE COMP (LPC ONLY) J20 - 20 GPM PRESSURE COMP (LPC ONLY) K05 - 5 GPM PRESSURE COMP MOTOR (LPC ONLY) K10 - 10 GPM PRESSURE COMP MOTOR (LPC ONLY) K15 - 15 GPM PRESSURE COMP MOTOR (LPC ONLY) K20 - 20 GPM PRESSURE COMP MOTOR (LPC ONLY) SPOOL ACTIONS A - SPRING CENTER TO NEUTRAL B - 3 POSITION DETENT C - FRICTION DETENT D - FLOAT DETENT E - SPRING CENTER PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR F - 2 POSITION DETENT NEUTRAL & OUT (NO IN POSITION) H - HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR (USE HANDLE OPTION 7) J - SPRING CENTER W/MICROSWITCH (SWITCHES ON IN OR OUT)*** K - SPRING CENTER W/MICROSWITCH (SWTCHES ON SPOOL IN ONLY )*** M - SPRING CENTER DETENT IN N - SPRING CENTER DETENT OU P - 2 POSITION DETENT NEUTRAL & IN (NO OUT POSITION) HANDLE OPTIONS 1 - STANDARD LEVER HANDLE* 2 - LESS HANDLE ONLY 3 - LESS COMPLETE HANDLE 7 - BLANK FOR OPTIONAL JOYSTICK HANDLE 2 0 XX X X X X X X The Prince LE outlet includes a load sense port in a cartridge that is installed in the section. There are two versions of the cartridge, one with a load sense line drain orifice and one without a drain orifice. There is normally a drain orifice in either the valve or the pump controls. Cartridges can be changed in the field to change the configuration. Power beyond is not available in a load sense system. SPECIAL SECTIONS AVAILABLE: Use order code Matrix below to generate a model number that meets your requirements. If you prefer, contact your Sales Representative with your specific requirements and a model number will be assigned for you. This model number can then be used for future orders. A minimum order quantity will apply to special valves. Please consult Sales Representative. PORT RELIEF “B” PORT RELIEF “A” A - NO RELIEF B - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 500-1350 PSI SET AT 1350 C - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1351-1750 PSI SET AT 1750 D - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1751-2200 PSI SET AT 2200 E - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 2201-3000 PSI SET AT 2500 F - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 500-1350 PSI SET AT 1350* G - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1351-1750 PSI SET AT 1750* H - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1751-2200 PSI SET AT 2200* J - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 2201-3000 PSI SET AT 2500* K - ANTI-CAVITATION CHECK° L - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV SHIM ADJ 500-1350 PSI SET AT 1350° M - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV SHIM ADJ 1351-1750 PSI SET AT 1750° N - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV SHIM ADJ 1751-2200 PSI SET AT 2200° R - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV SHIM ADJ 2201-3000 PSI SET AT 2500° S - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV ADJUSTABLE 500-1350 PSI SET AT 1350*° T - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV ADJUSTABLE 1351-1750 PSI SET AT 1750*° W- PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV ADJUSTABLE 1751-2200 PSI SET AT 2200*° Y - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV ADJUSTABLE 2201-3000 PSI SET AT 2500*° *ADJUSTABLE PORT RELIEF CARTRIDGES CANNOT BE USED ON THE “A” PORT END OF WORK SECTION WHEN THE STANDARD LEVER HANDLE IS USED BECAUSE OF INTERFERENCE °ANTI-CAVITATION CHECKS AND RELIEFS NOT AVAILABLE WITH LPC SECTIONS. WORK PORT RELIEFS ON 20LPC USE A DIFFERENT CARTRIDGE THAN THE STANDARD SERIES 20P CARTRIDGE FOR WORK PORT RELIEF SETTING OTHER THAN STANDARD 20P1BA1DH-18-20 “B” PORT RELIEF PRESSURE IN HUNDREDS EXAMPLE: 20=2000 PSI “A” PORT RELIEF PRESSURE IN HUNDREDS EXAMPLE: 18=1800 PSI * LEVERS ARE COATED WITH BLACK RUBBER ***MICROSWITCH INCLUDED. SEE PAGE 5 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING SEE PAGE 12 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING LOAD SENSE OUTLET SECTION OUTLET TYPE LE - STANDARD LOAD SENSE OUTLET PORT SIZE 1. #10 SAE (7/8-14 THREAD) 2. #12 SAE (1 1/16-12 THREAD) 3. 3/4 NPTF (2000 PSI MAX) 2 0 LELE X X LOAD SENSE PORT OPTIONS 1. #4 SAE WITH DRAIN ORIFICE 2. #4 SAE WITHOUT DRAIN ORIFICE 3. OUTLET FOR USE WITH 20ILFS INLET (OUTLET SEALS FOR SOLENOID PILOT LINES)
V15VALVESCATV 15-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CROSS SECTION OF LOAD SENSE & LOAD SENSE PRESSURE COMPENSATED WORK SECTIONS MODEL 20LP LOAD SENSE & 20LPC LOAD SENSE PRESSURE COMPENSATED CIRCUITS The Series 20LP and 20LPC work sections are specifically designed to be used with a pressure-flow compensated pump, commonly known as a load sense pump. The valve is a parallel circuit, closed center design, where flow does not flow through the valve when the spools are centered. A load sense signal line must be connected to the load sense port on the pump and to the load sense port on the 20LE outlet section of the valve. The pressure-flow compensator portion of a load sense pump will maintain (within its flow and pressure limitations) an output pressure equal to the pressure at the load sense port plus the load sense differential pressure. The differential pressure is typically between 150 and 350 psi. The valve is designed so that when a spool is shifted, the pressure at the out flow work port is presented to the valves load sense port. The valve incorporates logic and load sense check valves so that when multiple spools are shifted, the highest pressure of any of the work ports is directed to the load sense port. A load sense line bleed orifice needs to be present in either the Prince load sense outlet or the load sense pump controls. The bleed orifice will prevent high pressure from being trapped in the load sense line and sending false signals to the pump. There are a number of benefits to load sense systems, one of the primary ones being in the metering of the flow to the work ports. Metering is typically accomplished when the flow passes through metering notches in the spool. In a load sense valve, the pressure that drives the flow through the notches is typically limited to the relatively low and nearly constant differential pressure. This relatively low differential pressure makes the notches more effective and gives more resolution in regard to spool travel versus flow out of the work port. Also, this “resolution” remains relatively the same regardless of the pressure required at the work port. The metering notches in the Prince load sense valve have been optimized to give excellent metering characteristics over an extended portion of the spool travel and over the full flow rating of the valve. The internal lands of the casting have also been machined to give repeatable, precise control to the metering characteristics. Another benefit to load sense valves is that, in the minimum flow standby mode, the pump only has to generate the rather low differential pressure thus saving energy as compared to typical open center or standard closed center systems. The Series 20LPC load sense pressure compensated valve incorporates a pressure compensator upstream to the metering notches on the spool (“pre-comp”). With either a fully shifted or partially shifted spool, work port flow will remain constant regardless of changing load pressure requirements. Pressure compensated sections are particularly useful in applications where the metering of flow, with varying pressure and flow conditions is required. The 20LPC sections have flow rated spools that determine the maximum flow from the individual work section. For instance the maximum flow from a work sections with a J10 spool is 10 gpm. Metering notches extend to the full travel of the spool. The lower flow spools will provide increased flow vs. spool travel resolution. With parallel circuitry, multiple sections can be used simultaneously to meter flow. If the sum of the flow rating of the shifted spools is less than the flow rating of the pump, all sections will receive flow. If the call for flow based on spool position from all work sections calls for more flow than the output of the pump, there may be some division of flow based on the section with the lowest pressure demand. The 20LPC is an optimal choice for proportional solenoid operation. It provides the greatest resolution of all the Prince proportional solenoid valves. 20LP1JA1JJ LOAD SENSE 20I2J OUT IN B A B AB A OUT LS 20LP1JA1AA LOAD SENSE 20LPC1J05A1AA LOAD SENSE PRESSURE COMP 20LE21 'B' WORK PORT LOAD CHECK 'A' WORK PORT CASTING NUMBER C-814 ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF WORK SECTION BODY LOAD SENSE SECTION HAS 'LS' CAST ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE 'B' WORK PORT PARALLEL CORE TANK CORE EXTENDED NOTCHES MACHINED INTO SPOOL PROVIDE EXTRA FINE METERING LOAD SENSE PASSAGELOAD SENSE PASSAGE PARALLEL CORE 'B' WORK PORT LOAD SENSE SECTION HAS 'LS' CAST ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE 'B' WORK PORT 'A' WORK PORT CASTING NUMBER C-814 ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF WORK SECTION BODYPRESSURE COMPENSATING SPOOL
V16VALVES CATV 16-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 LOAD SENSE OUTLET DIMENSIONS TEST DATA LOAD SENSE WORK SECTION DIMENSIONS PRESSURE DROP - INLET TO WORK PORT 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 FLOW GPM PRESSURE DROP PSI 8 SECTIONS 2 SECTIONS PRESSURE DROP - WORK PORT TO TANK 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 FLOW GPM PRESSURE DROP PSI 8 SECTIONS 2 SECTIONS WORK PORT FLOW VS. SPOOL POSITION 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 SPOOL DISPLACEMENT (IN) FLOW (GPM) 350 PSI LOAD SENSE DIFFERENTIAL 250 PSI LOAD SENSE DIFFERENTIAL .34 1.75 1.44 2.88 2.75 5.50 1.00 1.70 1.44 2.56 ø.250 ø.283 4.25 2.69 5.38 1.00 1.25 1.38 1.69 OUTLET PORT LOAD SENSE PORT ø.344 (2)
V17VALVESCATV 17-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 20ILF PRESSURE DROP INLET TO TANK LEFT IN TO RIGHT OUT (3 WORK SECTIONS) INLET FLOW (GPM) 20ILF RELIEF CURVE SET @ 10 GPM INLET FLOW (GPM) PRESSURE DROP (PSI) 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 PRESSURE (PSI) 2500 PSI 2000 PSI 3000 PSI 0.0 100.0 200.0 300.0 400.0 500.0 600.0 0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 90 PSI COMPENSATOR 150 PSI COMPENSATOR 230 PSI COMPENSATOR 350 PSI COMPENSATOR 90 PSI COMPENSATOR 150 PSI COMPENSATOR 230 PSI COMPENSATOR 350 PSI COMPENSATOR TEST DATA SERIES 20 LOAD SENSE INLET (FOR FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP) 1. These inlets are for use with a fixed displacement pump (such as a gear pump) and Prince Series 20 load sense sections. 2. When all spools are centered, the inlet allows the pump flow to be diverted to tank at relatively low pressure. 3. When a spool is shifted, the compensator directs the flow to the work port at a flow and pressure relative to the work port/load sense pressure. The inlet retains the enhanced metering control of the load sense work sections. 4. For the 20ILF inlet, the 150 psi compensator is standard. It is typically used with flows up to approximately 25 gpm. For lower flows, a 90 psi compensator can be used. For higher flows, a 230 psi compensator can be used. For the 20ILFS inlet, a 230 psi compensator is standard. For proportional operators a 350 psi compensator is needed. In the 20ILFS, the compensator generates pilot pressure to initiate a spool shift when a solenoid is energized. Load induced pressure is required to complete and then maintain the spool shift. 5. For the 20ILFS, the flow to the solenoid cartridges is filtered through a 10 μ replaceable cartridge pressure filter. Only the pilot flow is filtered thus providing a long filter life. 6. A Series 20 load sense outlet (20LEx1 for the 20ILF or a 20LEx3 for the 20ILFS) must be used in the stack valve assembly. 7. The load sense port on the outlet needs to be plugged with a steel plug. There is no external load sense line. 8. The 20ILFS requires a tie rod kit for one extra section. 6.60 2.94 4.50 G PILOT T IN TANK PORT – #16 SAE ORB ADJUSTABLE RELIEF CARTRIDGE FILTER G IN FILTER CARTRIDGE INLET PORT #16 SAE ORB 1.94 6.60 ADJUSTABLE RELIEF CARTRIDGE INLET PORT; #12 SAE ORB HANDLE END (FRONT) OF SECTION PRESSURE COMPENSATING REGULATOR CARTRIDGE HANDLE END (FRONT) OF SECTION PRESSURE COMPENSATING REGULATOR CARTRIDGE 4.00 INLET LOAD CHECK CORE TANK CORE LOAD SENSE LINE INLET TANK CORE LOAD SENSE LINE TANK LOAD CHECK CORE PILOT LINE DIGITS SPECIFY A NON-STANDARD RELIEF PRESSURE IN PSI. LEAVE BLANK FOR STANDARD SETTING. COMPENSATOR SETTING: 090 – 90 PSI COMPENSATOR 150 – 150 PSI COMPENSATOR (STANDARD) 230 – 230 PSI COMPENSATOR 20ILF25 – XXXX DIGITS SPECIFY A NON-STANDARD RELIEF PRESSURE IN PSI. LEAVE BLANK FOR STANDARD SETTING. COMPENSATOR SETTING: 230 – 230 PSI COMPENSATOR 350 – 350 PSI COMPENSATOR (PROPORTIONAL OPERATORS) 20ILFS65 – XXXX SERIES 20 LOAD SENSE INLET (FOR FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP w/SOLENOID OPERATORS) APPLICATION NOTES – 20ILF and 20ILFS:
V18VALVES CATV 18-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 JOYSTICK HANDLES FOR SERIES “20” This is a special handle for the SERIES 20 stack valve that allows the spools of two adjacent sections to be operated by one common handle. The spools can be operated independently or simultaneously depending on handle movement. The option is typically used on spring center to neutral sections. Normally, the handle is installed at the factory on sections ordered with handle option 7. However, the handle can also be installed in the field on valves originally equipped with standard handles (handle options 1 through 4). This drawing shows two joysticks with offset handles installed on a six section valve. SERIES 20 SOLENOID OPERATED WORK SECTIONS A typical handle to spool movement pattern is shown. Different patterns are also available. The Joystick handle can be used with standard three position spools or with four position float spools. If work port reliefs are required on the joystick end of a section, the relief cartridges must be the shim adjustable type. When two joysticks are installed on the same valve assembly, it is recommended that there be two standard section between them to prevent handle interference. When ordering a valve assembly, please refer to the following part numbers and indicate which sections the handle is to be installed on. The part numbers refer to the complete joystick assembly required to control two valve sections. Use the same part numbers to order kits for field installation. JOYSTICK ASSEMBLY W/ STRAIGHT HANDLE: ASSEMBLED ON VALVE ............................ 20JS KIT ......................................................660190016 JOYSTICK ASSEMBLY W/ OFFSET HANDLE: ASSEMBLED ON VALVE ............................20JO KIT ......................................................660190017 The solenoid operated Series 20 work sections allow remote electrical on-off control or, depending on the model, manual control. The solenoid operated sections contain two, 3 way-2 position screw in style cartridge valves. The screw in cartridges provide a robust platform for the higher tank pressures often seen in mobile applications. Prince solenoid operated valves are pilot operated valves where pilot pressure is used to shift the spool. Depending on the model, the pilot pressure will be applied either directly to the end of the spool or to a piston that is connected to the spool. When both solenoids are de-energized, both spool end cavities or piston cavities are connected to tank. When the “A” solenoid is energized, pilot pressure is applied to the “A” end of the spool/piston, causing the spool to shift, against spring bias, and allow flow to the “A” work port. Energizing the “B” solenoid causes similar action on the “B” end. Internal pilot passageways convey pilot pressure to the solenoid actuators. Pilot pressure is typically supplied by a utility section, but in the case of load sense sections or closed center assemblies, it can also be provided by an inlet manifold, which can be provided with filtered pilot flow. If a utility section is used, it must be installed between the last work section and the outlet cover. The utility section, or inlet manifold, limit the pilot pressure to approximately 350 psi. For an open center system, a pressure build up cartridge is needed in the utility section. The pressure build up section provides pilot pressure to initiate the spool shift. A minimum of approximately 300 psi load induced pressure is required to complete the spool shift and hold the spool in the shifted position. For over center or light load applications a restrictor installed in the work port line may be required. Manual sections used in the same assembly with solenoid sections must either be upstream of solenoid sections or be custom sections machined with pilot passage ways in an assembly using a utility section. In assemblies with an inlet manifold, both solenoid and manual sections can be in the same assembly but, manual sections may have to be machined with pilot pass through passageways. For solenoid operated series sections, a tandem section with pilot pass through passageways must be between the series section and the utility section. Consult your sales representative for your application. Prince solenoid operators are offered in both a divided design (a solenoid on each end of the section) and a combined design (both solenoids on the end opposite the handle). We also currently offer models in both 10 thread size and 8 thread size solenoid cartridges. The 8 thread size offers a more compact assembly and a more economical choice as compared to a 10 thread size.
V19VALVESCATV 19-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 SERIES 20 (8 SERIES) COMBINED SOLENOID OPERATORS (BOTH OPERATORS ON ONE END) A Series 20 solenoid operated section with a handle code of 1, 2, 3 or 4 will designate a combined configuration with both solenoid cartridges on one end, opposite the handle end of the section. The combined operator configurations provide for either electric or manual operation. Handle configurations will be the same as the standard manual sections. A “C” prefix on the solenoid and coil designation will designate an 8 series design and will have screw in solenoid cartridges with a #8 thread size. The #8 size cartridges allow for a more compact section size. An optional manual override feature is available for the #8 solenoid cartridges. Cartridges and coils on the 8 series are not interchangeable with the Prince 10 series solenoid sections or sections manufactured prior to November 2014. Any of the standard “-S”, “-T”, “-C” or “-D” style Prince Series 20 solenoid operated work sections may be used in any combination within a stack valve assembly. SEE PAGE 5 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING SERIES 20 (8 SERIES) TYPE C - SOLENOID OR MANUAL WORK SECTION DIMENSIONS 10.221.75 14.67 12.97 TANKIN 5.8 “B” WORK PORT “A” WORK PORT “A” SOLENOID “B” SOLENOID G PILOT 20UE12F UTILITY OUTLET SECTION SOLENOID OPERATED PRESSURE BUILD-UP VALVE UTILITY OPTION OTHER UTILITY & OUTLET SECTION OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE 20U1 UTILITY SECTION WITH STD. OUTLET SECTION PORT RELIEF “B” OPTION A - Relief Cavity Plugged B - Shim Adjustable Relief 500-1350 PSI Set at 1350 C - Shim Adjustable Relief 1351-1750 PSI Set at 1750 D - Shim Adjustable Relief 1751-2200 PSI Set at 2200 E - Shim Adjustable Relief 2201-3000 PSI Set at 2500 PORT RELIEF “A” OPTION A - Relief Cavity Plugged B - Shim Adjustable Relief 500-1350 PSI Set at 1350 C - Shim Adjustable Relief 1351-1750 PSI Set at 1750 D - Shim Adjustable Relief 1751-2200 PSI Set at 2200 E - Shim Adjustable Relief 2201-3000 PSI Set at 2500 Note: Work port relief cartridges on the 20LPC and 20S are different than the standard Series 20P cartridge. COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION * 12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650 12D, 12 VDC Integral Deutsch 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade 24L, 24 VDC Double Wire 24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650 24D, 24 VDC Integral Deutsch 11H, 120 VAC DIN 43650 SOLENOID OPERATION C - Standard Solenoid Cartridge CM - Solenoid Cartridge w/Manual Override WORK SECTION TYPE P - Standard Parallel LP - Load Sense LPC - Load Sense Pressure Compensated S - Series (Use Spool Type N or P) PORT SIZE 1. #10 SAE (7/8-14 THREAD) 2. #8 SAE (3/4-16 THREAD) 3. #12 SAE (1 1/16-12 THREAD) 4. 1/2 NPTF (2000 PSI MAX) SPOOL TYPE A - 3 - Way 3-Position B - 4 - Way 3-Position C - 4 - Way 3-Position Free Flow Motor E - 3 - Way 3-Position Free Flow Motor H - 3 - Way 3-Position 20LP Only J - 4 - Way 3-Position 20LP Only K - 4 - Way 3-Position Free Flow Motor - 20 LP Only N - 4 - Way 3-Position Series P - 4 - Way 3-Position Series Motor J05 - 5 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) J10 - 10 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) J15 - 15 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) J20 - 20 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) K05 - 5 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) K10 - 10 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) K15 - 15 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) K20 - 20 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) SPOOL ACTION A - Spring Center 8 SERIES SOLENOID OPERATED WORK SECTION 2 0 P X X X X X X - C X X X *See page V48 for coil details. HANDLE OPTION 1. Standard Lever Handle 2. Less Handle Only 3. Less Complete Handle
V20VALVES CATV 20-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 SEE PAGE 5 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING A Series 20 solenoid operated section with a handle code of 5 or 6 will designate a split configuration with a solenoid cartridge on each end of the section. Handle option 5 provides electric operation only. Handle option 6 provides a lever handle for either electric or manual operation. A “D” prefix on the solenoid and coil designation will designate an 8 series design and will have screw in solenoid cartridges with a #8 thread size. The #8 size cartridges allow for a more compact section size. An optional manual override feature is available for the #8 solenoid cartridges. Cartridges and coils on the 8 series are not interchangeable with the Prince 10 series solenoid sections or sections manufactured prior to November 2014. Any of the standard “-S”, “-T”, “-C” or “-D” style Prince Series 20 solenoid operated work sections may be used in any combination within a stack valve assembly. SERIES 20 (8 SERIES) TYPE D & DP - SOLENOID OR MANUAL WORK SECTION DIMENSIONS SERIES 20 (8 SERIES) DIVIDED SOLENOID OPERATORS (OPERATORS ON BOTH ENDS) 1.75 6.43 12.86 HANDLE OPTION 5 15.49 HANDLE OPTION 6 7.90 5.97 “B” WORK PORT IN C-917 TANK “B” SOLENOID “A” WORK PORT “A” SOLENOID G PILOT 20UE12F UTILITY OUTLET SECTION SOLENOID OPERATED PRESSURE BUILD-UP VALVE UTILITY OPTION 20U1 UTILITY SECTION WITH STD. OUTLET SECTION OTHER UTILITY & OUTLET SECTION OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE 5.92 (D) 6.41 (DP) *See page V47 for coil details. PORT RELIEF “B” OPTION A - Relief Cavity Plugged B - Shim Adjustable Relief 500-1350 PSI Set at 1350 C - Shim Adjustable Relief 1351-1750 PSI Set at 1750 D - Shim Adjustable Relief 1751-2200 PSI Set at 2200 E - Shim Adjustable Relief 2201-3000 PSI Set at 2500 PORT RELIEF “A” OPTION A - Relief Cavity Plugged B - Shim Adjustable Relief 500-1350 PSI Set at 1350 C - Shim Adjustable Relief 1351-1750 PSI Set at 1750 D - Shim Adjustable Relief 1751-2200 PSI Set at 2200 E - Shim Adjustable Relief 2201-3000 PSI Set at 2500 Note: Work port relief cartridges on the 20LPC and 20S are different than the standard Series 20P cartridge. COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION * 12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650 12D, 12 VDC Integral Deutsch 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade 24L, 24 VDC Double Wire 24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650 24D, 24 VDC Integral Deutsch 11H, 120 VAC DIN 43650 SOLENOID OPERATION D - Standard Solenoid Cartridge DM - Solenoid Cartridge w/Manual Override WORK SECTION TYPE P - Standard Parallel LP - Load Sense LPC - Load Sense Pressure Compensated S - Series (Use Spool Type N or P) PORT SIZE 1. #10 SAE (7/8-14 THREAD) 2. #8 SAE (3/4-16 THREAD) 3. #12 SAE (1 1/16-12 THREAD) 4. 1/2 NPTF (2000 PSI MAX) SPOOL TYPE A - 3 - Way 3-Position B - 4 - Way 3-Position C - 4 - Way 3-Position Free Flow Motor H - 3 - Way 3-Position - 20LP Only J - 4 - Way 3-Position - 20LP Only K - 4 - Way 3-Position Free Flow Motor - 20LP Only N - 4 - Way 3-Position Series P - 4 - Way 3-Position Series Motor J05 - 5 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) J10 - 10 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) J15 - 15 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) J20 - 20 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) K05 - 5 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) K10 - 10 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) K15 - 15 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) K20 - 20 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) SPOOL ACTION A - Spring Center 8 SERIES SOLENOID OPERATED WORK SECTION 2 0 P X X X X X X - D X X X HANDLE OPTION 5. Solenoid Operated Only (No Lever) 6. Solenoid Operated With Manual Lever
V21VALVESCATV 21-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 SERIES 20 (10 SERIES) COMBINED SOLENOID OPERATORS (BOTH OPERATORS ON ONE END) A Series 20 solenoid operated section with a handle code of 1, 2, 3 or 4 will designate a combined configuration with both solenoid cartridges on one end, opposite the handle end of the section. The combined operator configurations provide for either electric or manual operation. Handle configurations will be the same as the standard manual sections. An “S” prefix on the solenoid and coil designation will designate a 10 series design and will have screw in solenoid cartridges with a #10 thread size. Cartridges and coils on the 10 series will be interchangeable with the components on Prince solenoid operated valves manufactured prior to November 2014 as well as current production 10 series valves. The 10 series sections will have a dimensional envelope the same as Prince solenoid operated sections manufactured prior to November, 2014. OTHER UTILITY & OUTLET SECTION OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE 20UE12F UTILITY OUTLET SECTION ‘B’ SOLENOID ‘A’ SOLENOID ‘B’ WORK PORT ‘A’ WORK PORT G PILOT 8.85 10.62 13.37 15.06 IN TANK C-634 C-634 IN SEE PAGE 5 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING PORT RELIEF “B” OPTION A - Relief Cavity Plugged B - Shim Adjustable Relief 500-1350 PSI Set at 1350 C - Shim Adjustable Relief 1351-1750 PSI Set at 1750 D - Shim Adjustable Relief 1751-2200 PSI Set at 2200 E - Shim Adjustable Relief 2201-3000 PSI Set at 2500 PORT RELIEF “A” OPTION A - Relief Cavity Plugged B - Shim Adjustable Relief 500-1350 PSI Set at 1350 C - Shim Adjustable Relief 1351-1750 PSI Set at 1750 D - Shim Adjustable Relief 1751-2200 PSI Set at 2200 E - Shim Adjustable Relief 2201-3000 PSI Set at 2500 Note: Work port relief cartridges on the 20LPC and 20S are different than the standard Series 20P cartridge. COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION * 12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650 12D, 12 VDC Deutsch 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade 24L, 24 VDC Double Wire 24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650 11L, 120VAC Lead Wires 24D, 24 VDC Deutsch WORK SECTION TYPE P - Standard Parallel LP - Load Sense LPC - Load Sense Pressure Compensated S - Series (Use Spool Type N or P) PORT SIZE 1. #10 SAE (7/8-14 THREAD) 2. #8 SAE (3/4-16 THREAD) 3. #12 SAE (1 1/16-12 THREAD) 4. 1/2 NPTF (2000 PSI MAX) SPOOL TYPE A - 3 - Way 3-Position B - 4 - Way 3-Position C - 4 - Way 3-Position Free Flow Motor E - 3 - Way 3-Position Free Flow Motor H - 3 - Way 3-Position 20LP Only J - 4 - Way 3-Position 20LP Only K - 4 - Way 3-Position Free Flow Motor - 20 LP Only N - 4 - Way 3-Position Series P - 4 - Way 3-Position Series Motor J05 - 5 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) J10 - 10 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) J15 - 15 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) J20 - 20 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) K05 - 5 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) K10 - 10 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) K15 - 15 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) K20 - 20 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) 10 SERIES SOLENOID OPERATED WORK SECTION 2 0 P X X X X X X - S X X X *See page V48 for coil details. HANDLE OPTION 1. Standard Lever Handle 3. Less Complete Handle 2. Less Handle Only SPOOL ACTION A - Spring Center
V22VALVES CATV 22-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 SEE PAGE 5 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING A Series 20 solenoid operated section with a handle code of 5 or 6 will designate a split configuration with a solenoid cartridge on each end of the section. Handle option 5 provides electric operation only. Handle option 6 provides a lever handle for either electric or manual operation. An “S” prefix on the solenoid and coil designation will designate a 10 series design and will have screw in solenoid cartridges with a #10 thread size. Cartridges and coils on the 10 series will be interchangeable with the components on Prince solenoid operated valves manufactured prior to November 2014 as well as current production 10 series valves. The 10 series sections will have a dimensional envelope the same as Prince solenoid operated sections manufactured prior to November, 2014. 1.75 6.44 12.88 HANDLE OPTION 5 15.59 HANDLE OPTION 6 20UE12F UTILITY OUTLET SECTION IN TANK IN 7.90 6.75 OTHER UTILITY & OUTLET SECTION OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE G PILOT ‘B’ SOLENOID ‘B’ WORK PORT ‘A’ SOLENOID ‘A’ WORK PORT SERIES 20 (10 SERIES) SPLIT SOLENOID OPERATORS (OPERATORS ON BOTH ENDS) *See page V48 for coil details. PORT RELIEF “B” OPTION A - Relief Cavity Plugged B - Shim Adjustable Relief 500-1350 PSI Set at 1350 C - Shim Adjustable Relief 1351-1750 PSI Set at 1750 D - Shim Adjustable Relief 1751-2200 PSI Set at 2200 E - Shim Adjustable Relief 2201-3000 PSI Set at 2500 PORT RELIEF “A” OPTION A - Relief Cavity Plugged B - Shim Adjustable Relief 500-1350 PSI Set at 1350 C - Shim Adjustable Relief 1351-1750 PSI Set at 1750 D - Shim Adjustable Relief 1751-2200 PSI Set at 2200 E - Shim Adjustable Relief 2201-3000 PSI Set at 2500 Note: Work port relief cartridges on the 20LPC and 20S are different than the standard Series 20P cartridge. COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION * 12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650 12D, 12 VDC Deutsch 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade 24L, 24 VDC Double Wire 24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650 11L, 120VAC Lead Wires 24D, 24 VDC Deutsch WORK SECTION TYPE P - Standard Parallel LP - Load Sense LPC - Load Sense Pressure Compensated S - Series (Use Spool Type N or P) PORT SIZE 1. #10 SAE (7/8-14 THREAD) 2. #8 SAE (3/4-16 THREAD) 3. #12 SAE (1 1/16-12 THREAD) 4. 1/2 NPTF (2000 PSI MAX) SPOOL TYPE A - 3 - Way 3-Position B - 4 - Way 3-Position C - 4 - Way 3-Position Free Flow Motor H - 3 - Way 3-Position - 20LP Only J - 4 - Way 3-Position - 20LP Only K - 4 - Way 3-Position Free Flow Motor - 20LP Only N - 4 - Way 3-Position Series P - 4 - Way 3-Position Series Motor J05 - 5 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) J10 - 10 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) J15 - 15 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) J20 - 20 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) K05 - 5 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) K10 - 10 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) K15 - 15 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) K20 - 20 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) 10 SERIES SOLENOID OPERATED WORK SECTION 2 0 P X X X X X X - S X X X SPECIFICATIONS: 1-9 SECTIONS 20 GPM INTERNAL PILOT INTERNAL DRAIN HANDLE OPTION 5. Solenoid Operated Only (No Lever) 6. Solenoid Operated With Manual Lever SPOOL ACTION A - Spring Center
V23VALVESCATV 23-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 SERIES 20 UTILITY SECTIONS (FOR USE WITH SOLENOID OPERATED SECTIONS) UTILITY TYPE U - Standard Utility UTILITY OPTION 1. Solenoid On-Off Press. Build-Up Valve 2. Mechanical Continuous On Press. Build-up Valve 3. Closed Center Utility Section (Required with Load Sense Assembly) 4. #10 SAE ORB Power Beyond (No Pressure Build-Up) * 5. External Pilot Supply Utility * Note: With Series 20 solenoid operator assemblies, the power beyond line is connected to the utility section and NOT to a power beyond port in the outlet section. Option 4 requires pilot pressure to be provided by downstream function. COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION* (omit for options 2 thru 5) 12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650 12D, 12 VDC Deutsch 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade 24L, 24 VDC Double Wire 24H, VDC DIN 43650 24D, 24 VDC Deutsch 11L, 120VAC Lead Wires 2 0 U X - X X XUTILITY SECTION SERIES 20 SYMBOL SCHEMATIC OF A SOLENOID OPERATOR ASSEMBLY OUT IN 20I2J SOL B B A SOL A PRESSURE BUILD-UP CARTRIDGE PRESSURE REDUCING CARTRIDGE OUT 20U1 20E2120P1BA1GG–C12Q / 20P1BA6GG–D12Q OR 20P1BA1GG–S12Q / 20P1BA6GG–S12Q PILOT GAUGE PRESSURE BUILD-UP PRESSURE REDUCING POWER BEYOND TANK 20UE14F 20U2 PRESSURE BUILD-UP CARTRIDGE PRESSURE REDUCING CARTRIDGE OUTLET PORT SIZE 1. #10 SAE ORB (7/8 – 14 UNF) PRESSURE BUILD-UP OPTIONS 2. Mechanical Pressure Build-Up 3. Closed Center 4. Mech. Pressure Build-Up; #12 SAE ORB Power Beyond 5. Mech. Pressure Build-Up, Medium Pressure; #12 SAE Power Beyond** 6. Mech. Pressure Build-Up, Medium Pressure** 7. #12 SAE ORB Power Beyond (No Pressure Build-Up)*** 8. Load Sense (closed center) FILTER OPTIONS A - Without Filter Element F - With Filter Element (Cavity is always present) 2 0 U E X X X COMBINATION OUTLET/UTILITY SECTION SERIES 20 COMBINATION UTILITY SECTION AND OUTLET Incorporates both the utility and outlet sections into one mainfold. For use in solenoid operatied assemblies (either on/off or proportional). Provides reducing cartridge (350 psi) limits pressure to solenoids. Mechanical pressure build-up (open center or PBY), or closed center. Optional filtration of pilot flow. The 20UE requires a tie rod kit for one extra section. ** Medium pressure buildups can be considered for higher flow proportional applications. *** Build-up option 7 requires pilot pressure to be provided by downstream function. For remote control options for on/off and proportional solenoids, see page V52.
In the Series 20 proportional work sections, varying pilot pressure is applied to the end of the spools to shift the spool against spring bias. Proportional pressure reducing cartridges are used to vary the pressure on the spools. As the current through the cartridge coil increases, the amount of the available pilot pressure applied to the ends of the spools also, proportionally increases. There will be a threshold pressure/current (dead band) to overcome the initial spring centering force and initial land coverage. Once this pressure/current has been exceeded, increasing the current through the coil will increase the flow from the work ports. Current to the coils is typically provided by a PWM current control module and a joystick or other input device. The coils require a maximum current of approximately 1300 mA (@ 12 volts), and for reduced hysteresis, a dither frequency of approximately 100 Hz and a dither amplitude of 50 to 100 mA. The controller should have adjustable minimum current and maximum current settings to minimize the dead band before work port flow starts and to maximize the control resolution. See page V38.6 for examples of control module and joystick components. The proportional work sections require pilot pressure to shift the spools. Approximately 325 psi pilot pressure will fully shift the spool in Prince proportional sections. With open center valve assemblies, the pilot pressure is typically supplied by a compensator inlet (20IC). The compensator inlets will provide adequate pilot pressure regardless of the load induced pressure. On load sense or load sense pressure comp systems used with a fixed displacement pump, a 20ILFS65370 inlet will provide pilot pressure. For load sense and load sense pressure comp systems used with a load sense pump, the standby pressure setting should be approximately 325 psi or more to provide for completely shifting the spool. Prince offers three basic proportional families. The first is open center proportional (based on the 20P family). The open center family, which is typically used with a fixed displacement (gear) pump is the least expensive of the three families. The open center family will provide controlled starts and stops of the work port flow, however, the metering band is not as wide as the other proportional families. The flow rate is also somewhat pressure dependent. The second family is load sense proportional and is based on the 20LP family. The load sense proportional has a wider metering band and the flow is not pressure dependent. The third family, based on the 20LPC family, is load sense pressure comp proportional. The load sense pressure comp family has the widest metering band, giving the most control and resolution. The load sense pressure comp family also has flow rated spools, providing for high resolution and control even for a few gpm with the 5 gpm spool. Using current minimum and current maximum settings on the controller will enhance the control in all three families. V24VALVES CATV 24-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 SERIES 20 PROPORTIONAL WORK SECTIONS SERIES 20 PROPORTIONAL ASSEMBLIES OTHER UTILITY & OUTLET SECTION OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE 20UEx8F UTILITY OUTLET ALTERNATIVE OUTLET CONFIGURATION: 20U3 UTILITY SECTION AND 20Ex1 OUTLET SECTION. G PILOT TANK PORT “A” SOLENOID “A” WORK PORT “B” SOLENOID “B” WORK PORT LOAD SENSE SECTIONS (20LP, 20 LPC) AND LOAD SENSE PUMP IN 1.75 TANK 6.43 5.97 C-917 12.86 HANDLE OPTION 5 “A” SOLENOID “A” WORK PORT “B” SOLENOID “B” WORK PORT 20P (OPEN CENTER) SECTIONS AND FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP INLET PORT FILTER 20IC2F STD. INLET 20Ex4 STD. OUTLET LOAD SENSE SECTIONS (20LP, 20LPC AND FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP TANK PORT TANK PORT “B” SOLENOID “B” WORK PORT INLET PORT FILTER G IN “A” SOLENOID “A” WORK PORT 20ILFS65370 INLET 20LEx3 STD. OULET, CLOSED CENTER
V25VALVESCATV 25-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 SERIES 20 PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID OPERATED WORK SECTIONS 20IC2F INLET ASSEMBLY *See Page V48 Series 8 Solenoid Coils for Coil Information. PORT RELIEF “B” OPTION A - Relief Cavity Plugged B - Shim Adjustable Relief 500 - 1350 PSI set at 1350 C - Shim Adjustable Relief 1351 - 1750 PSI set at 1750 D - Shim Adjustable Relief 1751 - 2200 PSI set at 2200 E - Shim Adjustable Relief 2201 - 3000 PSI set at 2500 PORT RELIEF “A” OPTION A - Relief Cavity Plugged B - Shim Adjustable Relief 500 - 1350 PSI set at 1350 C - Shim Adjustable Relief 1351 - 1750 PSI set at 1750 D - Shim Adjustable Relief 1751 - 2200 PSI set at 2200 E - Shim Adjustable Relief 2201 - 3000 PSI set at 2500 HANDLE OPTION 5. Solenoid Operated Only (No Lever) **6. Solenoid Operated With Manual Lever COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION* 12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire 12H, 12 VDC Din 43650 12D, 12 VDC Integral Deutsch 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade 24L, 24 VDC Double Wire 24H, 24 VDC Din 43650 24D, 24 VDC Integral Deutsch 11H, 120 VAC Din 43650 WORK SECTION TYPE P - Standard Parallel LP - Load Sense LPC - Load Sense Pressure Compensated PORT SIZE 1. #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14 Thread) 2. #8 SAE ORB ( 3/4-16 Thread) 3. #12 SAE ORB (1 1/16-12 Thread) 4. 1/2 NPTF (2000 PSI max) SPOOL TYPE A - 3-Way 3-Position (20P) B - 4-Way 3-Position (20P) C - 4-Way 3-Position Motor (20P) J - 4-Way 3-Position (20LP) K - 4-Way 3-position Motor (20LP) J05 - 4-Way 3-Position, 5 GPM (20LPC) J10 - 4-Way 3-Position, 10 GPM (20LPC) J15 - 4-Way 3-Position, 15 GPM (20LPC) J20 - 4-Way 3-Position, 20 GPM (20LPC) K05 - 4-Way 3-Position Motor, 5 GPM (20LPC) K10 - 4-Way 3-Position Motor, 10GPM (20LPC) K15 - 4-Way 3-Position Motor, 15 GPM (20LPC) K20 - 4-Way 3-Position Motor, 20 GPM (20LPC) SPOOL ACTION A - Spring Center 2 0 A - DP APPLICATION NOTES: The 20IC2F is an inlet assembly used with the “20P” (open center) proportional solenoid assemblies. It is used with fixed displacement pumps (typically gear pumps) and has a compensator cartridge in the manifold that provides approximately 370psi pilot pressure for the proportional solenoids. It also incorporates a pressure reducing cartridge to limit the pressure to the solenoid cartridges, and a 10μ filter cartridge to filter the pilot flow. The 20IC2F requires a tie rod kit for one extra section, and requires a 20Ex4 outlet section to be used. The 20IC2F has other applications such as low flow systems. The inlet can provide a constant pilot pressure regardless of flow, guaranteeing a shift in either on/off or proportional solenoids. Likewise, systems that also have little to no load induced pressure can benefit from the constant pilot pressure the 20IC2F provides, guaranteeing a shift regardless of work port pressure. The 10 micron filter included in the inlet helps keep the pilot lines clean. This helps eliminate contamination in the oil being sent to the solenoid cartridges. G PILOT 2.94 4.50 (GAUGE, PILOT) INLET 6.60 IN INLET PORT, #12 SAE ORB (1 1/16-12 THD) ADJUSTABLE RELIEF FILTER PRESSURE COMPENSATING REGULATOR CARTRIDGE HANDLE END (FRONT) OF SECTION LD CHECK CORE POWER CORE TANK CORE PILOT LINE SPECIAL RELIEF SETTING (LEAVE BLANK FOR STD SETTING OF 2500 PSI). ADJUSTMENT RANGE: 2000-3500 PSI 20IC2F – xxxx **With handle option 6 on a proportional section, the current required for full flow is reduced by approximately 15%. The force required to manually shift the spool with the handle is increased as compared to the force required with a standard work section – handle option 1.
V26VALVES CATV 26-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 SERIES 20 PROPORTIONAL WORK SECTIONS PERFORMANCE CURVES 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 0 4 8 12 16 20 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 CURRENT (mA) WORK PORT FLOW (GPM) SPOOL J SERIES 20 LOAD SENSE PROPORTIONAL (20LP-DP12D) WORK PORT FLOW vs. CURRENT 12 VDC 24 VDC 20 GPM INLET FLOW 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 0 4 8 12 16 20 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 CURRENT (mA) WORK PORT FLOW (GPM) SPOOL J05 SPOOL J15 SPOOL J10 SPOOL J20 SERIES 20 LOAD SENSE PRESSURE COMPENSATED PROPORTIONAL (20LPC-DP12D) WORK PORT FLOW vs. CURRENT 12 VDC 24 VDC 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 0 4 8 12 16 20 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 CURRENT (mA) WORK PORT FLOW (GPM) SPOOL B SERIES 20 OPEN CENTER PROPORTIONAL (20P-DP12D) WORK PORT FLOW vs. CURRENT SPOOL B 20 GPM INLET FLOW 6 GPM INLET FLOW 12 VDC 24 VDC
V27VALVESCATV 27-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 EXAMPLES OF TYPICAL SERIES 20 SOLENOID OPERATED SECTIONS AND ASSEMBLIES ON – OFF SOLENOID ASSEMBLIES SERIES 20 COMMON WORK SECTIONS 20P1BA1AA-C12D (8 series solenoids) 20P1BA5AA-DM12D (8 series-manual override solenoids) 20P1BA6AA-C12L (8 series solenoids) 20P1BA1AA-S12Q (10 series solenoids) 20P1BA5AA-S12H (10 series solenoids) 20P1BA6AA-S12L (10 series solenoids) SERIES 20 common assemblies 20I2J; 20P1BA1AA-C12D; 20U2 (utility section); 20E21 20I2J; 20P1BA1AA-C12D; 20UE12F (combination utility & outlet section w/ filter) OPEN CENTER PROPORTIONAL (fixed displacement pump) SERIES 20 COMMON WORK SECTION 20P1BA5AA-DP12D (proportional solenoids) Series 20 common assembly 20IC2F (compensator inlet); 20P1BA5AA-DP12D; 20E24 (pilot seal outlet) LOAD SENSE PROPORTIONAL SERIES 20 COMMON WORK SECTION 20LP1JA5AA-DP12D (proportional solenoids) Series 20 common assemblies 20I2A; 20LP1JA5AA-DP12D; 20U3; 20LE21 (load sense pump) 20I2A; 20LP1JA5AA-DP12D; 20UE18F (load sense pump, combination utility outlet - load sense w/ filter) 20ILFS65370; 20LP1JA5AA-DP12D; 20LE23 (fixed displacement pump, compensator inlet w/ filter, load sense - pilot seal outlet) LOAD SENSE PRESSURE COMPENSATED PROPORTIONAL SERIES 20 COMMON WORK SECTION 20LPC1J15A5AA-DP12D (proportional solenoids, 15 gpm spool) Series 20 common assemblies 20I2A; 20LPC1J15A5AA-DP12D; 20U3; 20LE21 (load sense pump) 20I2A; 20LPC1J15A5AA-DP12D; 20UE18F (load sense pump, combination utility outlet - load sense w/ filter) 20ILFS65370; 20LPC1J15A5AA-DP12D; 20LE23 (fixed displacement pump, compensator inlet w/ filter, load sense - pilot seal outlet) ON – OFF SOLENOID PUMP TYPE Work Sect. Inlet Utility Outlet 20(P/S) 20Ixx 20Ux 20Ex1 FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP 20(P/S) 20Ixx n/a 20UE12x FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP 20(LP/LPC) 20ILFS65230 n/a 20LEx3 FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP 20(P/S) 20Ixx 20U3 20Ex1 PRESSURE COMPENSATED PUMP 20(P/S) 20Ixx n/a 20UE13x PRESSURE COMPENSATED PUMP 20(LP/LPC) 20Ixx 20U3 20LExx LOAD SENSE PUMP 20(LP/LPC) 20Ixx n/a 20UE18x LOAD SENSE PUMP OPEN CENTER PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID PUMP TYPE 20P 20IC2F n/a 20Ex4 FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP LOAD SENSE PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID PUMP TYPE 20LP 20ILFS65370 n/a 20LEx3 FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP 20LP 20Ixx 20U3 20LExx LOAD SENSE PUMP 20LP 20Ixx n/a 20UE18x LOAD SENSE PUMP LOAD SENSE PRESSURE COMPENSATED PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID PUMP TYPE 20LPC 20ILFS65370 n/a 20LEx3 FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP 20LPC 20Ixx 20U3 20LExx LOAD SENSE PUMP 20LPC 20Ixx n/a 20UE18x LOAD SENSE PUMP
V28VALVES CATV 28-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CARTRIDGE CODE / STYLE PRESET INLET RELIEF CARTRIDGE PRESET WORK PORT RELIEF CARTRIDGE 20IIR - OX - X X X X B - SHIM ADJ 500-1350 PSI 1350 PSI @ 10 GPM C - SHIM ADJ 1351-1750 PSI 1750 PSI @ 10 GPM D - SHIM ADJ 1751-2200 PSI 2200 PSI @ 10 GPM E - SHIM ADJ 2201-3000 PSI 2500 PSI @ 10 GPM F - SCREW ADJ 500-1350 PSI 1350 PSI @ 10 GPM G - SCREW ADJ 1351-1750 PSI 1750 PSI @ 10 GPM H - SCREW ADJ 1751-2200 PSI 2200 PSI @ 10 GPM J - SCREW ADJ 2201-3000 PSI 2500 PSI @ 10 GPM K - SCREW ADJ 3001-3500 PSI 3250 PSI @ 10 GPM 20PR - OX - X X X X CARTRIDGE CODE / STYLE STD SETTING B - SHIM ADJ 500-1350 PSI 1350 PSI @ 3 GPM C - SHIM ADJ 1351-1750 PSI 1750 PSI @ 3 GPM D - SHIM ADJ 1751-2200 PSI 2200 PSI @ 3 GPM E - SHIM ADJ 2201-3000 PSI 2500 PSI @ 3 GPM F - SCREW ADJ 500-1350 PSI 1350 PSI @ 3 GPM G - SCREW ADJ 1351-1750 PSI 1750 PSI @ 3 GPM H - SCREW ADJ 1751-2200 PSI 2200 PSI @ 3 GPM J - SCREW ADJ 2201-3000 PSI 2500 PSI @ 3 GPM L - ANTI-CAV/SHIM RELIEF 500-1350 PSI 1350 PSI @ 3 GPM M - ANTI-CAV/SHIM RELIEF 1351-1750 PSI 1750 PSI @ 3 GPM N - ANTI-CAV/SHIM RELIEF 1751-2200 PSI 2200 PSI @ 3 GPM R - ANTI-CAV/SHIM RELIEF 2201-3000 PSI 2500 PSI @ 3 GPM S - ANTI-CAV/SCREW RELIEF 500-1350 PSI 1350 PSI @ 3 GPM T - ANTI-CAV/SCREW RELIEF 1351-1750 PSI 1750 PSI @ 3 GPM W - ANTI-CAV/SCREW RELIEF 1751-2200 PSI 2200 PSI @ 3 GPM Y - ANTI-CAV/SCREW RELIEF 2201-3000 PSI 2500 PSI @ 3 GPM STD SETTING Setting in PSI - Leave Blank for Standard Setting in PSI - Leave Blank for Standard SERIES 20 PRESET RELIEF CARTRIDGES
VALVES V29VALVESCATV 29-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 SECTIONAL BODY STANDARD FEATURES • 1-10 Sections Per Valve Bank • Differential Poppet Style Relief, Adjustable • Load Checks On Each Section from 1500 to 3000 psi (Also available in Low Pressure • Hard Chrome Plated Spools Version Adjustable from 500 to 1500 psi) • Compact Construction • Power Beyond Capability • Enhanced Metering Section Available in • Reversible Handle both the High and Low Sections • Mid-Inlet and Lock Valve Section available • Flow Control Inlet Directional Control Valves SPECIFICATIONS Parallel or Series Circuit Construction Foot Mounting Pressure Rating Maximum Operating Temp. ..........................180°F Maximum Operating Pressure ........ 3000 psi Weight Per Section Maximum Tank Pressure................... 500 psi Inlet Section .................................... Approx 3.75 Ibs Nominal Flow Rating ...........................12 GPM Outlet Section ................................ Approx 3.75 Ibs. Refer to Pressure Drop Curves. Work Section (Standard) ............... Approx 5.50 Ibs. Filtration: For general purpose valves, fluid Work Section (High) ...................... Approx 8.00 Ibs. cleanliness should meet the ISO 4406 19/17/14 level. For extended life or for pilot operated valves, the 18/16/13 fluid cleanliness level is recommended. Model SV
V30VALVES CATV 30-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 VALVE ASSEMBLIES The Model SV sectional body directional control valve can be ordered as separate sections or as a complete factory tested assembly. This will need to be specified with each order. An assembly number will be assigned at the time of the order. This assembly number can then be used for future orders. ASSEMBLY MODEL NUMBER SVA-XXXX XXXX = Sequence of Numbers. This number will be assigned to final valve to be assembled and tested at the factory. Each new order or quote will be assigned a new assembly model number. Please use quotation sheet at the end of SV section. All inlet sections have top and side inlets. All outlet sections have top and side outlets. INLET SECTIONS ALL HAVE BOTH TOP AND SIDE INLET PORTS PART NO. RELIEF TYPE AND SETTING PORT SIZE SVI21 No Relief #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14 THD) SVI24 Adjustable Low Pressure Relief Set at 1000 PSI #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14 THD) SVI15 Adjustable High Pressure Relief Set At 2000 PSI #8 SAE ORB (3/4-16 THD) SVI25 Adjustable High Pressure Relief Set at 2000 PSI #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14 THD) WORK SECTIONS ALL HAVE #8 SAE ORB (3/4-16 THD) PORTS, LOAD CHECK AND STANDARD LEVER HANDLE PART NO. SPOOL TYPE AND ACTION SVW1AA1 3-Way Single w/ Spring Center SVW1BA1 4-Way Double Acting w/ Spring Center (Work Ports Blocked in Neutral) SVW1BB1 4-Way Double Acting w/ 3 Position Detent (Work Ports Blocked in Neutral) SVW1CA1 4-Way Motor Spool w/ Spring Center (Work Ports Open to Tank in Neutral) SVW1CB1 4-Way Motor Spool w/3 Position Detent (Work Ports Open to Tank in Neutral) SVW1DD1 4-Way 4 Position Float w/ Spring Center and Float Detent SVL1CA1 4-Way Spool w/ Spring Center (with Pilot Operated Checks on Both Work Ports) SVW1BA11 4-Way Double Acting w/ Spring Center (Work Ports Blocked in Neutral) / Enclosed Handle SVW1BA2 4-Way Double Acting w/ Spring Center (Work Ports Blocked in Neutral) / Less Handle Only SVW1BA9 4-Way Double Acting w/ Spring Center (Work Ports Blocked in Neutral) / Blank for Optional Joystick Handle SVW1DD2 4-Way 4 Position Float w/ Spring Center and Float Detent / Less Handle Only SVW2BA6 4-Way Double Acting w/ Spring Center (Work Ports Blocked in Neutral) / Clevis Spool End Only SVW1BAA-S12H 4-Way Double Acting w/ Spring Center (Work Ports Blocked in Neutral) 12 VDC DIN 43650 SVW1BA1-S12Q 4-Way Double Acting w/ Spring Center (Work Ports Blocked in Neutral) 12 VDC Double Spade SVW1BA2-S12L 4-Way Double Acting w/ Spring Center (Work Ports Blocked in Neutral) / Less Handle 12 VDC Double Wire PORT RELIEF WORK SECTIONS ALL HAVE #8 SAE ORB (3/4-16 THD) PORTS, LOAD CHECK AND STANDARD LEVER HANDLE. MODELS WITH RELIEF FACTORY SET AT 2000 PSI AT 3 GPM. PART NO. SPOOL TYPE AND ACTION PORT RELIEFS SVH1BA1GG 4-Way Double Acting w/ Spring Center Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI SVH1BA1AH 4-Way Double Acting w/ Spring Center Adjustable 500-1500 PSI SVH1BA1HA 4-Way Double Acting w/ Spring Center Adjustable 500-1500 PSI SVR1ES1GG 4-Way Meter Spool w/ Spring Center Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI SVS1GA1AA 4-Way Double Acting Series w/ Spring Center Port Relief Plugged SVH1DD1BB 4-Way 4 Position Float w/ Spring Center and Float Detent Shim Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI OUTLET SECTIONS ALL HAVE BOTH TOP AND SIDE OUTLET PORTS PART NO. EXHAUST OPTIONS PORT SIZE SVE11 Open Center Outlet w/ Conversion Plug #8 SAE ORB (3/4-16 THD) SVE21 Open Center Outlet w/ Conversion Plug #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14 THD) SVE22 Power Beyond Outlet w/ #8 SAE Power Beyond Port #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14 THD) SVE23 Closed Center Outlet #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14 THD) SVE26 Open Center Outlet Pressure Build-Up Valve #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14 THD) SVE27 Power Beyond Pressure Build-Up Valve #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14 THD) SVE28 Medium Pressure Build-Up (for Low Flow Applications) #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14 THD) TIE ROD KITS TIE ROD TORQUE 150in-lbs ± 6in-lbs (12 1/2 ft-lbs ±1/2) ORDERING INFORMATION: The following is a listing of valve sections available from stock on a standard basis. STANDARD SECTIONS AVAILABLE: INLET SECTIONS S V II X X - X X X X PORT SIZE 1. #8 SAE ORB (3/4-16 THD) 2. #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14 THD) RELIEF SETTING (in PSI) RELIEF OPTION 1. No Relief Plug 4. Adj. Low Pressure 500-1500 PSI 5. Adj. High Pressure 1500-3000 PSI 6. Plastic Plug in relief cavity. Use only when cartridge is to be installed at a later date. OUTLET SECTION S V E X X PORT SIZE 1. #8 SAE ORB (3/4-16 THD) 2. #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14 THD) 0 Often used with no relief. Review application EXHAUST OPTION 1. Std. Open Center Outlet w/Conversion Plug 2. Power Beyond Outlet w/#8 SAE Beyond Port 3. Closed Center Outlet 0 6 Open Center Outlet Pressure Build-up 7. Power Beyond Pressure Build-up #8 SAE Beyond Port 8. Medium Pressure Build-up (For Low Flow Applications) 9. Medium Pressure Build-up Power Beyond #8 SAE Beyond Port (For Low Flow Applications) SPECIAL INLET AND OUTLET SECTIONS AVAILABLE: Sections other tha
V31VALVESCATV 31-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 HANDLE OPTION 1. Standard Lever Handle 2. Less Handle Only 3. Less Complete Handle Assembly 4. Adjustable Handle 5. Tang Spool End Only 6. Clevis Spool End Only 7. Vertical Handle 8. Straight Handle 9. Blank for Optional Joystick Handle 11. Enclosed Handle 12. Extended Enclosed Handle 13. Locking Handle SPOOL ACTION A - Spring Center (SVW & SVL only) B - 3 Position Detent C - Friction Detent D - Spring Center w/Float Detent (SVW only) (Must Use Float Spool) E - Light Spring Center F - 2 Position Detent Neutral and Out (No IN Position) G - 2 Position (Center and Spool Out) - Spring Loaded to Spool Out (Pressure to B Port) Position H - 2 Position (Center and Spool ln)-Spring Loaded to Spool In (Pressure to A Port) Position J - S/C with MicroSwitch Bracket 2-Position (MicroSwitch not provided) K - S/C with MicroSwitch Bracket 1-Position (MicroSwitch not provided) (activates on spool out only) M - Spring Center Detent In N - Spring Center Detent Out P - 2 Position Detent Neutral and IN (No OUT Position) R - Spring Center Pneumatic Actuator S - Spring Center (SVM & SVF) PORT RELIEF “B” OPTION A - Relief Cavity Plugged B - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI C - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI D - Anti-Cavitation Check E - Adjustable Combination Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Check 1000-2500 PSI*** F - Non-Adjustable Combination Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Check 1000-2500 PSI*** G - Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI H - Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI PORT RELIEF “A” OPTION A - Relief Cavity Plugged B - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI C - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI D - Anti-Cavitation Check **E - Adjustable Combination Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Check 1000-2500 PSI*** F - Non-Adjustable Combination Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Check 1000-2500 PSI*** **G - Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI **H - Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI ** Cannot be used on work sections with float option due to interference with handle. *** Do not use in applications that require low work port leakage. Max allowable leakage 5 in3/min @1000 psi. For Work Port Relief Settings Other Than Standard SVH1BA1GG-18-25 B PORT RELIEF PRESSURE IN HUNDREDS EXAMPLE: 25=2500 PSI at 3 GPM All Port Reliefs set at 3 GPM A PORT RELIEF PRESSURE IN HUNDREDS EXAMPLE: 18=1800 PSI at 3 GPM All Port Reliefs set at 3 GPM SPECIAL WORK SECTIONS AVAILABLE: Work Sections other than standard models listed can be made to order. Use order code Matrix below to generate a model number that meets your requirements. If you prefer, contact your Sales Representative with your specific requirements and a model number will be assigned for you. This model number can be used for future orders. A minimum order quantity will apply to special valves. Please consult Sales Representative. WORK SECTIONS SECTION TYPE W - Std. Work Section M - Metering Work Section2 L - Work Section with Double P.O. Checks1 F - Fine Metering3 PORT SIZE 1. #8 SAE ORB (3/4-16 THD) 2. #6 SAE ORB (9/16-18 THD) SPOOL TYPE A - 3-Way 3-Position B - 4-Way 3-Position C - 4-Way 3 Position Motor D - 4-Way 4 Position Float (Must Use Float Action) E - 4-Way 3 Position Metering (SVM only) K - 4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain (SVW) M - 4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain/Motor (SVM) 1. Lock Valve Section available only with Spool Option C. 2. Metering Section available only with Spool Options E, F, or M. 3. Fine Metering available only with Spool Options J. PORT RELIEF WORK SECTIONS S V X X X X X X X SECTION TYPE H - Port Relief Section R - Port Relief Metering Section2 S - Series Circuit Port Relief Section G - Port Relief Fine Metering Section3 PORT SIZE 1.#8 SAE ORB (3/4-16 THD) 2.#6 SAE ORB (9/16-18 THD) SPOOL TYPE A - 3-Way 3-Position B - 4-Way 3-Position C - 4-Way 3 Position Motor D - 4-Way 4 Position Float (Must Use Float Action) E - 4-Way 3 Position Metering (SVR only) G - 4-Way 3 Position Series (SVS only) H - 4-Way 3 Position Motor Series (SVS only) J - 4-Way 3 Position Fine Metering (SVG only) K - 4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain (SVH) M - 4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain/Motor (SVR) SPOOL ACTION A - Spring Center (SVH & SVS only) B - 3 Position Detent C - Friction Detent D - Spring Center w/ Float Detent (SVH only) (Must Use Float Spool) E - Light Spring Center G - 2 Position Neutral and Out Spring Offset to Out H - 2 Position Neutral and In Spring Offset to In J - S/C with Micro Switch Bracket 2-Position* K - S/C with MicroSwitch Bracket 1-Position* M - Spring Center Detent In N - Spring Center Detent Out R - Spring Center Pneumatic Actuator S - Spring Center (SVR & SVG) *MicroSwitch not provided HANDLE OPTION 1. Standard Lever Handle 2. Less Handle Only 3. Less Complete Handle Assembly 4. Adjustable Han
V32VALVES CATV 32-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 FIELD CONVERSION KITS, REPAIR KITS AND RELIEF CARTRIDGES PERFORMANCE CURVES SVS SERIES SECTION TEST DATA SPOOL ATTACHMENT KITS 660180001 Spring Center Kit (except SVM) 660180002 3 Position Detent Kit 660180003 Friction Detent Kit 660180051 Float Detent Kit 660180036 Spring Center Detent In 660180037 Spring Center Detent Out 660180015 S/C w/Micro-Switch, 2 Position* 660180016 S/C w/Micro-Switch, 1 Position* HANDLE KITS 660180011 Std. Handle Kit 660180032 Clevis Sub-Assy 660180005 Complete Handle Kit 660180031 Pin Kit 660180026 Vertical Handle Kit 660180028 Straight Handle Kit 660180007 Complete Adjustable Handle Kit 660180006 Adjustable Handle Kit 660180055 Joystick Handle Kit Less Handle 660180234 Locking Handle Kit *Bracket only, Micro-Switch is not provided. 660180033 Bent Joystick Handle Kit 660180017 Straight Joystick Handle Kit 660180018 Offset Joystick Handle Kit 671300011 Rubber Boot for Joystick Handles** SEAL KITS 660580001 SVW/SVM Replacement Seal Kit 660580002 Inlet Seal Kit 660580003 Outlet Seal Kit 660580004 Between Section Seal Kit 660580010 SVH/SVR Replacement Seal Kit 660580009 SVL Replacement Seal Kit 660580011 SVS Replacement Seal Kit PORT RELIEFS 660280004 Port Relief Plug 660280003 Shim Adj. Port Relief 1500-3000 PSI 660280010 Shim Adj. Port Relief 500-1500 PSI 660280012 Adj. Combination Port Relief/Anti-Cav Check 1000-2500 PSI 660280008 Shim Adj. Combination Port Relief/Anti-Cav Check 1000-2500 PSI 660280005 Anti-Cavitation Check 660280009 Adj. Port Relief 1500-3000 PSI 660280011 Adj. Port Relief 500-1500 PSI 672000101 .015 SHIM 672000102 .033 SHIM 672000103 .060 SHIM 660180215 Shim Assortment INLET RELIEFS 660250006 Inlet Relief Plug 660250003 Adj. Low Pressure Inlet Relief 660250002 Adj. High Pressure Inlet Relief OUTLET CARTRIDGES 200400030 Open Center Plug 660280001 #8 SAE Power Beyond Cart. 660280002 Closed Center Plug 660280093 Open Center Build-Up Cart. 660280092 Power Beyond Build-Up Cart. 660280090 Med. Press. Open Center Build-Up Cart. 660280089 Med. Press. Power Beyond Build-Up Cart. MISC. KITS 660180052 Load Check Kit OPEN CENTER PRESSURE DROP P-A-B-TOPEN CENTER PRESSURE DROP P TO T FLOW GPM FLOW GPM120 SUS OIL AT 100˚F PRESSURE DROP PSI PRESSURE DROP PSI NO. OF WORK SECTIONS NO. OF WORK SECTIONS6 3 1 3 1 6 NO. OF WORK SECTIONS 1 6 PRESSURE DROP PSI PRESSURE DROP P TO A OR B FLOW GPM NO. OF WORK SECTIONS FLOW GPM PRESSURE DROP A OR B TO T PRESSURE DROP PSI 6 4 2 NO. OF WORK SECTIONS FLOW GPM PRESSURE DROP P TO T PRESSURE DROP PSI 6 5 4 3 2 1 PRESSURE (PSI) FLOW GPM RELIEF VALVE CURVES120 SUS OIL AT 100˚F 4 6 8 10 12 14 1616141210864 25 50 75 100 125 150 50 100 200 150 250 300 50 25 75 100 104 6 8 12 14 162 2 104 6 8 12 14 16 25 50 75 100 2 104 6 8 12 14 16 50 100 150 200 250 2000 42 1000 1500 6 8 10 12 14 16 2500 3000 ** Boot is to be ordered in addition to joystick handle kits SEE PAGE 1 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
VALVES V33VALVESCATV 33-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 DIMENSIONAL DATA WORK SECTIONS OUTLET COVER INLET COVER BOTTOM VIEW OF MOUNTING DIMENSIONS Number of Work Sections “A” “B*” 1 2.875 5.875 2 4.312 7.312 3 5.750 8.750 4 7.187 10.187 5 8.625 11.625 6 10.062 13.062 7 11.500 14.500 8 12.937 15.937 9 14.375 17.375 10 15.812 18.812 *With #10 plug in inlet & power beyond in outlet. SVL SVW SVH/SVR/ SVG SVS SVM/SVF SPOOL TRAVEL SVEXX SVIXX A WORK PORT SIDE INLET TOP INLET CONVERSION PLUG SPOOL TRAVEL 1.09 2.18 1.67PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION TYPICAL B WORK PORT 1.50 5.34 1.75 1.55 .72 1.44 1.25 2.91 .468 TO FLOAT TYP. .250 TO WORK TYP. FLOAT OPTION 1.44 .72 .72 1.44 1.44 .72 .72 1.44 4.66 3.00 3.00 4.66 3.00 4.66 1.40 3.06 1.881.63 1.50 5.34 1.75 .883.56 1.50 5.34 1.75 1.63 1.88 1.755.341.50 1.50 1.22 2.50 .281 TO WORK TYP. 1.50 5.34 1.75 1.09 .75 1.50 TOP OUTLET SIDE OUTLETPART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION 1.94 2.00 3.25 PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION 1.09 .75 1.50 1.75 2.00 3.25 2.52 4.32.31 3.88.81 1.44 SEE CHART COLUMN B SEE CHART COLUMN A .78 .78 3/8-16UNC THD 3 PLACES .25 TYP SVL SVW SVH/SVR/ SVG SVS SVM/SVF SPOOL TRAVEL SVEXX SVIXX A WORK PORT SIDE INLET TOP INLET CONVERSION PLUG SPOOL TRAVEL 1.09 2.18 1.67PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION TYPICAL B WORK PORT 1.50 5.34 1.75 1.55 .72 1.44 1.25 2.91 .468 TO FLOAT TYP. .250 TO WORK TYP. FLOAT OPTION 1.44 .72 .72 1.44 1.44 .72 .72 1.44 4.66 3.00 3.00 4.66 3.00 4.66 1.40 3.06 1.881.63 1.50 5.34 1.75 .883.56 1.50 5.34 1.75 1.63 1.88 1.755.341.50 1.50 1.22 2.50 .281 TO WORK TYP. 1.50 5.34 1.75 1.09 .75 1.50 TOP OUTLET SIDE OUTLETPART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION 1.94 2.00 3.25 PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION 1.09 .75 1.50 1.75 2.00 3.25 2.52 4.32.31 3.88.81 1.44 SEE CHART COLUMN B SEE CHART COLUMN A .78 .78 3/8-16UNC THD 3 PLACES .25 TYP SVL SVW SVH/SVR/ SVG SVS SVM/SVF SPOOL TRAVEL SVEXX SVIXX A WORK PORT SIDE INLET TOP INLET CONVERSION PLUG SPOOL TRAVEL 1.09 2.18 1.67PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION TYPICAL B WORK PORT 1.50 5.34 1.75 1.55 .72 1.44 1.25 2.91 .468 TO FLOAT TYP. .250 TO WORK TYP. FLOAT OPTION 1.44 .72 .72 1.44 1.44 .72 .72 1.44 4.66 3.00 3.00 4.66 3.00 4.66 1.40 3.06 1.881.63 1.50 5.34 1.75 .883.56 1.50 5.34 1.75 1.63 1.88 1.755.341.50 1.50 1.22 2.50 .281 TO WORK TYP. 1.50 5.34 1.75 1.09 .75 1.50 TOP OUTLET SIDE OUTLETPART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION 1.94 2.00 3.25 PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION 1.09 .75 1.50 1.75 2.00 3.25 2.52 4.32.31 3.88.81 1.44 SEE CHART COLUMN B SEE CHART COLUMN A .78 .78 3/8-16UNC THD 3 PLACES .25 TYP SVL SVW SVH/SVR/ SVG SVS SVM/SVF SPOOL TRAVEL SVEXX SVIXX A WORK PORT SIDE INLET TOP INLET CONVERSION PLUG SPOOL TRAVEL 1.09 2.18 1.67PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION TYPICAL B WORK PORT 1.50 5.34 1.75 1.55 .72 1.44 1.25 2.91 .468 TO FLOAT TYP. .250 TO WORK TYP. FLOAT OPTION 1.44 .72 .72 1.44 1.44 .72 .72 1.44 4.66 3.00 3.00 4.66 3.00 4.66 1.40 3.06 1.881.63 1.50 5.34 1.75 .883.56 1.50 5.34 1.75 1.63 1.88 1.755.341.50 1.50 1.22 2.50 .281 TO WORK TYP. 1.50 5.34 1.75 1.09 .75 1.50 TOP OUTLET SIDE OUTLETPART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION 1.94 2.00 3.25 PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION 1.09 .75 1.50 1.75 2.00 3.25 2.52 4.32.31 3.88.81 1.44 SEE CHART COLUMN B SEE CHART COLUMN A .78 .78 3/8-16UNC THD 3 PLACES .25 TYP
V34VALVES CATV 34-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 TYPICAL STACK DIMENSIONAL DATA ENCLOSED HANDLE, OPTIONS 11 AND 12 Durable die cast metal housing. Weather and oil resistant rubber boot. Reversible handle can be mounted in either a vertical or horizontal position. The extended handle option provides the necessary clearance for work port relief and lock cartridges. The extended handle option can also be used on the SVW and SVM, work sections when it is desired to keep handles aligned in an assembly with both low and high sections. THE ROD TORQUE 150 in-lbs +6 in - lbs (12 1/2 ft - lbs +1/2 1.44 1.44 1.47 3.71 8.59 1.95 1.75 2.60 9.30 2.002.00 7.44 12.50 5.58 23° 12° Handle option 12 (SVH, SVL, SVS & SVR)Handle option 11 (SVW & SVM) Alternate parallel handle position Float position 8.73 STANDARD SECTION 10.21 PORT RELIEF SECTION 12.03 SVIXX SVIXX 1.47 3.86 3.06 5.88 5.00 3.88 7.66 TOP OUTLET SIDE OUTLET POWER BEYOND PORT SVIXX SVEXX C-590 SVL SVE SVH\SVS SVM SVW -S12L -T12Q SVI C-635 1.44 1.44 1.47 3.71 8.59 1.95 1.75 2.60 9.30 2.002.00 7.44 12.50 5.58 23° 12° Handle option 12 (SVH, SVL, SVS & SVR)Handle option 11 (SVW & SVM) Alternate parallel handle position Float position 8.73 STANDARD SECTION 10.21 PORT RELIEF SECTION 12.03 SVIXX SVIXX 1.47 3.86 3.06 5.88 5.00 3.88 7.66 TOP OUTLET SIDE OUTLET POWER BEYOND PORT SVIXX SVEXX C-590 SVL SVE SVH\SVS SVM SVW -S12L -T12Q SVI C-635 660180149 = Option 11, enclosed handle kit 660180151 = Option 12, extended enclosed handle kit 660180150 = handle kit for enclosed handle options (handle, knob, hex nut) (handle kit is not included in the Option 11 or 12 kits above)
V35VALVESCATV 35-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 SERIES CIRCUIT SVS WORK SECTIONS PARALLEL CIRCUIT SVW, SVM, SVF, SVH, SVR, SVG AND SVL WORK SECTIONS Parallel circuit sections are by far the most common. The SVW, SVM, SVF, SVH, SVR, SVG and SVL are all of parallel circuit construction. They can be combined together in any order in an assembly. When any one of the spools is shifted, it blocks off the open center passage through the valve. The oil then flows into the parallel circuit core making oil available to all spools. If more than one spool is fully shifted, the oil will go to the spool with the lowest pressure requirements. However, it is possible to meter the flow to the spool with the least load and provide flow to two unequal loads. ENHANCED METERING SECTIONS The SVM, SVF, SVR and SVG sections have metering notches machined into the spool to allow for better “feathering” of a load. The spool travel for these sections is also a little longer at .281” vs. .250” for the standard sections. In addition to the metering notches in the spool, the lands in the SVF and SVG bodies have been machined to give more precise control over the flow. The metering notches in the SVF and SVG have been optimized for flows of 10 gpm or less. For enhanced metering on higher flows, it is recommended that the SVM or SVR be used. LOCK SECTIONS The SVL section combines both a 4-way directional valve and a double pilot operated check valve. This provides very low leakage when the spool is in neutral. When the spool is shifted, oil is directed through a work port check to the cylinder. Pressure on the work port applies pressure to the shuttle spool, opening the opposite check valve and allowing oil to return into the valve. Depending on load pressures, the metering of the spool may be affected. In some cases a one way restrictor in a work port may be beneficial. Cracking pressure on the standard SVL section is 40psi. Higher pressure cartridges are available. A series circuit valve is most commonly used to control more than one hydraulic component simultaneously. The entire circuit flow is available to each valve section that is actuated. In a two spool series valve with both spools actuated, the oil flows from the inlet to the work port of the first section. The return flow of the first section is directed to the open center core of the second section. (In a parallel valve the return oil from the work port is directed to the tank core.) From the open center core of the second section, the oil flows to the work port with the return oil going to the outlet. In a series circuit valve, the summation of the pressures required for each work section will equal the total pressure required for the circuit. The total pressure required must not exceed the system relief setting or the pump pressure rating. It is not required to have a SV Series section as the last section, unless series flow is required to a downstream valve. In this application, a power beyond plug must be used in the outlet section. COMBINED SERIES / PARALLEL CIRCUITS The SV Series circuit valve sections may be stacked with SV parallel circuit valve sections. This allows both series and parallel control in the same valve assembly. In the valve assembly shown below, the first, third and fourth sections are parallel. The second section is series. The first parallel section has priority over all downstream valves. When the spool of the first parallel section is actuated, the return oil from the work port is directed to the tank core, thus oil flow to downstream sections is cut off. The second and third sections are in series with each other as is the second and fourth sections. The third and fourth sections are in parallel with each other. SERIES MOTOR SPOOL The SV Series Motor Spool provides control of reversible hydraulic motors. Both work ports are connected to the open center core in the neutral position. It should be noted that in the neutral position, the work ports will be equally pressurized to the same pressure that is required of any downstream valve sections and that a work port relief in the section will also limit the pressure of any other sections in the valve. The series motor spool should not be used to control a hydraulic cylinder as unwanted cylinder drift may occur in the neutral position. CLOSED CENTER APPLICATIONS The SV Series Circuit Valve sections cannot be used in a closed center valve assembly. PORT A PORT B PORT APORT A PORT BPORT B TANK RETURN TANK RETURN PORT B PORT A TANK RETURN TANK RETURN PARALLEL SECTION PARALLEL SECTIONSERIES SECTIONPARALLEL SECTION PORT A PORT B PORT A PORT B SERIES SECTION SERIES SECTION TANK RETURN TANK RETURN CONVERSION PLUG OPEN CENTER PASSAGE LOAD CHECK PARALLEL CIRCUIT CORE A B A B P TA B PORT A PORT B PORT APORT A PORT BPORT B TANK RETURN TANK RETURN PORT B PORT A TANK RETURN TANK RETURN PARAL
V36VALVES CATV 36-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 WORK SECTIONS SV WORK PORT RELIEF* SV WORK PORT RELIEFS, OPTION B, C, G, & H CAN BE ORDERED PRETESTED. USE ORDER CODE AT RIGHT ADJUSTABLE HANDLE OPTION 4 4 WAY 3 POSITION OPTION B DOUBLE ACTING WORK PORTS BLOCKED IN NEUTRAL 4 WAY 3 POSITION MOTOR OPTION C DOUBLE ACTING WORK PORTS OPEN IN NEUTRAL OPTION D 4 WAY DOUBLE ACTING WITH 4th POSITION FLOAT 670300025 670700035 230009009 670700034 OPTION B 670700033 OPTION C 671900010 671400036 670300030 170003008 670500044 671400037 671400033 SPOOL ATTACHMENT OPTION B 3 POSITION DETENT (KIT NO. 660180002), 1 POSITION DETENT OPTION C (660180003) SPOOL ATTACHMENT OPTION A SPRING CENTER (KIT NO. 660180001) SPOOL ATTACHMENT OPTION D SPRING CENTER W/FLOAT DETENT (KIT NO. 660180051) 170003027 670700036 230009009 670100009 670500048 670300032 670700037 670500043 670300031 671200007 ADJUSTABLE DIRECT ACTING RELIEF OPTION 'G' ANTI-CAVITATION CHECK OPTION 'D' OPEN CENTER CORES LOAD CHECKPOWER CORES LOCK VALVE CARTRIDGE SHUTTLE SPOOL PARALLEL POWER CORE TANK CORE B WORK PORT A LOAD CHECK IS STANDARD ON EACH WORK SECTION A WORK PORT SPECIFY RELIEF PRESSURE. LEAVE BLANK FOR STANDARD SETTINGS. STANDARD SETTING: 2000 PSI for H and NH 1000 PSI for L and NL H- ADJUSTABLE 1500-3000 PSI L- ADJUSTABLE 500-1500 PSI NH- NON-ADJUSTABLE 1500-3000 PSI NL- NON-ADJUSTABLE 500-1500 PSI 0 CARTRIDGE ONLY SVL SVH SVW - O -PR PRESSURE SETTINGRELIEF TYPEPORT SIZEMODEL NUMBER ADJUSTABLE HANDLE OPTION 4 4 WAY 3 POSITION OPTION B DOUBLE ACTING WORK PORTS BLOCKED IN NEUTRAL 4 WAY 3 POSITION MOTOR OPTION C DOUBLE ACTING WORK PORTS OPEN IN NEUTRAL OPTION D 4 WAY DOUBLE ACTING WITH 4th POSITION FLOAT 670300025 670700035 230009009 670700034 OPTION B 670700033 OPTION C 671900010 671400036 670300030 170003008 670500044 671400037 671400033 SPOOL ATTACHMENT OPTION B 3 POSITION DETENT (KIT NO. 660180002), 1 POSITION DETENT OPTION C (660180003) SPOOL ATTACHMENT OPTION A SPRING CENTER (KIT NO. 660180001) SPOOL ATTACHMENT OPTION D SPRING CENTER W/FLOAT DETENT (KIT NO. 660180051) 170003027 670700036 230009009 670100009 670500048 670300032 670700037 670500043 670300031 671200007 ADJUSTABLE DIRECT ACTING RELIEF OPTION 'G' ANTI-CAVITATION CHECK OPTION 'D' OPEN CENTER CORES LOAD CHECKPOWER CORES LOCK VALVE CARTRIDGE SHUTTLE SPOOL PARALLEL POWER CORE TANK CORE B WORK PORT A LOAD CHECK IS STANDARD ON EACH WORK SECTION A WORK PORT SPECIFY RELIEF PRESSURE. LEAVE BLANK FOR STANDARD SETTINGS. STANDARD SETTING: 2000 PSI for H and NH 1000 PSI for L and NL H- ADJUSTABLE 1500-3000 PSI L- ADJUSTABLE 500-1500 PSI NH- NON-ADJUSTABLE 1500-3000 PSI NL- NON-ADJUSTABLE 500-1500 PSI 0 CARTRIDGE ONLY SVL SVH SVW - O -PR PRESSURE SETTINGRELIEF TYPEPORT SIZEMODEL NUMBER * Also used as standard main relief only models and RD4100 models.
V37VALVESCATV 37-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 SV INLET RELIEF OPTIONS SV OUTLET COVER OPTIONS SV MID-INLET SECTION OPTION 1 NO RELIEF This option provides no built in relief. This is used when a relief is provided elsewhere in the system or in a closed center application. This plug can be replaced with a relief cartridge at a later date. OPTION 4 LOW PRESSURE ADJUSTABLE RELIEF This option provides for a differential poppet relief adjustable from 500-1500 PSI. Set at 1000 PSI @ 10 GPM. OPTION 5 HIGH PRESSURE ADJUSTABLE RELIEF This option provides for a differential poppet relief adjustable from 1500-3000 PSI. Set at 2000 PSI @ 10 GPM. The differential poppet relief provides smooth quiet operation with high cracking pressure. RELIEF CARTRIDGES CAN BE ORDERED PRETESTED SEE RV- OX RELIEF, PAGE V68. OPTION 3 CLOSED CENTER OUTLET This option provides for closed center operation. This is typically used with a variable displacement pressure compensated pump or in a system with an unloading valve. When the spools are in neutral the inlet port is blocked. Closed center can also be accomplished by plugging the power beyond port of option 2. PLEASE NOTE that this closed center option does not provide for the drain off of standby spool leakage. This can allow a very small amount of oil to enter the work ports when in neutral. OPTION 6 OPEN CENTER OUTLET PRESSURE BUILD-UP VALVE FOR SOLENOID OPTION This option directs oil from open center core thru pressure build- up valve and then to tank. See solenoid section for description of operation. Option 8 is the same as option 6, but has a higher rate spring designed to build pressure in low flow applications. (Flows Ranging from 1 to 6 gpm.) OPTION 7 POWER BEYOND PRESSURE BUILD-UP VALVE FOR SOLENOID OPTION This option directs oil from inlet thru pressure build-up valve and then downstream. This pressure build-up valve provides a #8 SAE power beyond port. The outlet must be connected to tank. Option 9 is the same as option 7, but has a higher rate spring designed to build pressure in low flow applications. (Flows Ranging from 1 to 6 gpm.) DESCRIPTION: A Mid-Inlet provides an inlet port for a second pump mid stream in the valve stack. A relief can be provided in this section. With the combined flow the flow from both pumps is available to the downstream sections when all the work sections upstream are in neutral. The split flow completely separates the two pump flows. The common tank passage is all that is shared between the two pump flows. Note: Split flow mid inlet is not available when used after a series section and the core block plate is not used after a series section. Last Four Digits Specify A Non-Standard Relief Pressure. When blank, refer to standard setting 1-No Relief 2-SHIM Adjustable 500-1500 PSI Std. Setting 1000 PSI @ 10GPM 3-SHIM Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI Std. Setting 2000 PSI @ 10 GPM 4-Adjustable 500-1500 PSI Std. Setting 1000 PSI @ 10 GPM 5-Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI Std. Setting 2000 PSI @ 10 GPM C-Combined Flow Mid-Inlet S-Split Flow Mid-Inlet (not available after a series section) L-Pressure Build Up, Split Low Flow 1-6 GPM (for solenoid valves upstream) H-Pressure Build Up, Split High Flow 7-12 GPM (for solenoid valves upstream) See Section View at left. Note Location of Spacer, Part Number 671200035 1. Port Size #8 SAE ORB (3/4-16 THD) SVIIM 1 X X - X X X X "CC" STAMPED ON END OF CLOSED CENTER PLUG 2.00 1.38 1.00 SPACER MID INLET RELIEF MID INLET PORT POWER CORE BLOCKING PLATE INSTALLS IN POWER CORE BETWEEN MID INLET & UPSTREAM SECTION. SIDE OUTLET TOP OUTLET POWER BEYOND PORT SIDE INLET TOP INLET SPLIT MID-INLET SHOWN CAN BE CONVERTED TO COMBINED MID-INLET BY MOVING SPACER TO OPPOSITE END SVEXX SVIXX "CC" STAMPED ON END OF CLOSED CENTER PLUG 2.00 1.38 1.00 SPACER MID INLET RELIEF MID INLET PORT POWER CORE BLOCKING PLATE INSTALLS IN POWER CORE BETWEEN MID INLET & UPSTREAM SECTION. SIDE OUTLET TOP OUTLET POWER BEYOND PORT SIDE INLET TOP INLET SPLIT MID-INLET SHOWN CAN BE CONVERTED TO COMBINED MID-INLET BY MOVING SPACER TO OPPOSITE END SVEXX SVIXX "CC" STAMPED ON END OF CLOSED CENTER PLUG 2.00 1.38 1.00 SPACER MID INLET RELIEF MID INLET PORT POWER CORE BLOCKING PLATE INSTALLS IN POWER CORE BETWEEN MID INLET & UPSTREAM SECTION. SIDE OUTLET TOP OUTLET POWER BEYOND PORT SIDE INLET TOP INLET SPLIT MID-INLET SHOWN CAN BE CONVERTED TO COMBINED MID-INLET BY MOVING SPACER TO OPPOSITE END SVEXX SVIXX SVIM1S5 SVIM1C5 (*–POWER CORE BLOCKING PLATE) IN IN OPTION 1 STANDARD OPEN CENTER OUTLET WITH CONVERSION PLUG This is the standard outlet option. This option allows for conversion in the field for power beyond or closed center applications. When spools are in neutral the inlet is unloaded to tank. OPTION 2 POWER BEYOND OUTLET WITH #8 SAE BEYOND PORT This option provides for a high pressure power beyond port. This would be used if a valve is to
V38VALVES CATV 38-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CONTROL OPTION P CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC CONTROL OPTION U CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC CONTROL OPTION M CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC PRESSURE CORE IN ININ PRESSURE COREPRESSURE CORE SVIFXXX-XXEF #10 Rear Inlet Port #10 Side Inlet Port 5.18 Option P- Proportional flow control with manual override Optional #8 EF Port2.00 IN C-760 2.04 12" CABLE, POWER SUPPLY & COIL OUTPUTS: RED; (+) POWER BLACK; (-) GROUND WHITE; PROP. OUTPUT GREEN; GROUND, COIL (COIL HAS NO POLARITY 3.36 5.00 4.59 Ø.18 (2)OUTPUT STATUS 50% 25% 75% 0% 100% POWER ON OFF SV FLOW CONTROL INLET SECTION PROPORTIONAL CONTROL BOX (USE WITH SVIFP & 20IF FLOW CONTROL INLETS); P/N 671300048 The proportional control box is used to provide an adjustable electrical signal to a proportional solenoid on the SVIF and 20IF inlet sections. Once the dial is set, the regulated flow through the valve should remain approximately constant regardless of pressure. Within the operation range, flow varies approximately linearly with dial rotation. CONNECTIONS AND OPERATION: • Connect leads to the power supply and solenoid coil. Power supply should be between 9 and 30 VDC. • With the power off, the inlet flow is directed to tank (or excess flow port). • To provide power to the control, move the power switch to ‘ON’. (RED LED is on when control box is powered). • Minimum flow is directed into the valve when 0% on the dial is aligned with the center mark. Maximum flow is directed into the valve when 100% is aligned with the center mark. • Clockwise knob rotation increases flow into the valve. • Some adjustment may be needed for operation. l-min, l-max, dither frequency & ramp time can be adjusted. See drawing for calibration instructions S V II F X X X X X X PORT SIZE 1- Side and End Inlet #10 SAE ORB 2- Side and End Inlet #10 SAE ORB, with #8 SAE ORB External EF Circuit RELIEF VALVE 1- No Relief 2- Direct acting non-adjustable 500-1500 psi set at 1000 psi* 3- Direct acting non-adjustable 1500-3000 psi set at 2000 psi* 4- Direct acting adjustable 500-1500 psi set at 1000 psi* 5- Direct acting adjustable 1500-3000 psi set at 2000 psi* *for other settings please specify, i.e. SVIIF15P12Q2700 is set at 2700 psi T h e S V I F F l o w C o n t r o l I n l e t i s interchangeable with the standard SV inlet section. FLOW CONTROL OPTIONS: P OPTION incorporates a solenoid operated, electrically variable pressure- compensated flow control cartridge. With the solenoid de-energized, all of the inlet flow is diverted to the tank core/EF port. By increasing the current through the solenoid, the flow directed to the power core and downstream sections will be proportionally increased, (the maximum rating of the cartridge is 16 gpm at 1500 mA) Control current is normally provided via a controller card providing, a PWM signal. U OPTION incorporates a solenoid operated, unloader cartridge. With the solenoid de-energized, all of the inlet flow is diverted to the tank core/EF port. With the solenoid energized all the inlet flow is directed to the power core and downstream sections. M OPTION incorporates a manually operated pressure-compensated flow control cartridge. With the control knob turned fully in (clockwise), all of the inlet flow is diverted to the tank core/EF port. By turning the flow control knob counter clockwise, the inlet flow directed to the power core and downstream sections is proportionally increased. Approximately 5 revolutions varies flow from no flow to full flow, PORT OPTION 2 The flow being directed to the tank core/EF port may be utilized by a second circuit by inserting a 1/4 pipe plug into the tank core passage on the seal side of the casting and then connecting the EF port to the second circuit. SOLENOID OPTION Omit for Flow Control Option M 12Q-12VDC Double Spade Coil 24Q-24VDC Double Spade Coil 12H-12VDC DIN 43650 Coil 24H - 24VDC DIN 43650 Coil 12L-12VDC Double Lead Wire Coil 24L - 24VDC Double Lead Wire Coil 12W -12VDC Double Lead Wire w/ Weatherpak Connector Coil 24W - 24VDC Double Lead Wire w/ Weatherpak Connector Coil FLOW CONTROL OPTION M- Manual Flow Control P- Electro-Proportional U- Solenoid Unloading CONTROL OPTION P CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC CONTROL OPTION U CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC CONTROL OPTION M CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC PRESSURE CORE IN ININ PRESSURE COREPRESSURE CORE SVIFXXX-XXEF #10 Rear Inlet Port #10 Side Inlet Port 5.18 Option P- Proportional flow control with manual override Optional #8 EF Port2.00 IN C-760 2.04 12" CABLE, POWER SUPPLY & COIL OUTPUTS: RED; (+) POWER BLACK; (-) GROUND WHITE; PROP. OUTPUT GREEN; GROUND, COIL (COIL HAS NO POLARITY 3.36 5.00 4.59 Ø.18 (2)OUTPUT STATUS 50% 25% 75% 0% 100% POWER ON OFF CONTROL OPTION P CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC CONTROL OPTION U CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC CONTROL OPTION M CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC PRESSURE CORE IN ININ PRESSURE COREPRESSURE CORE SVIFXXX-XXEF #10 Rear Inlet Port #10 Side Inlet Port 5.1
V39VALVESCATV 39-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 The last three digits of part number are the orifice size in thousandths of an inch. EXAMPLE: #6 SAE 9/16-18THD #8 SAE 3/4-16THD 661280062 661180062 .062 ORIFICE 661280125 661180125 .125 ORIFICE 661280000 661180000 NO ORIFICE The last three digits of part number are the orifice size in thousandths of an inch. EXAMPLE: #6 SAE 9/16-18THD #8 SAE 3/4-16THD 670806062 670805062 .062 ORIFICE 670806125 670805125 .125 ORIFICE 670806000 670805000 NO ORIFICE JOYSTICK HANDLE FOR MODEL SV STACK VALVE This is a special handle for the model SV stack valve that allows the spools of two adjacent sections to be operated by one common handle. The spools can be operated independently or simultaneously depending on handle movement. The option is normally used on spring center to neutral sections, but can also be used on other sections such as float sections. This handle is normally installed on valves assembled at the factory but can be installed on work sections that have handle option 3 or 9. The drawing at right shows two joy- sticks with offset handles installed on a six section valve. When two joysticks are installed on the same valve assembly it is recommended that there be two standard sections between them to prevent handle interference. A two section spacer is available, part no. 660380002. JOYSTICK ASSEMBLY W/STRAIGHT HANDLE: ASSEMBLED ON VALVE ...........................SVJS KIT .................................................... 660180017 JOYSTICK ASSEMBLY W/OFFSET HANDLE: ASSEMBLED ON VALVE ...........................SVJO KIT .....................................................660180018 JOYSTICK ASSEMBLY W/BENT HANDLE: ASSEMBLED ON VALVE ...........................SVJB KIT .....................................................660180033 ONE WAY WORK PORT RESTRICTOR FOR SVH, SVM, SVR, SVF, SVS, SVG& SVL WORK SECTIONS This restrictor will restrict oil in one direction and allow free flow in the opposite direction. This restrictor consists of an orifice plate that simply drops into the #8 SAE work port of a SVH, SVM, SVR, SVF, SVS, SVG & SVL work section. ONE WAY WORK PORT RESTRICTOR FOR SVW WORK SECTIONS This restrictor will restrict oil in one direction and allow free flow in the opposite direction. This restrictor consists of the orifice plate as described at left and an adapter fitting that allow use in the standard SVW #8 SAE work port. ORDERING INFORMATION HEX BRASS RESTRICTOR #6 SAE 9/16-18 #8 SAE 3/4-16 670806XXX 670805XXX SQUARE STEEL RESTRICTOR 661181XXX CONICAL SPRING ORDERING INFORMATION ADAPTER W/HEX BRASS RESTRICTOR #6 SAE 9/16-18 #8 SAE 3/4-16 661280XXX 661180XXX ADAPTER WITH SQUARE STEEL 661182XXX RESTRICTOR AND CONICAL SPRING A molded rubber boot (671300011) is available for the joystick. Please refer to these part numbers and state which sections the handle is to be installed on when ordering a valve assembly. This handle can be installed in the field to work sections with handle option 3 (no handle). OFFSET HANDLE SHOWN HANDLE VIEWED FROM TOP HANDLE FRONT 5th SPOOL IN HANDLE RIGHT 6th SPOOL OUT HANDLE BACK 5th SPOOL OUT HANDLE LEFT 6th SPOOL IN SEE DETAIL AT LEFT Free Flow Restricted Flow Restricted Flow Free Flow OFFSET HANDLE SHOWN HANDLE VIEWED FROM TOP HANDLE FRONT 5th SPOOL IN HANDLE RIGHT 6th SPOOL OUT HANDLE BACK 5th SPOOL OUT HANDLE LEFT 6th SPOOL IN SEE DETAIL AT LEFT Free Flow Restricted Flow Restricted Flow Free Flow OFFSET HANDLE SHOWN HANDLE VIEWED FROM TOP HANDLE FRONT 5th SPOOL IN HANDLE RIGHT 6th SPOOL OUT HANDLE BACK 5th SPOOL OUT HANDLE LEFT 6th SPOOL IN SEE DETAIL AT LEFT Free Flow Restricted Flow Restricted Flow Free Flow OFFSET HANDLE SHOWN HANDLE VIEWED FROM TOP HANDLE FRONT 5th SPOOL IN HANDLE RIGHT 6th SPOOL OUT HANDLE BACK 5th SPOOL OUT HANDLE LEFT 6th SPOOL IN SEE DETAIL AT LEFT Free Flow Restricted Flow Restricted Flow Free Flow
V40VALVES CATV 40-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220
V41VALVESCATV 41-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 STANDARD FEATURES • Open center or closed center applications • Power beyond capability • Port relief options available • Load checks on each section • Internal pilot supply and drain • May be stacked with Manual SV Sections • 12VDC, 24VDC and 120VAC • 8 Series (“C” and “D”) more economical and compact SPECIFICATIONS Parallel or Series Circuit Construction Foot Mounting Pressure Rating Maximum Operating Temp. ............................180°F Maximum Operating Pressure 3000 psi Weight Per Section Maximum Tank Pressure 150 psi Inlet Section .................................... Approx. 3.75 Ibs. Nominal Flow Rating 12 GPM Outlet Section ................................. Approx. 3.75 Ibs. Differential Pressure Solenoid Operated Required to Actuator Approx. 150 PSI Type “-D” and “-T” Work Section ......Approx. 11.0 Ibs. Filtration: For general purpose valves, fluid Type “-C” and “-S” Work Section .... Approx. 14.5 Ibs. cleanliness should meet the ISO 4406 19/17/14 level. For extended life or for pilot operated valves, the 18/16/13 fluid cleanliness level is recommended. SV SOLENOID OPERATED Work Sections • Type “-D” and “-T” Solenoid Operated • Type “-C” and “-S” Solenoid and Manual Operation Directional Control Valves
V42VALVES CATV 42-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 SV (8 SERIES) SOLENOID OR MANUAL WORK SECTIONS (BOTH SOLENOIDS ON ONE END) DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION ORDER CODE MATRIX - TYPE “-C” SOLENOID OR MANUAL WORK SECTIONS The Type “-C” SV Solenoid Work Section allows remote electrical on-off or manual control. The “-C” sections are 8 series work sections which use screw in cartridges with a #8 thread size. The screw in cartridges provide a robust platform for the higher tank pressures often seen in mobile applications and the #8 size allows for a more compact section size. Cartridges and coils on the 8 series are not interchangeable with the Prince 10 series solenoid sections or sections manufactured prior to November 2014. Any of the standard “-S”, “-T”, “-C” or “-D” style Prince SV solenoid operated work sections may be used in any combination within a stack valve assembly. The Type “-C” SV Solenoid Section contains two 3-way 2-position, #8 solenoid cartridge valves and a pilot operated piston attached to the main control spool. When both solenoids are de-energized, both sides of the pilot piston are open to tank pressure and the spool remains spring centered. When solenoid “A” is energized, pilot pressure is applied to one side of the pilot piston, causing the spool to shift from the neutral position and direct flow to work port “A”. When solenoid “B” is energized, pilot pressure is applied to the other side of the pilot piston, causing the spool to shift and direct flow to work port “B”. An optional manual override feature is available for the solenoid cartridges. Internal pilot lines provide pilot pressure to the solenoid actuator. Pilot pressure is generated by a “Pressure Build-Up Valve” that is installed in the standard outlet section. Two versions of the pressure build-up valve are offered, the open center pressure build-up valve and power beyond pressure build-up valve. Both versions supply 150-200 PSI pilot pressure to the solenoid actuator. A closed center assembly does not require a pressure build-up valve. For an open center system, the pilot pressure can also be provided by an in inlet manifold, which can provide filtered pilot flow. 8 SERIES SOLENOID OPERATED PORT RELIEF WORK SECTIONS SECTION TYPE H - Port Relief Section S - Series Section (Use G Spool) R - Metering Work Section (Use E, F, or M Spool) PORT SIZE 1. #8 SAE SPOOL TYPE A - 3-Way 3-Position E - 4-Way 3 Position Metering (SVR only) B - 4-Way 3-Position F - 3-Way 3 Position Metering (SVR only) C - 4-Way 3-Position Motor G - 4-Way Series H - 4-Way Series Motor K - 4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain (SVH only) M-4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain (SVR only) SPOOL ACTIONS A - Spring Center COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION* 12Q,12 VDC Double Spade 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650 12D, 12 VDC Integral Deutsch 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade 24 L, 24 VDC Double Wire 24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650 24D, 24 VDC Integral Deutsch 11H, 120 VAC DIN 43650 SOLENOID OPERATION C - Standard Solenoid Cartridge CM - Solenoid Cartridge w/Manual Override PORT RELIEF “B” OPTION A - Relief Cavity Plugged B - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI C - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI HANDLE OPTION 1. Std. Lever Handle 2. Less Handle Only 3. Less Complete Handle Assembly 4. Adjustable Handle *See page V48 for Coil details S V H X X X X X X – C X X X PORT RELIEF “A” OPTION A - Relief Cavity Plugged G - Adjustable Direct Acting B - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 Relief 1500-3000 PSI C - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting H - Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI Relief 500-1500 PSI 5. Tang Spool End Only 6. Clevis Spool End Only 7. Vertical Handle 12. Extended Enclosed Handle 8 SERIES SOLENOID OPERATED SVW, SVM AND SVL SECTION SECTION TYPE W - Standard Work Section L - Lock Section (Use C Spool) M - Metering Work Section (Use E, F, or M Spool) PORT SIZE 1. #8 SAE SPOOL TYPE A - 3-Way 3-Position E - 4-Way 3 Position Metering (SVM only) B - 4-Way 3-Position F - 3-Way 3 Position Metering (SVM only) C - 4-Way 3-Position Motor K - 4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain (SVW only) M - 4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain (SVM only) SPOOL ACTIONS A - Spring Center HANDLE OPTION 1. Std. Lever Handle 4. Adjustable Handle 2. Less Handle Only 5. Tang Spool End Only 3. Less Complete Handle Assembly 6. Clevis Spool End Only S V W X X X X – C X X X 7. Vertical Handle 11. Enclosed Handle 8. Straight Handle 12. Extended Enclosed Handle COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION * 12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650 12D, 12 VDC Integral Deutsch 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade 24 L, 24 VDC Double Wire 24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650 24D, 24 VDC Integral Deutsch 11H, 120 VAC DIN 43650 SOLENOID OPERATION C - Standard Solenoid Cartridge CM - Solenoid Cartridge w/Manual Override
V43VALVESCATV 43-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 SV (8 SERIES) SOLENOID WORK SECTION (SOLENOID ON BOTH ENDS) DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION ORDER CODE MATRIX - TYPE “-D” SOLENOID OR MANUAL WORK SECTIONS The Type “-D” SV Solenoid Work Section allows remote electrical on-off control. The “-D” sections are 8 series work sections which use screw in cartridges with a #8 thread size. The screw in cartridges provide a robust platform for the higher tank pressures often seen in mobile applications and the #8 size allows for a more compact section size. Cartridges and coils on the 8 series are not interchangeable with the Prince 10 series solenoid sections or sections manufactured prior to November 2014. Any of the standard “-S”, “-T”, “-C” or “-D” style Prince SV solenoid operated work sections may be used in any combination within a stack valve assembly. The Type “-D” SV Solenoid Section contains two 3-way 2-position, #8 solenoid cartridge valves, one at each end of the main valve body. When both solenoids are de-energized, both ends of the control valve spool are open to tank pressure and the spool remains spring centered. When solenoid “A” is energized, pilot pressure is applied to one end of the control valve spool causing the spool to shift from the neutral position to full stroke which directs flow to work port “A”. When solenoid “B” is energized, pilot pressure is applied to the other end of the control valve spool, causing the spool to shift to full stroke which directs flow to work port “B”. An optional manual override feature is available for the solenoid cartridges. Internal pilot lines provide pilot pressure to the solenoid actuator. Pilot pressure is generated by a “Pressure Build-Up Valve” that is installed in the standard outlet section. Two versions of the pressure build-up valve are offered, the open center pressure build-up valve and power beyond pressure build-up valve. Both versions supply 150-200 PSI pilot pressure to the solenoid actuator. A closed center assembly does not require a pressure build-up valve. For an open center system, the pilot pressure can also be provided by an in inlet manifold, which can provide filtered pilot flow. 8 SERIES SOLENOID OPERATED PORT RELIEF WORK SECTION SECTION TYPE H - Port Relief Section S - Series Section (Use G Spool) PORT SIZE 1. #8 SAE SPOOL TYPE A - 3-Way 3-Position B - 4-Way 3-Position C - 4-Way 3-Position Motor G - 4-Way Series H - 4-Way Series Motor K - 4-Way 3-Position Counterbalance Drain (SVH only) SPOOL ACTIONS A - Spring Center PORT RELIEF “A” OPTION A - Relief Cavity Plugged B - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI C - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI G - Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI H - Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION * 12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650 12D 12 VDC Integral Deutsch 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade 24L, 24 VDC Double Wire 24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650 24D 24 VDC Integral Deutsch 11H, 120 VAC DIN 43650 PORT RELIEF “B” OPTION A - Relief Cavity Plugged B - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI C - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI G - Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI H - Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI SOLENOID OPERATION D - Standard Solenoid Cartridge DM - Solenoid Cartridge w/Manual Override S V H X X X X X — D X X X * See page V48 for coil details 8 SERIES SOLENOID OPERATED SVW, SVM AND SVL WORK SECTIONS S V W X X X — D X X X COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION * 12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650 12D 12 VDC Integral Deutsch 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade 24 L, 24 VDC Double Wire 24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650 24D 24 VDC Integral Deutsch 11H, 120 VAC Din 43650 SECTION TYPE W-Standard Work Section L-Lock Section (Use C Spool) PORT SIZE 1. #8 SAE SPOOL TYPE A - 3-Way 3-Position B - 4-Way 3-Position C - 4-Way 3-Position Motor K - 4-Way 3-Position Counterbalance Drain (SVW only) SPOOL ACTIONS A - Spring Center SOLENOID OPERATION D - Standard Solenoid Cartridge DM - Solenoid Cartridge w/Manual Override
V44VALVES CATV 44-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 SV “8 SERIES” TYPE C SOLENOID OR MANUAL WORK SECTION DIMENSIONS SV “8 SERIES” TYPE D SOLENOID WORK SECTION DIMENSIONS PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION ‘B’ SOLENOID 1.437 1.50 5.45 5.34 1.75 6.21 4.11 ‘A’ SOLENOID “B” WORK PORT “A” WORK PORT PORT RELIEF OPTIONS “8 SERIES” SOLENOID CARTRIDGE 660263014 PILOT PISTON INTERNAL PIOT LINES TANK CORE PARALLEL POWER CORE LOAD CHECK “8 SERIES” SOLENOID CARTRIDGE 660263014 1.437 5.85 3.16 5.34 11.66 C-899 ‘B’ SOLENOID ‘A’ SOLENOID ‘B’ WORK PORT ‘A’ WORK PORT RESTRICTOR ORIFICE LOAD CHECK INTERNAL PILOT LINES
V45VALVESCATV 45-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 10 SERIES SOLENOID OPERATED SVW AND SVL SECTION SECTION TYPE W - Standard Work Section L - Lock Section (Use C Spool) M - Metering Work Section (Use E, F or M spool) PORT SIZE 1. #8 SAE SPOOL TYPE A - 3-Way 3-Position E - 4-Way 3 Position Metering (SVM only) B - 4-Way 3-Position F - 3-Way 3 Position Metering (SVM only) C - 4-Way 3-Position Motor K - 4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain (SVW only) M - 4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain (SVM only) SPOOL ACTIONS A - Spring Center HANDLE OPTION 1. Std. Lever Handle 4. Adjustable Handle 2. Less Handle Only 5. Tang Spool End Only 3. Less Complete Handle Assembly 6. Clevis Spool End Only COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION * 12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650 12D, 12 VDC Deutsch 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade 24 L, 24 VDC Double Wire 24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650 24D, 24 VDC Deutsch 11L, 120VAC Lead Wires S V W X X X X – S X X X 10 SERIES SOLENOID OPERATED PORT RELIEF WORK SECTIONS SECTION TYPE H - Port Relief Section S - Series Section (Use G & H Spools) R - Metering Work Section (Use E, F or M spool) PORT SIZE 1. #8 SAE SPOOL TYPE A - 3-Way 3-Position E - 4-Way 3 Position Metering (SVR only) B - 4-Way 3-Position F - 3-Way 3 Position Metering (SVR only) C - 4-Way 3-Position Motor K - 4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain G - 4-Way Series (SVH only) H - 4-Way Series Motor M - 4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain (SVR only) SPOOL ACTIONS A - Spring Center COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION* 12Q,12 VDC Double Spade 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650 12D, 12 VDC Deutsch 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade 24 L, 24 VDC Double Wire 24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650 24D, 24 VDC Deutsch 11L, 120VAC Lead Wires SOLENOID AND MANUAL OPERATION S - Standard Solenoid Cartridge SM - Solenoid Cartridge w/Manual Override PORT RELIEF “B” OPTION A - Relief Cavity Plugged B - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI C - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSIHANDLE OPTION 1. Std. Lever Handle 2. Less Handle Only 3. Less Complete Handle Assembly 4. Adjustable Handle *See page V48 for Coil details S V H X X X X X X – S X X X PORT RELIEF “A” OPTION A - Relief Cavity Plugged G - Adjustable Direct Acting B - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 Relief 1500-3000 PSI C - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting H - Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI Relief 500-1500 PSI SOLENOID AND MANUAL OPERATION S - Standard Solenoid Cartridge SM - Solenoid Cartridge w/Manual Override 7. Vertical Handle 12. Extended Enclosed Handle 8. Straight Handle 11. Enclosed Handle 5. Tang Spool End Only 6. Clevis Spool End Only 7. Vertical Handle 12. Extended Enclosed Handle SV (10 SERIES) SOLENOID OR MANUAL WORK SECTIONS (BOTH SOLENOIDS ON ONE END) DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION ORDER CODE MATRIX - TYPE “-S” SOLENOID OR MANUAL WORK SECTIONS The Type “-S” SV Solenoid Work Section allows remote electrical on-off or manual control. The “-S” sections are 10 series work sections which use screw in cartridges with a #10 thread size. Cartridges and coils on the 10 series will be interchangeable with the components on Prince solenoid operated valves manufactured prior to November 2014 was well as current production 10 series valves. Any of the standard “-S”, “-T”, “-C” or “-D” style Prince SV solenoid operated work sections may be used in any combination within a stack valve assembly. The Type “-S” SV Solenoid Section contains two 3-way 2-position, #10 solenoid cartridge valves and a pilot operated piston attached to the main control spool. When both solenoids are de-energized, both sides of the pilot piston are open to tank pressure and the spool remains spring centered. When solenoid “A” is energized, pilot pressure is applied to one side of the pilot piston, causing the spool to shift from the neutral position and direct flow to work port “A”. When solenoid “B” is energized, pilot pressure is applied to the other side of the pilot piston, causing the spool to shift and direct flow to work port “B”. Internal pilot lines provide pilot pressure to the solenoid actuator. Pilot pressure is generated by a “Pressure Build-Up Valve” that is installed in the standard outlet section. Two versions of the pressure build-up valve are offered, the open center pressure build-up valve and power beyond pressure build-up valve. Both versions supply 150-200 PSI pilot pressure to the solenoid actuator. A closed center assembly does not require a pressure build-up valve. For an open center system, the pilot pressure can also be provided by an in inlet manifold, which can provide filtered pilot flow.
V46VALVES CATV 46-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 10 SERIES SOLENOID OPERATED SVW AND SVL WORK SECTIONS S V W X X X — T X X X COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION * 12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650 12D, 12 VDC Deutsch 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade 24 L, 24 VDC Double Wire 24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650 24D, 24 VDC Deutsch 11L, 120VAC Lead Wires SECTION TYPE W - Standard Work Section L - Lock Section (Use C Spool) PORT SIZE 1. #8 SAE SPOOL TYPE A - 3-Way 3-Position B - 4-Way 3-Position C - 4-Way 3-Position Motor K - 4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain (SVW only) SPOOL ACTIONS A - Spring Center SOLENOID OPERATION 10 SERIES SOLENOID OPERATED PORT RELIEF WORK SECTION SECTION TYPE H - Port Relief Section S - Series Section (Use G & H Spools) PORT SIZE 1. #8 SAE SPOOL TYPE A - 3-Way 3-Position B - 4-Way 3-Position C - 4-Way 3-Position Motor G - 4-Way Series H - 4-Way Series Motor K - 4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain (SVH only) SPOOL ACTIONS A - Spring Center PORT RELIEF “A” OPTION A - Relief Cavity Plugged B - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI C - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI G - Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI H - Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION * 12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650 12D, 12 VDC Deutsch 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade 24L, 24 VDC Double Wire 24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650 24D, 24 VDC Deutsch 11L, 120VAC Lead Wires PORT RELIEF “B” OPTION A - Relief Cavity Plugged B - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI C - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI G - Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI H - Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI SOLENOID OPERATION S V H X X X X X — T X X X * See page V48 for coil details SV (10 SERIES) SOLENOID WORK SECTION (SOLENOID ON BOTH ENDS) DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION ORDER CODE MATRIX - TYPE “-T” SOLENOID OR MANUAL WORK SECTIONS The Type “-T” SV Solenoid Work Section allows remote electrical on-off control. The “-T” sections are 10 series work sections which use screw in cartridges with a #10 thread size. Cartridges and coils on the 10 series will be interchangeable with the components on Prince solenoid operated valves manufactured prior to November 2014 was well as current production 10 series valves. Any of the standard “-S”, “-T”, “-C” or “-D” style Prince SV solenoid operated work sections may be used in any combination within a stack valve assembly. The Type “-T” SV Solenoid Section contains two 3-way 2-position, #10 solenoid cartridge valves, one at each end of the main valve body. When both solenoids are de-energized, both ends of the control valve spool are open to tank pressure and the spool remains spring centered. When solenoid “A” is energized, pilot pressure is applied to one end of the control valve spool causing the spool to shift from the neutral position to full stroke which directs flow to work port “A”. When solenoid “B” is energized, pilot pressure is applied to the other end of the control valve spool, causing the spool to shift to full stroke which directs flow to work port “B”. Internal pilot lines provide pilot pressure to the solenoid actuator. Pilot pressure is generated by a “Pressure Build-Up Valve” that is installed in the standard outlet section. Two versions of the pressure build-up valve are offered, the open center pressure build-up valve and power beyond pressure build-up valve. Both versions supply 150-200 PSI pilot pressure to the solenoid actuator. A closed center assembly does not require a pressure build-up valve. For an open center system, the pilot pressure can also be provided by an in inlet manifold, which can provide filtered pilot flow.
V47VALVESCATV 47-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION 1.437 4.50 7.47 1.50 5.94 C–623 5.34 1.75 ‘B’ SOLENOID ‘A’ SOLENOID ‘B’ WORK PORT PILOT PISTON “10 SERIES” TYPE “S” SOLENOID CARTRIDGE 660263021 ‘A’ WORK PORT PORT RELIEF OPTIONS ‘A’ SOLENOID ‘B’ WORK PORT ‘A’ WORK PORT INTERNAL PILOT LINES LOAD CHECK PARALLEL POWER CORE TANK CORE EXTERNAL PILOT “TANK” PORT* EXTERNAL PILOT “PRESSURE” PORT* *WHEN EXTERNAL PILOT OR DRAIN IS USED THE INTERNAL LINES MUST BE PLUGGED 1.437 5.89 3.50 5.34 12.34 C – 635 ‘B’ SOLENOID “10 SERIES” TYPE “T” SOLENOID CARTRIDGE 660263023 RESTRICTOR ORIFICE LOAD CHECK INTERNAL PILOT LINES SV “10 SERIES” TYPE S SOLENOID OR MANUAL WORK SECTION DIMENSIONS SV “10 SERIES” TYPE T SOLENOID WORK SECTION DIMENSIONS
V48VALVES CATV 48-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 For over center or light load applications if the required work port load pressure drops below 200 PSI, the pilot pressure to the spool will drop to the same pressure causing the spring to move the control spool back towards the neutral position. The spool will end up in an intermediate position between neutral and fully shifted. A restrictor installed in the work port or line may be required for this type of application. For closed center applications the Pressure Build-Up Valve is not required. However, a system pressure of 200 PSI must be maintained in the closed center position to actuate the valve properly. Proper operation of the solenoid actuators requires a pressure differential of 150-200 PSI above tank pressure. The maximum tank port pressure should not exceed 150 PSI. On “C” and “S” solenoid sections, excessive tank pressure will increase “Seal Drag” and may prohibit, the spool from shifting. The solenoid operated SV section may be converted to accept an external hydraulic pilot supply to the solenoid actuators. Please consult a Sales Representative for more information. SERIES 10 SOLENOID COILS ALL “S” AND “T” WORK SECTIONS COIL PART NUMBERS 12H – 671302221 - 12 VDC COIL DIN 43650 12L – 671302220 - 12 VDC COIL DOUBLE WIRE 12Q – 671302226 - 12 VDC COIL DOUBLE SPADE 12D – 671302222 - 12 VDC COIL DEUTSCH 24H – 671302224 - 24 VDC COIL DIN 43650 24L – 671302223 - 24 VDC COIL DOUBLE WIRE 24Q – 671302227 - 24 VDC COIL DOUBLE SPADE 24D – 671302225 - 24 VDC COIL DEUTSCH 11L – 671302228 - 120 VAC LEAD WIRES COIL SPECIFICATIONS DUTY RATING ...............CONTINUOUS AT 100% VOLTAGE INGRESS PROTECTION RATING ................................. IP65 WATTAGE ..............................................................20 WATTS STABILIZED TEMPERATURE 217°F WITH 77°F AMBIENT AMP DRAW AT 77° 12VOLT .................... 1.70 AMPS 24 VOLT ..................... .83 AMPS 120 VOLT.................... .18 AMPS LEAD WIRE LENGTH ..... 18 GAUGE 12” LONG AC COILS HAVE A RECTIFIER ON THE LEAD WIRES. LEAD WIRES ARE NOT TO BE REMOVED FOR USE. AC LEAD WIRES ARE 6” LONG. DIN STYLE COILS ARE DIN 43650 TYPE A. SV SOLENOID OPERATED WORK SECTION - APPLICATION INFORMATION SERIES 8 SOLENOID COILS ALL “C”, “D”, AND “DP” WORK SECTIONS COIL PART NUMBERS 12H – 671302168 -12 VDC DIN-43650 12L – 671302160 -12 VDC DUAL LEAD WIRES 12Q – 671302165 - 12 VDC DUAL SPADE 12D – 671302163 - 12 VDC INTEGRAL DEUTSCH 24H – 671302169 - 24 VDC DIN-43650 24L – 671302167 - 24 VDC DUAL LEAD WIRES 24Q – 671302166 - 24 VDC DUAL SPADE 24D – 671302164 - 24 VDC INTEGRAL DEUTSCH 11H – 671302170 - 110 VAC DIN-43650 COIL SPECIFICATIONS DUTY RATING ...............CONTINUOUS AT 100% VOLTAGE INGRESS PROTECTION RATING ................................. IP65 IP69 FOR INTEGRAL DEUTSCH COIL & CONNECTOR WATTAGE ..............................................................19 WATTS AMPERAGE DRAW (NOMINAL) 12 VOLT ..................... 1.6 AMPS 24 VOLT ................... 0.78 AMPS 110 VOLT.................. 0.19 AMPS LEAD WIRE LENGTH ..... 18 GAUGE 24” LONG AC COILS HAVE INTERNAL FULL WAVE RECTIFIERS RATED FOR 1000 VOLTS MAX REVERSE VOLTAGE DIN STYLE COILS ARE DIN 43650 TYPE A DEUTSCH COILS USE DT04-2P CONNECTORS SYMBOL SCHEMATIC OF A 3 SECTION, SOLENOID OPERATED STACK VALVE ASSEMBLY B A SVI25 SVW1BA1 – C12Q OR SVW1BA1 – S12Q SVW1BA – D12Q OR SVW1BA – T12Q SVH1BA1GB – C12Q OR SVH1BA1GB – S12Q SVE26 B A B A SOL B SOL A SOL B SOL A SOL B SOL A
In the SV proportional work sections, varying pilot pressure is applied to the end of the spools to shift the spool against spring bias. Proportional pressure reducing cartridges are used to vary the pressure on the spools. As the current through the cartridge coil increases, the amount of the available pilot pressure applied to the ends of the spools also, proportionally increases. There will be a threshold pressure/current (dead band) to overcome the initial spring centering force and initial land coverage. Once this pressure/current has been exceeded, increasing the current through the coil will increase the flow from the work ports. Current to the coils is typically provided by a PWM current control module and a joystick or other input device. The coils require a maximum current of approximately 1300 mA (@ 12 volts), and for reduced hysteresis, a dither frequency of approximately 100 Hz and a dither amplitude of 50 to 100 mA. The controller should have adjustable minimum current and maximum current settings to minimize the dead band before work port flow starts and to maximize the control resolution. See page V38 for examples of control module and joystick components. The proportional work sections require pilot pressure to shift the spools. Approximately 325 psi pilot pressure will fully shift the spool in Prince proportional sections. With open center valve assemblies, the pilot pressure is typically supplied by a compensator inlet (SVIC). The SV proportional work sections are open center sections based on the SVM family. The open center sections, which are typically used with a fixed displacement (gear) pump, provide for a cost effective circuit. The open center sections will provide controlled starts and stops of the work port flow, however, the metering band is not as wide as the other proportional families and metering is somewhat pressure dependent. Using current minimum and current maximum settings on the controller will enhance the metering control. V49VALVESCATV 49-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 SV PROPORTIONAL WORK SECTIONS SV PROPORTIONAL WORK SECTION DIMENSIONS 4.31 “B” SOLENOID “B” WORK PORT “A” SOLENOID “A” WORK PORT PILOT PASSAGEWAY FILTER IN TANK PORT (SIDE) TANK PORT (TOP) 3.88 SVE21 3/8-16UNC (3) FRONT END (HANDLE) SVIC2F SVM1ES-DP12D INLET PORT RELIEF COMPENSATOR 11.66 C-899 5.3443.161.437 6.34 All SV proportional work sections require pilot supply passageways. All SVM-DPxxx proportional sections will automatically have pilot passageways, however, any non-proportional sections in the assembly will also have to have pilot passageways. To designate SVW, SVH, SVM, SVF, SVR or SVG non-proportional sections with pilot passageways, add a “P” after the three letter model prefix. For instance a SVW1BA1 section with pilot passageways would be called out as a SVWP1BA1. An example of a SVH with passageways would be a SVHP1BA1GG. An example of a non-proportional solenoid section to be included in a proportional assembly would be a SVWP1BA1-C12D. Please contact sales at Prince Manufacturing for additional assistance in configuring assemblies.
V50VALVES CATV 50-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 SVM / SVR PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID OPERATED WORK SECTIONS SVIC2F INLET ASSEMBLY *See Page V48 Series 8 Coils for Coil Information. PORT RELIEF “B” OPTION (OMIT FOR SVM) A - Relief Cavity Plugged B - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI set at 2000 C - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI set at 1000 G - Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI set at 2000 H - Adjustable direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI set at 1000 COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION 12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire 12H, 12 VDC Din 43650 12D, 12 VDC Integral Deutsch 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade 24L, 24 VDC Double Wire 24H, 24 VDC Din 43650 24D, 24 VDC Integral Deutsch 11H, 120 VAC Din 43650 WORK SECTION TYPE M - Standard Metering Section R - Port Relief Metering Section PORT SIZE 1. #8 SAE ORB (3/4-16 Thread) SPOOL TYPE E - 4-Way 3-Position Metering M - 4-Way 3-Position Counterbalance Drain/Motor SPOOL ACTION S - Spring Center (Metering sections) PORT RELIEF “A” OPTIONS (OMIT FOR SVM) A - Relief Cavity Plugged B - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI set at 2000 C - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI set at 1000 G - Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI set at 2000 H - Adjustable direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI set at 1000 SV S - DP APPLICATION NOTES: The SVIC2F is an inlet assembly used with “SVM” (open center) proportional solenoid assemblies. It is used with fixed displacement pumps (typically gear pumps) and has a compensator cartridge in the manifold that provides approximately 350 psi pilot pressure for the proportional solenoids. It also incorporates a pressure reducing cartridge to limit pressure to the solenoid cartridges, and a 10 μ filter cartridge to filter the pilot flow. The SVIC2F requires a tie rod kit for one extra section. Any non-proportional “SV” work sections in the assembly require pilot passageways. A standard “SVE” open center outlet with conversion plug should be used in the assembly. The SVIC2F has other applications such as low flow systems. The inlet can provide a constant pilot pressure regardless of flow, guaranteeing a shift in either on/off or proportional solenoids. Likewise, systems that also have little to no load induced pressure can benefit from the constant pilot pressure the SVIC2F provides, guaranteeing a shift regardless of work port pressure. The 10 micron filter included in the inlet helps keep the pilot lines clean. This helps eliminate contamination in the oil being sent to the solenoid cartridges. To configure work sections to use with this inlet, refer to the text on page V49 that talks about adding a ‘P’ to the model codes. FILTER HANDLE END (FRONT) OF SECTION SPECIAL RELIEF SETTING (LEAVE BLANK FOR STD SETTING OF 2000 PSI). ADJUSTMENT RANGE: 1500-3000 PSI SVIC2F – xxxx G PILOT 2.94 INLET TANK PILOT IN PRESSURE COMPENSATING REGULATOR CARTRIDGE INLET PORT, #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14 THD) ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 3.0 REF6.00 5.00 SOLENOID OPERATION DP - Solenoid on each end of section – no lever
V51VALVESCATV 51-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 SV PROPORTIONAL WORK SECTIONS PERFORMANCE CURVES 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 CURRENT (mA) WORK PORT FLOW (GPM) SV OPEN CENTER PROPORTIONAL (SVM-DP12D) WORK PORT FLOW vs. CURRENT SPOOL E 12 VDC 24 VDC SPOOL E 12 GPM INLET FLOW 4 GPM INLET FLOW ON – OFF SOLENOID ASSEMBLIES SV COMMON WORK SECTIONS: SVW1BA1-C12D (8 series solenoids) SVW1BA-DM12D (8 series-manual override solenoids) SVW1BA1-S12L (10 series solenoids) SVW1BA-T12L (10 series solenoids) SV common assembly: SVI25; SVW1BA1-C12D; SVE26 OPEN CENTER PROPORTIONAL (fixed displacement pump) SV COMMON WORK SECTION SM1ES-DP12D (proportional solenoids) SV common assembly: (note: non-solenoid sections require solenoid passageways) SVIC2F (compensator inlet); SM1ES-DP12D; SVE21 EXAMPLES OF TYPICAL SV SOLENOID OPERATED SECTIONS AND ASSEMBLIES ON – OFF SOLENOID PUMP TYPE Work Sect. Inlet Utility Outlet SV(W/L/M) SV(H/S/R) SVIxx n/a SVEx6 FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP SV(W/L/M) SV(H/S/R) SVIxx n/a SVEx3 PRESSURE COMPENSATED PUMP OPEN CENTER PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID PUMP TYPE SV(M/R) SVIC2F n/a SVEx1 FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP
V52VALVES CATV 52-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 RADIO REMOTE OFFERINGS FOR ON/OFF SOLENOID OPERATED VALVES RECEIVERSMACRO TRANSMITTERS 4 outputs (up to 2 section valve) #671303001 8 outputs (up to 4 section valve) #671303002 12 VDC car charger #671303003 Wall charger #671303005 4 buttons (2 section valve) #671303111 6 buttons (3 section valve) #671303112 8 buttons (4 section valve) #671303113 FEATURES: • Palm sized transmitter (4.7" x 2.6" x .9" typical) • Rechargeable transmitter - micro USB (20 hr of active transmitting battery life) • Range of up to 300 ft • Two way communication with real time feedback • Easy sync with receiver • 900 Hz • Ingress protection IP66 • Receiver input voltage (9 - 30VDC) PROPORTIONAL CONTROLLERS & WIRING HARNESSES Prince proportional operators are often controlled with a thumb or handle control and a PWM control module. Prince offers a small thumb control joystick and a larger handle control joystick, as well as a PWM control module that can be used in conjunction with these joysticks. The control module provides a performance enhancing dither to the current. The minimum and maximum current from the module can also be set to minimize the dead band before work port flow starts and to maximize the control resolution. The connector on the thumb joystick is a Molex #CGRID/SL (7 male pins). The connector on the handle joystick is a Deutsch #HD14-9-16P (9 male pins). The connector on the PWM control module is a Deutsch #DT04-8P (8 male pins). Prince offers a harness to connect the joystick, PWM module, and coils with Deutsch connectors. The harness system consists of a coil harness (approximately 60" long) to connect the PWM to the coils, to the power, etc. (671300108). The second part of the harness is a jumper harness that connects either the thumb control joystick or the handle control joystick to the PWM module. The standard length of the jumper harness is 10 feet, but other lengths are available. The 10 foot jumper harness for the thumb control joystick is 671304110. The 10 foot jumper harness for the handle control joystick is 671304210. Additional controls such as multi spool proportional controllers as well as proportional RF controllers (belly packs) can be quoted upon request. Please contact sales at Prince Manufacturing for additional information. CHARGER (MICRO USB) 671300107 PWM Control Module I min & I max preset for 12 VDC 671300106 PWM Control Module I min & I max preset for 24 VDC 4.53 .83 1.9 2.464 Handle Control Joystick 671300077 Thumb Control Joystick 671300076 1.811 .354 PIN 1 50° 32°32° 8.413 2.520
V53VALVESCATV 53-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 MODEL RD5000 MONO-BLOCK Directional Control Valves 1, 2, 3 Spool Model RD5100 Model RD5200 Model RD5300
V54VALVES CATV 54-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 MODEL RD5000 DIMENSIONAL DATA F E D C B A HCI-PRINCE IN OUT BYD B A HCI-PRINCE IN OUT BYD BYD OUT IN HCI-PRINCE AB MODEL RD5300 CAPACITY: 25 GPM MAX. PRESSURE: 3000 PSI WEIGHT: 34 LBS. MODEL RD5200 CAPACITY: 25 GPM MAX. PRESSURE: 3000 PSI WEIGHT: 23 LBS. MODEL RD5100 CAPACITY: 30 GPM MAX. PRESSURE: 3000 PSI WEIGHT: 14 LBS. 9.50 7.50 2.25 2.25 1.56 2.20 3.75 OPTIONAL, TOP OR BOTTOM PORTING (INLET PORT) WORK PORTS A, B, C, D, E & F 1.83 4.88 3.62 3.97 .406 DIA. (3) OPTIONAL, TOP OR BOTTOM PORTING (OUTLET PORT) .65 .85 SPOOL TRAVEL .313 EACH WAY FROM NEUTRAL .531 "IN" FOR FLOAT OPTIONAL OUTLET PORT LOCATION OR POWER BEYOND OPTIONS 2.257.25 5.25 1.56 2.20 3.75 OPTIONAL, TOP OR BOTTOM PORTING (INLET PORT) WORK PORTS A, B, C & D 4.88 3.97 3.62 1.83 OPTIONAL, TOP OR BOTTOM PORTING (OUTLET PORT) .406 DIA. (3) .65 .85 OPTIONAL OUTLET PORT LOCATION OR POWER BEYOND OPTIONS SPOOL TRAVEL .313 EACH WAY FROM NEUTRAL .531 "IN" FOR FLOAT 8.50 6.10 9.44 12.63 1.28 3.57 1.50 FLOAT OPTION STD. INLET PORT LOCATION 8.50 6.10 9.44 12.63 1.28 3.30 1.50 FLOAT OPTION STD. INLET PORT LOCATION SPOOL TRAVEL .313 EACH WAY FROM NEUTRAL .531 "IN" FOR FLOAT FLOAT OPTION STD. INLET PORT LOCATION 3.30 1.28 8.50 12.63 1.50 9.44 6.10 .406 DIA. (3) OPTIONAL OUTLET PORT LOCATION OR POWER BEYOND OPTIONS OPTIONAL, TOP OR BOTTOM PORTING (OUTLET PORT) OPTIONAL, TOP OR BOTTOM PORTING (INLET PORT) WORK PORTS A & B 5.00 3.00 1.56 3.75 2.20 4.88 3.97 3.62 1.83 .65 .85 CD
V55VALVESCATV 55-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 RD5000 ORDER CODE SPECIAL VALVES AVAILABLE: RD5000 Mono-block Valves can be made to order. Use the order code matrix below to generate a model number that meets your requirements. Special features not listed can often be made to your specifications. A minimum order quantity may apply to special valves. Please consult your sales representative. MODEL RD5000 ORDER CODE MATRIX: Fill each box with one letter or number from each column to generate a model number Note that first all spools are listed then all spool attachments. *RD532CCCAAA5A4B1-25 The last two digits are Relief pressure in hundreds Example: 25=2500 psi, all relief settings are at 10 GPM & 105°F. *** Joystick handle will operate both spools using only one lever handle. The two spools can be operated either independently or simultaneously depending on handle movement. 0 Often used with no relief. Review application. RD51 RD52 RD53 FIRST SPOOL SECOND SPOOL THIRD SPOOL **Spool option "G", spool attachment "F", and spool attachment "G" are available on the first spool only. Spool option "G" must be ordered with spool attachment option "G". Single Spool 1/2 NPTF Work 3/4 NPTF In/Out End3 Way, 3 Position Open Center No Relief Non-Adjustable Differential Poppet Set at 2000 PSI Plug Conversion 3/4 NPTF In/Out 3/4 NPTF Work #12 SAE Work #12 SAE In/Out #12 SAE In/Out #10 SAE Work Tandem Center 4 Way, 3 Position 4 Way, 3 Position Open Center 4 Way, 4 Position Tandem Center Float Spool Motor Spool Set at 1000 PSI Poppet Differential Adjustable 500-1500 PSI Set at 1000 PSI Non-Adjustable Poppet Differential 1500-3000 PSI Adjustable Differential Poppet Set at 2000 PSI * For other Relief Settings Please Specify Top Option A) Power Beyond TOP END (with Two Spool Three Spool Power Beyond Plug Installed Conversion Plug Closed Center Installed with 3/4 NPTF Installed Power Beyond Plug Installed with #12 SAE Not Provided (only available with outlet location 1) J 4 Way, 3 Position Tandem Center Rotary Acuator (Spool Attachment D Only) 3 MODEL NUMBER RD51 2 PORT SIZE SPOOL TYPE RELIEF VALVE POWER BEYOND A LOCATION INLET HANDLE A 1 3 B A 5 6 #10 SAE In/Out #8 SAE Work Other Ports Please Specify 9 C E G** SPOOL ATTACHMENTS 4 2 5 B Bottom C 1 2 LOCATION OUTLET END (with D, F) Power Beyond Option B, C, Standard 4 RD52 RD53 C D F A 3 Position Spring Center to Neutral B 3 Position Detent (No Centering Spring) C Friction Detent (Detented in Neutral Only) D Rotary Actuator w/Center Detent (only available w/Handle 3 or 4 and Spool J) E Pressure Release Detent 1 Position Detent, Spool "out" Only, Spring Center to Neutral F** Pressure Release Detent 2 Position Detent, Spool "in" and "out", Spring Center to Neutral Spool "C" or "E" Only G** 4 Position, Spring Center to Neutral, Detent Spool In for Float Position H Spring Center Pneumatic Actuator N 1 Position Detent Spool "out" Spring Center to Neutral P 2 Position Detent Spool "in and out", Spring Center to Neutral R 3 Position Spring Center with Micro-Switch and Boot (actuates with spool in or out movement) S 2 Position Detent "Neutral and out", No "in" Position o 1 With Complete Handle Assembly 2 Less Handle Only 3 Without Handle Assembly 4 Rotary Handle 7 Locking Handle RD5200 5*** Bent Joystick Handle 6*** Straight Joystick Handle Joystick can be installed on RD5300 on special order BOTTOM 3 SEE PAGE 6 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
V56VALVES CATV 56-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 110 SUS OIL AT 115°F P-PSI FLOW INLET TO INLET TO INLET TO INLET TO A OR B C OR D E OR F (GPM) OUTLET A OR B C OR D E OR F TO OUTLET TO OUTLET TO OUTLET 5 2 9 9 11 4 3 2 10 10 18 20 25 14 9 6 15 22 33 41 49 32 22 13 20 37 56 68 78 51 36 21 25 58 83 101 118 76 55 32 RD5000 PRESSURE DROP, RELIEF CURVE AND STANDARD FEATURES The above drawing shows a symbol for a Three-Spool Valve Model Number 532CCCAAA5A4B1 PARALLEL CIRCUIT VALVES: Both the RD-5200 Two-Spool and RD-5300 Three-Spool Valves are parallel circuit valves. When any one of the spools is shifted it blocks off the open center passage thru the valve. The oil then flows into the parallel circuit core making oil available to all spools. If more than one spool is fully shifted then oil will go to the spool with the lowest pressure requirements. However, it is possible to meter the flow to the spool with the least load and power two unequal loads. RD5000 RELIEF VALVE 110 SUS OIL AT 115°F SPECIFICATIONS PARALLEL CIRCUIT (RD-5200 & RD-5300) MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE ............ 3000 PSI MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE .......... 180°F MAXIMUM TANK PORT PRESSURE ............... 500 PSI RECOMMENDED SYSTEM FILTRATION....ISO 4406 19/17/14 FLOW RATING ....................................30 GPM RD5100 25 GPM RD5200 25 GPM RD5300 WEIGHT ............................................... 14 LBS RD5100 23 LBS RD5200 34 LBS RD5300 STANDARD FEATURES * Economical monoblock construction of high tensile * Differential poppet style relief, adjustable from 1500 strength gray cast iron. to 3000 psi (also available in low pressure version * Load check on each spool, adjustable from 500 to 1500 psi) * Hard chrome plated spool. * Power beyond and closed center capability. * Optional 4 Position Float on 1st spool. * Reversible handle. 110 SUS OIL AT 115°F P-PSI FLOW INLET TO INLET TO A OR B C OR D TO (GPM) OUTLET WORK PORTS TO OUTLET TO OUTLET 5 3 11 2 2 10 8 22 8 5 15 16 38 15 11 20 28 57 27 19 25 44 83 43 29 ∆ RD5300 THREE SPOOL VALVE PRESSURE DROP VALUES 110 SUS OIL AT 115°F P-PSI FLOW INLET TO INLET TO A OR B (GPM) OUTLET A OR B TO OUTLET 5 2 8 3 10 5 17 6 15 9 35 12 20 21 58 21 25 26 86 34 ∆ RD5100 SINGLE SPOOL VALVE PRESSURE DROP VALUES RD5200 TWO SPOOL VALVE PRESSURE DROP VALUES ∆ PARALL LOAD CHECK OPEN CENTER PASSAGE CONVERSIO 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 5 10 15 20 25 FLOW (GPM) PRESSURE (PSI) B A C D P PARALLEL CIRCUIT CORE LOAD CHECK OPEN CENTER PASSAGE CONVERSION PLUG 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 5 10 15 20 25 FLOW (GPM) PRESSURE (PSI) B A C D F E T P
V57VALVESCATV 57-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 RD5000 ORDERING INFORMATION STANDARD MODELS AVAILABLE: Unless otherwise noted, all models listed have end inlet and outlet locations, power beyond (closed center) conversion plug, and complete handle assemblies. Unless otherwise noted, all models listed have adjustable differential poppet relief; preset 2000 PSI @ 10 GPM. (1500-3000 PSI) MISC. AND FIELD CONVERSION KITS FOR MODEL RD-5000 VALVES MATRIX CODE 660150001 A SPRING CENTER KIT 660150002 B 3 POSITION DETENT KIT 660150003 C FRICTION DETENT KIT 660150018 N 1 POSITION DETENT SPOOL OUT W/ SPRING CENTER 660150020 P 2 POSITION DETENT W/SPRING CENTER KIT 660312003 B CONVERSION PLUG 660312004 C POWER BEYOND PLUG 3/4 NPTF 660312008 F POWER BEYOND PLUG #12 SAE MATRIX CODE 660250006 1 NO RELIEF PLUG 660250003 4 LOW PRESSURE ADJUSTABLE RELIEF CARTRIDGE 660250002 5 HIGH PRESSURE ADJUSTABLE RELIEF CARTRIDGE 660312005 D CLOSED CENTER CONVERSION PLUG 660150015 LOAD CHECK KIT 660150045 R SPRING CENTER WITH MICRO-SWITCH KIT 660150004 1 HANDLE HARDWARE KIT 660180215 RELIEF SHIM ASSORTMENT 660150084 ROTARY HANDLE KIT MATRIX CODE 660350001 HANDLE CLEVIS 660551001 RD5100 SEAL KIT 660552001 RD5200 SEAL KIT 660553001 RD5300 SEAL KIT 660150011 6 STRAIGHT JOYSTICK HANDLE KIT 660150012 5 450 BENT JOYSTICK HANDLE PARTS 660150014 G FLOAT HARDWARE KIT 660552002 AUTO CYCLE SEAL KIT 660150060 H AIR SHIFT KIT SEE PAGE 1 & 6 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING SYMBOL RD516CA5A4C1 SYMBOL RD526CCAA5A4C1 SYMBOL 536CCCAAA5A4C1 B A P T BEYOND POWER A P B T POWER BEYOND C D A P B C TE F POWER BEYOND D 2nd 3rd 2nd 3rd VALVE PART NUMBER: notes TANDEM MOTOR FLOAT TANDEM TANDEM SPR CNTR 3POS DET FRIC DET FLOAT PR REL DET SPR CNTR SPR CNTR INLET OUTLET WORK PORT RD512CA5A4B1 X X 3/4-NPTF 1/2-NPTF RD512EA5A4B1 X X 3/4-NPTF 1/2-NPTF RD512GG5A4B1 X X 3/4-NPTF 1/2-NPTF RD513CA5A4B1 X X 3/4-NPTF 3/4-NPTF RD513CB5A4B1 X X 3/4-NPTF 3/4-NPTF RD513EB5A4B1 X X 3/4-NPTF 3/4-NPTF RD513EC5A4B1 X X 3/4-NPTF 3/4-NPTF RD515CA5A4B1 X X #12 SAE/ORB #12 SAE/ORB RD515EB5A4B1 X X #12 SAE/ORB #12 SAE/ORB RD515EC5A4B1 X X #12 SAE/ORB #12 SAE/ORB RD516CA5A4B1 X X #12 SAE/ORB #10 SAE/ORB RD516EB5A4B1 X X #12 SAE/ORB #10 SAE/ORB RD516GG5A4B1 X X #12 SAE/ORB #10 SAE/ORB RD522CCAA5A4B1 X X X X 3/4-NPTF 1/2-NPTF RD522CCEA5A4B1 X X X X 3/4-NPTF 1/2-NPTF RD522GCGA5A4B1 X X X X 3/4-NPTF 1/2-NPTF RD522GCGA5A4B6 a X X X X 3/4-NPTF 1/2-NPTF RD523CCAA5A4B1 X X X X 3/4-NPTF 3/4-NPTF RD525CCAA5A4B1 X X X X #12 SAE/ORB #12 SAE/ORB RD526CCAA5A4B1 X X X X #12 SAE/ORB #10 SAE/ORB RD526GCGA5A4B1 X X X X #12 SAE/ORB #10 SAE/ORB 532CCCAAA5A4B1 X X X X X X 3/4-NPTF 1/2-NPTF 532GCCGAA5A4B1 X X X X X X 3/4-NPTF 1/2-NPTF 536CCCAAA5A4B1 X X X X X X #12 SAE/ORB #10 SAE/ORB 536CCCEAA5A4B1 X X X X X X #12 SAE/ORB #10 SAE/ORB RD523MMEE5A1A1 b AUTO-CYCLE TWO SPOOL VALVE 3/4-NPTF 3/4-NPTF RD523MMEE5A4B1 AUTO-CYCLE TWO SPOOL VALVE 3/4-NPTF 3/4-NPTF RD525MMEE5A4B1 AUTO-CYCLE TWO SPOOL VALVE #12 SAE/ORB #12 SAE/ORB RD525MMEE5A4F1 c AUTO-CYCLE TWO SPOOL VALVE #12 SAE/ORB #12 SAE/ORB SPOOL OPTIONS: SPOOL ATTACHMENT OPTIONS: 1st SPOOL1st SPOOL PORT SIZES: a - RD522GCGA5A4B6 includes a joystick handle assy. c - RD525MMEE5A4F1 has #12 SAE/ORB power beyond installed. b - RD523MMEE5A1A1 is not convertible & does not have power beyond or closed center capability.
V58VALVES CATV 58-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 RD-5000 SERIES STANDARD AND SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTIONS TWO SPOOL “JOYSTICK” HANDLE This handle will operate both spools using only one lever handle. The two spools can be operated either independently or simultaneously depending on handle movement. The above drawing shows a section view of a 2-spool valve, Model RD522GCGA5A4B1. This is shown as a representative valve model. Other models will differ in appearance. LOAD CHECK: The load check feature is standard on all RD-5000 series valves. Each spool has a separate load check. The load check will prevent the fall of a cylinder as the spool is shifted. It also prevents the back-flow of oil from the work port to the inlet. As shown below the pump must build up enough pressure to overcome the pressure on the work port caused by the weight of the load before the cylinder can move. Please note that the load check has nothing to do with how well the valve will hold up a cylinder with the spool in neutral. The load check is functional only when the spool is shifted. OPEN CENTER APPLICATIONS: The Standard RD-5000 Series Valves are open center type valves. For open center valves the hydraulic oil is directed from the inlet to the outlet, or power beyond, through the open center passage when the spools are in neutral. Moving one or more spools closes off the open center passage and directs oil to the work ports. Open center systems most often contain fixed displacement pumps. The PMC hydraulic PTO pumps are fixed displacement gear pumps. The maximum pressure in an open center system is controlled by a relief valve. The RD-5000 series valves have a built in relief valve for this purpose. RD-5000 Series spool options A, C, E and G are all open center spools when used with power beyond options A, B, C and F. CLOSED CENTER APPLICATIONS: RD-5000 Series Valves are available as closed center type valves. For closed center valves the oil through the open center passage is blocked when the spools are in neutral. Closed center systems often use a variable displacement pressure compensated pump. When this type of pump is used in a closed center system the system pressure is controlled by the pressure compensator. When the spools of RD-5000 series valve are in neutral, system pressure is maintained at the inlet of the valve. For this reason a relief is normally not required or must be set at a higher pressure than the pump compensator. RD-5000 Series spool options C, E and G are converted to closed center by installing a closed center conversion plug, power beyond option D. PLEASE NOTE that this closed center option does not provide for the drain off of standby spool leakage. This can allow a very small amount of oil to enter the work ports when in neutral. The above drawing shows a section view thru work ports of a RD-5100 Single Spool Valve. LOAD CYLINDER OIL FROM PUMP OUTLET CONVERSION PLUG ALLOWS ADDITION OF POWER BEYOND PORT RETURN CORE. OIL FLOWS AROUND SPOOL TO OUTLET TANDEM CENTER SPOOL FLOAT SPOOL 4 STANDARD SPOOLS INLET WORK PORT "A" CORE DIFFERENTIAL POPPET RELIEF "POWER" CORES FROM LOAD CHECK WORK PORT "B" CORE FLOAT DETENT SPRING CENTER 12 STANDARD SPOOL ATTACHMENTS SPOOL SHIFTED FULLY "OUT" WORK PORT "A" LOAD CHECK POPPET WORK PORT "B" LOAD CYLINDER OIL FROM PUMP OUTLET CONVERSION PLUG ALLOWS ADDITION OF POWER BEYOND PORT RETURN CORE. OIL FLOWS AROUND SPOOL TO OUTLET TANDEM CENTER SPOOL FLOAT SPOOL 4 STANDARD SPOOLS INLET WORK PORT "A" CORE DIFFERENTIAL POPPET RELIEF "POWER" CORES FROM LOAD CHECK WORK PORT "B" CORE FLOAT DETENT SPRING CENTER 12 STANDARD SPOOL ATTACHMENTS SPOOL SHIFTED FULLY "OUT" WORK PORT "A" LOAD CHECK POPPET WORK PORT "B"
V59VALVESCATV 59-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 RD-5000 SERIES SPOOL ATTACHMENT OPTIONS RD-5000 SERIES SPOOL OPTIONS 4 WAY 3 POSITION TANDEM CENTER OPTION C This spool option is used to control a double acting cylinder or a reversible motor. In neutral both of the work ports are blocked and oil goes through the open center passage to the next spool of a multi-spool valve or the power beyond of a single spool valve. This is the most popular spool option and is used on most Prince standard valves. 4 WAY 3 POSITION CLOSED CENTER This spool option is similar to spool option C above except in neutral the open center passage is blocked. This function is achieved by using spool option C with a closed center conversion plug (Power beyond option D). 4 WAY 3 POSITION OPEN CENTER MOTOR SPOOL OPTION E This spool option can be used to control a bi-rotational motor or a double acting cylinder. In neutral the work ports are open to the return. This allows a cylinder to drift or a motor to coast to a stop. In neutral the oil goes through the open center passage to the next spool of multi-spool valve or the power beyond of a single spool valve. 4 WAY 4 POSITION OPEN CENTER FLOAT SPOOL OPTION G This option is the same as spool option C, 4 way 3 position tandem center, with an added fourth “float” position. In neutral the work ports are blocked (this will hold up a cylinder) and the oil goes through the open center passage to the next spool or power beyond. In the float position the work ports are open to the return (this will allow a cylinder to drift or “float”) and the oil goes to next spool or power beyond. The float position is reached by pushing the spool as far as it will go and Is held in place by a detent. This option must be ordered with spool action option G. 3 POSITION SPRING CENTER TO NEUTRAL OPTION A This option has 3 positions and a spring that returns the spool to neutral when the handle is released. This option is considered standard on many Prince valve models. This option can be converted in the field to 3 position detent by ordering Kit 660150002. It can be converted to friction detent by ordering Kit 660150003. 4 POSITION SPRING CENTER TO NEUTRAL DETENT SPOOL ‘IN’ FOR FLOAT POSITION OPTION G This attachment is used with spool option ‘G’. This option provides for spring center to neutral from either work position. It also provides a 4th position, float detent. The float detent is reached by pushing the spool in as far as it will go. In the float position both work ports are open to return. This allows a cylinder to drift or “float”. This option is available only with spool option ‘G’ and cannot be added to a valve in the field. FRICTION DETENT OPTION C This option provides for a detent in the neutral position only. As the spool is manually moved away from the neutral position it will be held in place by the friction of the detent balls on the detent sleeve. Note: Because the spool is held in place by friction only, excessive vibration may cause spool to move when not in the neutral detented position. This option can be converted in the field to spring center by ordering Kit 660150001 and to 3 position detent by ordering Kit 660150002. 3 WAY 3 POSITION OPEN CENTER OPTION A This spool option is used to control a single acting cylinder or a unidirectional motor. In neutral the work port is blocked and oil goes through the open center passage to the next spool of a multi-spool valve or the power beyond of a single spool valve. The “A” port is plugged for this option. 4 WAY 3 POSITION CLOSED CENTER MOTOR SPOOL This option is similar to spool option E except in neutral the open center passage is blocked. This function is achieved by using spool option E with a closed center conversion plug (Power beyond option D). 3 POSITION DETENT OPTION B This option provides three detented positions. The spool will remain in any of the three positions in which it is manually placed. No centering spring is provided. Note: This option does not positively lock the spool in place. Excessive vibration or shock loads may affect operation. This option can be converted in the field to spring center by ordering Kit 660150001. It can be converted to friction detent by ordering Kit 660150003. PRESSURE RELEASE DETENT, DETENT SPOOL ‘OUT ONLY, SPRING CENTER TO NEUTRAL OPTION E This option provides a pressure release detent for the spool ‘Out’ position. When the spool is manually placed in the detent position oil is directed to the ‘B’ work port (the port away from the handle). When the pressure in the ‘B’ port reaches a preset level the detent will release and the spool will center. The detent release pressure is factory set at 1400 psi. This pressure is adjustable from 1000 to 2000 psi. The detent release pressure is adjusted by turning the adjusting screw clockwise to increase the pressure and counter-clockwise t
V60VALVES CATV 60-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 RD-5000 SERIES POWER BEYOND OPTIONS Model Number RD525MMEE5A4B1 POWER BEYOND NOT PROVIDED OPTION A This option provides an outlet only with no provision for power beyond. This option can be used with any open center spools where there is no need for a power beyond por t. The end outlet, shown at right, is considered standard but a top or bottom outlet can also be specified. When all the valves spools are in neutral oil goes through the open center core to the outlet. This option cannot be converted in the field to have power beyond. It also cannot be converted from open to closed center. END OUTLET (TO TANK) END OUTLET (TO TANK) END OUTLET (TO TANK) END OUTLET (TO TANK) RETURN CORE RETURN CORE OPEN CENTER CORE OPEN CENTER CORE RETURN CORE RETURN CORE OPEN CENTER CORE RETURN CORE RETURN CORE OPEN CENTER CORE BLOCKED RETURN CORE RETURN CORE CONVERSION PLUG (660312003) POWER BEYOND PORT (CONNECT TO DOWNSTREAM VALVE) CLOSED CENTER CONVERSION PLUG (660312005) CD B A OUT BYD CONVERSION PLUG INSTALLED OPTION B This option is similar in function to Option ‘A’ above except the conversion plug is installed in the power beyond location and the end outlet is relocated. This option should be used with the open center spool options and allows the valve to be converted to have power beyond function or be converted from open to closed center. This option is considered the PMC Standard power beyond option because of the flexibility it adds to the valve. When all the valve spools are in neutral oil goes through open center core to return core and then to outlet. To convert a valve in the field to have power beyond, remove the conversion plug and replace it with one of the power beyond plugs listed. To convert valve to closed center, replace conversion plug with closed center plug 660312005. END OUTLET (TO TANK) END OUTLET (TO TANK) END OUTLET (TO TANK) END OUTLET (TO TANK) RETURN CORE RETURN CORE OPEN CENTER CORE OPEN CENTER CORE RETURN CORE RETURN CORE OPEN CENTER CORE RETURN CORE RETURN CORE OPEN CENTER CORE BLOCKED RETURN CORE RETURN CORE CONVERSION PLUG (660312003) POWER BEYOND PORT (CONNECT TO DOWNSTREAM VALVE) CLOSED CENTER CONVERSION PLUG (660312005) CD OUT BYD OPTION C Plug No. 660312004 OPTION F Plug No. 660312008 POWER BEYOND PLUG INSTALLED OPTION C 3/4 NPTF POWER BEYOND PORT OPTION F #12 SAE POWER BEYOND PORT This option provides both an outlet and a power beyond port (also referred to as a high pressure carry over port). This allows another valve to be connected downstream. When all the spools of a RD-5000 series valve are in neutral high pressure oil can go through the open center core and out the power beyond port to the inlet of downstream valve. The downstream valve only receives oil when all spools of the first valve are in neutral. This option must be used with open center spools and the outlet of valve must be connected to tank. If the power beyond port is not used on a valve in an open center system the power beyond port must be connected to tank or the power beyond plug replaced with conversion plug 660312003. A valve with power beyond can be converted to closed center by plugging the power beyond port or installing closed center plug 660312005. END OUTLET (TO TANK) END OUTLET (TO TANK) END OUTLET (TO TANK) END OUTLET (TO TANK) RETURN CORE RETURN CORE OPEN CENTER CORE OPEN CENTER CORE RETURN CORE RETURN CORE OPEN CENTER CORE RETURN CORE RETURN CORE OPEN CENTER CORE BLOCKED RETURN CORE RETURN CORE CONVERSION PLUG (660312003) POWER BEYOND PORT (CONNECT TO DOWNSTREAM VALVE) CLOSED CENTER CONVERSION PLUG (660312005) CD B A IN OUT BYD CLOSED CENTER CONVERSION PLUG INSTALLED OPTION D This option converts an otherwise open center valve to closed center operation. The open center core is blocked by the conversion plug. Oil cannot pass through the valve when the spools are in neutral. Closed center systems are normally associated with variable displacement pumps or any other system where the pump flow is unloaded when system pressure is reached. Note: If the closed center plug is installed in a valve that has a relief it may be necessary to install the no relief plug or adjust the relief pressure above the compensator setting. Also, this closed center option does not provide for the drain off of standby spool leakage. This can allow a very small amount of oil to enter the work ports when in neutral. END OUTLET (TO TANK) END OUTLET (TO TANK) END OUTLET (TO TANK) END OUTLET (TO TANK) RETURN CORE RETURN CORE OPEN CENTER CORE OPEN CENTER CORE RETURN CORE RETURN CORE OPEN CENTER CORE RETURN CORE RETURN CORE OPEN CENTER CORE BLOCKED RETURN CORE RETURN CORE CONVERSION PLUG (660312003) POWER BEYOND PORT (CONNECT TO DOWNSTREAM VALVE) CLOSED CENTER CONVERSION PLUG (660312005) OUT BYD “AUTO-CYCLE” TWO SPOOL VALVE This valve is a modified RD-5200 two s
RD5000 PROPORTIONAL OPERATOR VALVE RD5000 Valve with Proportional Operators WORKPORT FLOW VS. AMPERAGE 5 GPM INLET FLOW 10 GPM INLET FLOW 20 GPM INLET FLOW 30 GPM INLET FLOW 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 AMPERAGE (mA) WORK PORT FLOW (GPM) RD51 MODEL NUMBER SPOOL ATTACHMENTS INLET LOCATION OUTLET LOCATION POWER BEYOND PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID COIL PORT SIZE SPOOL TYPE RELIEF VALVE RD51 Single Spool 6 #12 SAE In/Out #10 SAE Work C 4 Way, 3 Position Tandem Center A 3 Position, Spring Center to Neutral 1 No Relief 5 * Differential Poppet Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI Set at 2000 PSI A End 4 End H Open Center Pressure Build-up D ** Closed Center Conversion Plug Installed DP12Q 12VDC Dual Spades DP12L 12VDC Dual Lead Wires DP12H 12DVC DIN-43650 DP12D 12VDC Integral Deutsch DP24Q 24VDC Dual Spades DP24L 24VDC Dual Lead Wires DP24H 24VDC DIN-43650 DP24D 24VDC Integral Deutsch DP11H 110VAC DIN-43650 * For other non-standard relief settings, please specify: * RD516CA5A4H–DP12H–25 The last two digits are relief pressure in hundreds (example: 25=2500 PSI). All relief settings are at 10 gpm & 105°F. ** Often used with no relief. Review application Additional options as well as two and three spool versions are available. Please contact sales at Prince Manufacturing Corp. for additional information. OUT BYD HCI-PRINCE IN B A RD5000 SERIES VALVE WITH PROPORTIONAL OPERATORS The RD5000 valve is available with proportional solenoid operators. The valve will allow controlled starts and stops of the work port flow as well as control of the work port flow rate over a limited metered range. Pilot pressure to initiate spool shift is provided internally by means of a pressure build-up cartridge in the power beyond port. Once the spool shift is initiated, load induced pressure is required to regulate the spool position and flow. By increasing the current through one of the solenoids, increasing pressure is applied to a spool end, causing the spool to shift against spring bias. Full spool shift is at approximately 1200 mA - 12 VDC (600 mA - 24 VDC). The RD5000 proportional operators are typically controlled with a thumb or handle control and a PWM control module. Prince offers a small thumb control joystick (671300076) and a larger handle control joystick (671300077). A PWM control module (671300107) that can be used in conjunction with these joysticks is also offered by Prince. See page V52 for details. V61VALVESCATV 61-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220
V62VALVES CATV 62-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 SOLENOID OPERATED RD5000 DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE The Solenoid Operated RD5000 Directional Control Valve allows remote electrical on-off or manual control. This feature can be installed on the RD5100, RD5200, or RD5300. It can be installed on one or all spools of the RD5200 or RD5300. This option can be purchased as kits and installed by customer. Complete valves are available special order only (min. qty. 25) Consult your sales representative. Pressure release detent or float spool options cannot be converted to solenoid operated valves. SPECIFICATIONS MAXIMUM PRESSURE ...............................3000 PSI MAXIMUM TANK PRESSURE .......................150 PSI MAXIMUM FLOW .......................................... 25 GPM MINIMUM FILTRATION .......................... 10 MICRON MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE .......1800 F See drawings 660150072 through 660150083 for sample bills of materials. The Solenoid Operated RD5000 contains two, 3 way-2 position solenoid cartridge valves and a pilot operated piston attached to the main control spool. When both solenoids are de-energized both sides of the pilot piston are open to tank pressure and the spool remains spring centered. When solenoid A is energized, pilot pressure is applied to one side of the pilot piston causing the spool to shift from the neutral position to work port A. When solenoid “B” is energized, pilot pressure is applied to the other side of the pilot piston causing the spool to shift to work port “B”. In cases where the pilot pressure is provided by the inlet line or #4 SAE port on valve, a “Pressure Build-Up Valve” must be installed in the outlet port. Two versions of the pressure build-up valve are offered. The open center pressure build-up valve and the power beyond pressure build-up valve. Both versions supply 150-200 PSI pilot pressure to the solenoid actuator. When remote pilot is used, the pressure build-up is not required. Because the valve is internally piloted, overcenter or light loads can be a problem. The inlet pressure must be at least 200 psi during operation. Restrictors can be added to eliminate this problem. DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER PRES, BUILD-UP CART. OPEN CENTER 660312012 PRES. BUILD-UP POWER BEYOND CART (#12 SAE) 660312014 12 VDC LEAD WIRE COIL 671302220 12 VDC DOUBLE SPADE COIL 671302226 12 VDC DIN 43650 COIL 671302221 24 VDC LEAD WIRE COIL 671302223 24 VDC DOUBLE SPADE COIL 671302227 24 VDC DIN 43650 COIL 671302224 12 VDC DEUTSCH COIL 671302222 24 VDC DEUTSCH COIL 671302225 120 VAC LEAD WIRES COIL 671302228 ITEM QTY PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 1 1 660150030 BASE ACTUATOR KIT 2 2 SEE CHART SOLENOID COIL 3 1 660150037 END MANIFOLD KIT 4 1 660150033 MID SECTION MANIFOLD KIT 5 1 660150035 MANIFOLD TUBE KIT (SHORT) 6 1 660150036 MANIFOLD TUBE KIT (LONG) 7 1 660150046 PRES. RED. MAN. KIT (MULTI-SPOOL) 8 1 660150047 PRES. RED. MAN. KIT (SINGLE-SPOOL) 9 1 SEE CHART PRES. BUILD-UP CART.
V63VALVESCATV 63-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 MODEL RD4100 SINGLE SPOOL MONO-BLOCK VALVE RD4100 SPECIFICATIONS MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE ............................. 3000 PSI MAXIMUM TANK PRESSURE ........................................... 500 PSI MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE ..................................... 180°F .............................................................................................. RECOMMENDED SYSTEM FILTRATION ........ISO 4406 19/17/14 FLOW RATING ...................................................................15 GPM STANDARD FEATURES • Economical monoblock construction of high tensile strength gray cast iron • Load check • Hard chrome plated spool • Adjustable cartridge relief • Open center, closed center, and power beyond available • For use with system flows up to 15 gpm • For use with system pressures up to 3000 PSI • Optional top inlet & outlet port locations. 2000 PSI AT 10 GPM #8 SAE#10 SAE 2000 PSI AT 10 GPM #8 SAE#10 SAE 2000 PSI AT 10 GPM #8 SAE#10 SAE 2000 PSI AT 10 GPM #8 SAE#10 SAE YES YES YES YES NO 2000 PSI AT 10 GPM CONVERTIBLE FROM OPEN CENTER TO CLOSED CENTER RELIEF SETTING WORK PORT SIZE IN/OUT PORT SIZE SPOOL ACTION FLOAT DETENT 3 POSITION DETENT SPRING CENTER TO NEUTRAL 4 WAY 4 POSITION FLOAT 4 WAY 3 POSITION MOTOR 4 WAY 3 POSITION SPOOL TYPE #8 SAE#10 SAE STANDARD VALVES AVAILABLE: All standard valves have a load check, a complete lever handle assembly, and an adjustable relief, see table below for settings. For other relief settings, please specify. RD41 X X X X X X X X XX X NUMBER MODEL PORT SIZE SPOOL TYPE SPOOL ACTIONS RELIEF VALVE LOCATION INLET OUTLET LOCATION BEYOND POWER HANDLE RD412DD5A2B1 RD412CA5A2B1 RD412BB5A2B1 RD412BA5A2B1 RD412BA5A1A1 VALVE PART NUMBER A 3 Way 3 Position Tandem Center B 4 Way 3 Position Tandem Center C 4 Way 3 Position Open Center Motor Spool D 4 Way 4 Position Tandem Center Float Spool RD41 Single Spool 2 #10 SAE in & out #8 SAE work A Spring Center B 3 Position Detent C Friction Detent D Float Detent See SVW Section for Additional Spool Actions 1 No Relief 4 Direct Acting Adjustable 500-1500 PSI Set at 1000 PSI 5 Direct Acting Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI Set at 2000 PSI A End B Top 1 End W/Power Beyond Option A 2 Top W/Power Beyond Options B, C & D A Not Provided B Conversion Plug Installed C Power Beyond Plug Installed with #8 SAE D** Closed Center Conversion Plug Installed 1 Std. Lever Handle 2 Less Handle Only 3 Less Complete Handle Assembly 5 Tang Spool End Only 6 Clevis Spool End Only 11 Enclosed Handle For other relief settings please specify* *RD412BA5A1A1-25 THE LAST TWO DIGITS ARE RELIEF PRESSURE IN HUNDREDS. EX: 25=2500 psi. ALL RELIEFS ARE SET AT 10 GPM & 105°F ** OFTEN USED WITH NO RELIEF. REVIEW APPLICATION.
V64VALVES CATV 64-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 RD-4100 KITS, RELIEF CURVE, & PRESSURE DROP RD-4100 SINGLE SPOOL PRESSURE DROP RD-4100 RELIEF VALVE CURVES PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 660541001 SEAL KIT 660150015 LOAD CHECK KIT 660580003 POWER BEYOND SEAL KIT 660180001 SPRING CENTER KIT 660180002 3 POSITION DETENT KIT 660180003 1 POSITION DETENT KIT 660180051 SPRING CENTER FLOAT KIT 660180005 COMPLETE HANDLE KIT 660180011 HANDLE KIT 660180032 CLEVIS SUB-ASSY 660180031 PIN KIT 660280004 RELIEF PLUG 660280009 RELIEF CART. 1500-3000 PSI 660280011 RELIEF CART. 500-1500 PSI 200400030 OPEN CENTER PLUG 660280001 POWER BEYOND CART. (#8 SAE) 660280002 CLOSED CENTER PLUG 110 SUS OIL AT 115°F P-PSI FLOW INLET TO INLET TO A OR B (GPM) OUTLET A OR B TO OUTLET 5 3 10 3 10 11 42 12 15 26 85 32 ∆ PSI GPM 161412108642 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 0 .80 2.48 3.70 2.48 3.75 5.34 .56 1.64 3.00 1.40 .343 DIA. (2) 7.34 8.84 12.41 9.65 1.12 2.65 STANDARD INLET PORT LOCATION WORK PORTS A & B POWER BEYOND OPTIONS OUTLET PORT LOCATION NO RELIEF PLUG HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF CART. POWER BEYOND CART. (#8 SAE) OPEN CENTER CONVERSION PLUG SPRING CENTER FLOAT DETENT SPRING CENTER 3 POSITION DETENT CLOSED CENTER PLUG PLEASE NOTE: This closed center option does not provide for the drain off of standby spool leakage. This can allow a very small amount of oil to enter the work ports when in neutral. OUT IN B A SEE PAGE 1 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
V65VALVESCATV 65-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 MODEL LV MONO-BLOCK Directional Control Valves Especially Suited for Front Loader Market LVT Parallel Circuit Top Ported LVS Series Circuit Top Ported or Semi-Rear Ported LVR Parallel Circuit Rear Ported
V66VALVES CATV 66-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 110 SUS OIL AT 115°F P-PSI FLOW INLET TO INLET TO WORK PORTS (GPM) OUTLET WORK TO OUTLET 4 6 22 4 6 18 44 19 10 64 100 60 BUCKET REGEN RAPID TIP BUCKET ROLLBACK RAISE BOOM TIP BUCKET BOOM FLOAT BOOM LOWER N TIP BOOM FLOAT LOWER BOOM BUCKET REGEN RAPID TIP BUCKET RAISE BOOM N BUCKET ROLLBACK JOYSTICK HANDLE OPERATION LOOKING AT HANDLE KNOB REF HANDLE OPTION 1 JOYSTICK HANDLE OPERATION LOOKING AT HANDLE KNOB REF HANDLE OPTION 2 LVS Two spool loader valve Series circuit INLET & TANK PORT OPTION WORK PORT OPTION SPOOL & ACTION RELIEF OPTIONS POWER BEYOND OPTIONS HANDLE OPTIONS NUMBER LVS MODEL 1 Rear inlet & tank port #8 SAE ORB A A & C work ports on top and B & D work ports on rear, #6 SAE ORB B Work ports on top, #6 SAE ORB C Work ports on top, #8 SAE ORB GR Standard A-B 4 way 4 position float, spring center with float detent C-D 4 way 4 position selective regen, spring center with soft stop GB A-B 4 way 4 position float, spring center with float detent C-D 4 way 3 position spring center 1 No Relief 4 Direct acting adjustable 500-1500 PSI set at 1000 PSI 5 Standard: Adjustable direct acting relief 1500-3000 PSI (set at 2000 PSI) 6 Pilot relief 500-3000 PSI (set at 2000 PSI) *For other relief settings please specify (see example on the left) A Standard open center (field convertible to #8 SAE ORB top power beyond) B #8 SAE rear power beyond 1 Joystick & boot w/ dual spool lock, mounting feet down/to rear 2 Joystick & boot w/ dual spool lock, mounting feet to the left 3 Joystick & boot without spool lock, mounting feet down/to rear 4 Joystick & boot without spool lock, mounting feet to the left 8 No joystick or handle (tang ends on spool only) THE LAST TWO DIGITS ARE THE RELIEF SETTING IN HUNDREDS. EX: 25=2500 PSI @ 10 GPM ALL RELIEFS ARE SET AT 10 GPM. *LVS1AGR5B1-25 Note: Not for use with closed center sytems MODEL LVS SERIES LOADER VALVE LVS SPECIFICATIONS SERIES CIRCUIT (multifunction operation, simultaneous operation of both boom and bucket) MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE ................................. 3000 PSI MAXIMUM TANK PRESSURE ............................................... 500 PSI MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE ............................... 180°F RECOMMENDED SYSTEM FILTRATION ............ISO 4406 19/17/14 FLOW RATING .......................................................................11 GPM WEIGHT .................................................................................. 18.5lbs STANDARD FEATURES • Economical monoblock construction of high tensile strength gray cast iron • Load check on each spool • Hard chrome plated spools • No face seals on spools • Adjustable cartridge relief • Power beyond available • 4 Position Series Float Spool for loader boom • 4 Position Regen Spool for loader bucket • Molded rubber boot • Patented dual spool lock joystick available PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 660590029 SEAL KIT 660180170 SPRING CENTER FLOAT KIT 660180169 SPRING CENTER REGEN KIT 671400252 ROD END 660390016 ROD END W/STUD 671900084 SLIDING SPOOL STUD 660180154 SPOOL LOCK HARDWARE LVS PRESSURE DROP ∆
V67VALVESCATV 67-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 LVS SERIES LOADER VALVE DIMENSIONAL DATA REMOTE CABLE CONTROL Heavy duty remote cable controls are available for most Prince directional control valves. The compact controller bodies are of die-cast metal construction and are available in either dual axis or single axis configurations. Dual axis joysticks are constructed with steel swivels and anti-wear bushings. The high strength flexible control cables are jacketed and have quick attach connections. REMOTE CONTROLLERS Prince Part No. Dual Axis Joystick with lock 660170038 Single Axis 660170039 CONTROL CABLES 49 inches long (1.25 M) 660171125 59 inches long (1.5 M) 660171150 79 inches long (2.0 M) 660171200 89 inches long (2.25 M) 660171225 98 inches long (2.5 M) 660171250 VALVE CONNECTION KITS RD5000 series kit* 660170037 LVS, LVR or LVT, kit (loader valves)** 660170029 SV stack valve or RD4100 kit*** 660170031 Series 20 stack valve kit**** 660170035 Note: One control cable and one connection kit is required for each spool controlled. Order the remote controller, the control cables and the connection kits as necessary to complete the remote cable control assembly. The connection kit works for all spool options by adjusting the locking nut. * Field convertible or order option 3, less handle assembly. ** Order loader valve handle option 8, tang end only. *** Field convertible from standard handle or order option 6, clevis spool end only. **** Field convertible or order option 3, less complete handle. SINGLE SPOOL CONTROL DUAL AXIS CONTROLLER REMOTE CABLE CONTROLS FOR PRINCE VALVES A C DB 10.00 1.85 1.57 1.98 .91 .25 dia.(2) 2.53 1.88 1.31 2.37 1.38 .32 dia.(4) 15.55 8" MIN BEND RADIUS 2.77 .25 dia.(2) LOCK Handle can be attached vertical as shown or horizontal (.82 REF) (2.61 REF) (1.80 REF) 2.81 1.00 2.75 .20 1.75 1.16 .87 .75 (.66 REF) 1.44 1.31 1.50 3.17 2.94 5.25 2.54 (.34 REF) 1.75 #8 SAE ORB REAR INLET PORT #8 SAE ORB REAR OUTLET PORT (3) 5/16-18UNC-2B CA DB 1.22 (5.53 REF) 2.08 (7.5 REF) 4.84 .05 WORK PORT OPTION A REAR PORT LOCATION .27 1.94 #8 SAE ORB REAR POWER BEYOND PORT OPTION B #8 SAE ORB TOP POWER BEYOND PORT OPTION A (CONVERTIBLE TO POWER BEYOND)
V68VALVES CATV 68-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 MODEL LVT TWO SPOOL MONO-BLOCK LOADER VALVE LVT SPECIFICATIONS PARALLEL CIRCUIT MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE ................................ 3000 PSI MAXIMUM TANK PRESSURE ..............................................500 PSI MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE ............................. 180°F RECOMMENDED SYSTEM FILTRATION ...........ISO 4406 19/17/14 FLOW RATING ......................................................................10 GPM WEIGHT ..............................................................................14.6 LBS STANDARD FEATURES • Economical monoblock construction of high tensile strength gray cast iron • Load check on each spool • Hard chrome plated spool • Adjustable cartridge relief • Open center, and power beyond available • 4 Position Float Spool for loader boom • 4 Position Regen Spool for loader bucket LVT PRESSURE DROPSTANDARD VALVES AVAILABLE: All standard valves have a load check, a complete handle assembly, and an adjustable relief. PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 660590017 SEAL KIT 660180078 SPRING CENTER KIT 660180076 SPRING CENTER FLOAT KIT 660180077 SPRING CENTER REGEN KIT 660180073 COMPLETE HANDLE KIT 660180011 HANDLE KIT 660180072 CLEVIS SUB-ASSY 660280004 RELIEF PLUG 660280009 RELIEF CART. OPTION 5 270006122 PILOT RELIEF CART. OPTION 6 SPRING SPRING CENTER CENTER FLOAT SPRING DETENT CENTER FLOAT SPRING DETENT CENTER FLOAT REGEN DETENT POSITION REGEN FLOAT POSITION DETENT SPRING FLOAT CENTER DETENT LVT1BB5AB1 X LVT1GB5AB1 X X LVT1GB5AB3 X X LVT1GR5AB3 X X LVT1RG5AB5 X X LVT1BG5AB5 X X 4 WAY 4 WAY 4 WAY 4 POSITION 3 POSITION 4 POSITION A1-B1 A2-B2 FLOAT SPOOL REGEN SPOOL SPOOL SPOOL SPOOL VALVE PART NUMBER SPOOL ACTIONSPOOL TYPE 110 SUS OIL AT 115°F P-PSI FLOW INLET TO INLET TO A OR B (GPM) OUTLET WORK PORTS TO OUTLET 4 15 20 8 6 35 34 20 10 95 72 50 ∆ 5/16-18 UNC MOUNTING HOLES ON BOTH TOP AND BOTTOM OF VALVE NOTE: NEUTRAL POSITION SPOOL LOCK AVAILABLE THE LAST TWO DIGITS ARE THE RELIEF SETTING IN HUNDREDS. EX: 25=2500 PSI @ 10 GPM. ALL RELIEFS ARE SET AT 10 GPM. LVT MODEL NUMBER PORT SIZE *LVT1GR5AB7-25 SPOOL & ACTION RELIEF VALVE PORT IN/OUT POWER BEYOND HANDLE LVT Top Ported Two Spool Loader Valve 1 #8 SAE In & Out #6 SAE work ports GR Standard: A1-B1 4 Way 4 Position Float, Spring Center with Float Detent A2-B2 4 Way 4 Position Regen, Spring Center with Soft Stop RG A1-B1 4 Way 4 Position Regen, Spring Center with Soft Stop A2-B2 4 Way 4 Position Float, Spring Center with Float Detent GB A1-B1 4 Way 4 Position Float, Spring Center with Float Detent A2-B2 4 Way 3 Position Spring Centered BG A1-B1 4 Way 3 Position Spring Centered A2-B2 4 Way 4 Position Float, Spring Center with Float Detent BB A1-B1 4 Way 3 Position Spring Centered A2-B2 4 Way 3 Position Spring Centered 1 No Relief 4 Direct Acting Adjustable 500-1500 PSI Set at 1000 PSI 5 Standard: Direct Acting Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI Set at 2000 PSI 6 Pilot Operated Adjustable 500-3000 PSI Set at 2000 PSI *For other relief settings please specify (see example on the left) A Standard: Top In, Out and Power Beyond B Side Inlet, Top Out & Power Beyond B Standard: Open Center (Power Beyond Port Plugged) C #8 SAE Power Beyond D Closed Center (Often Used With No Relief. Review Application.) Note: Valve can be converted in the field. 1 Standard Handles 2 Clevis Spool End Only 3 Joystick for ports on bottom (Use with GR, GB, BG or BB) 4 Joystick for ports on left (Use with GR, GB or BB) 5 Joystick for ports on top (Use with RG, GB, BG or BB) 6 Joystick for ports on right (Use with RG, BG or BB) 7 Universal joystick contains parts and instructions for all mountings 8 Tang Spool End Only ** ** PLEASE NOTE that this closed center option does not provide for the drain off of standby spool leakage. This can allow a very small amount of oil to enter the work ports when in neutral. Closed center option is often used with no relief. Review application.
V69VALVESCATV 69-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 660590018 SEAL KIT 660590016 POWER BEYOND SEAL KIT 660180079 SPRING CENTER KIT 660180074 SPRING CENTER FLOAT KIT 660180075 SPRING CENTER REGEN KIT 660180073 COMPLETE HANDLE KIT 660180011 HANDLE KIT 660180072 CLEVIS SUB-ASSY 660280004 RELIEF PLUG 660280009 RELIEF CART. OPTION 5 270006122 PILOT RELIEF CART. OPTION 6 660301001 OPEN CENTER PLUG 660390008 POWER BEYOND CART. (#8 SAE) LVR A HANDLEBEYOND POWERIN/OUT PORTRELIEF VALVESPOOL & ACTION *LVR1GB5AB7-25 THE LAST TWO DIGITS ARE THE RELIEF SETTING IN HUNDREDS. EX: 25=2500 PSI @ 10 GPM ALL RELIEFS ARE SET AT 10 GPM. NUMBER MODEL PORT SIZE GR Standard: A-B 4 Way 4 Position Float, Spring Center with Float Detent C-D 4 Way 4 Position Regen, Spring Center with Soft Stop RG A-B 4 Way 4 Position Regen, Spring Center with Soft Stop C-D 4 Way 4 Position Float, Spring Center with Float Detent GB A-B 4 Way 4 Position Float, Spring Center with Float Detent C-D 4 Way 3 Position Spring Centered BG A-B 4 Way 3 Position Spring Centered C-D 4 Way 4 Position Float, Spring Center with Float Detent BB A-B 4 Way 3 Position Spring Centered C-D 4 Way 3 Position Spring Centered (no float, no regen) LVR Rear Ported Two Spool Loader Valve 1 Standard: #10 SAE in/out #8 SAE work ports 2 #8 SAE in/out #6 SAE work ports 1 No Relief 4 Direct Acting Adjustable 500-1500 PSI Set at 1000 PSI 5 Standard: Direct Acting Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI Set at 2000 PSI 6 Pilot Operated Adjustable 500-3000 PSI Set at 2000 PSI *For other relief settings please specify (see example on the left) A All Ports On End of Valve B Standard: Open Center (Power Beyond Port Plugged) C #8 SAE Power Beyond D Closed Center Note: Valve can be converted in the field. 1 Standard Handles 2 Clevis Spool End Only 3 Joystick for power beyond on Right (Use with GR, GB, BG or BB) 4 Joystick for power beyond on Bottom (Use with RG, BG or BB) 5 Joystick for power beyond on Left (Use with RG, BG, GB or BB) 6 Joystick for power beyond on Top (Use with GR, GB or BB) 7 Universal joystick contains parts and instructions for all mounting options 8 Tang Spool End Only ** MODEL LVR TWO SPOOL MONO-BLOCK LOADER VALVE LVR SPECIFICATIONS PARALLEL CIRCUIT MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE ......................... 3000 PSI MAXIMUM TANK PRESSURE ....................................... 500 PSI MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE ....................... 180°F RECOMMENDED SYSTEM FILTRATION ....ISO 4406 19/17/14 FLOW RATING ...............................................................14 GPM WEIGHT ....................................................................... 22.6 LBS STANDARD FEATURES • Economical monoblock construction of high tensile strength gray cast iron • Load check on each spool • Hard chrome plated spool • Adjustable cartridge relief • Open center, and power beyond available • 4 Position Float Spool for loader boom • 4 Position Regen Spool for loader bucket STANDARD VALVES AVAILABLE: All standard valves have a load check, a complete handle assembly, and an adjustable relief. FLOAT SPRING DETENT CENTER SPRING FLOAT CENTER DETENT LVR1GB5AB6 X X LVR1BG5AB4 X X 4 WAY 4 WAY 4 POSITION 4 WAY 4 POSITION 4 Way A-B C-D FLOAT 3 POSITION FLOAT 3 POSITION SPOOL SPOOL A-B A-B C-D C-D SPOOL SPOOL SPOOL SPOOL VALVE PART NUMBER SPOOL ACTIONSPOOL TYPE LVR PRESSURE DROP 110 SUS OIL AT 115°F P-PSI FLOW INLET TO INLET TO A OR B (GPM) OUTLET A OR B TO OUTLET 4 4 14 4 8 21 31 15 14 64 72 46 ∆ ** PLEASE NOTE that this closed center option does not provide for the drain off of standby spool leakage. This can allow a very small amount of oil to enter the work ports when in neutral. Closed center option is often used with no relief. Review application. 5/16-18 UNC MOUNTING HOLES ON BOTH TOP AND BOTTOM OF VALVE NOTE: NEUTRAL POSITION SPOOL LOCK AVAILABLE
V70VALVES CATV 70-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 MODEL LVT/LVR MOUNTING DIMENSIONS AND OPERATIONS 4 WAY 4 POSITION REGEN SPOOL OPERATION This spool option allows for these four functions of the loader bucket cylinders: “NEUTRAL”, cylinder ports blocked to hold bucket in place; “BUCKET ROLLBACK” directs oil to hose 1 to retract bucket cylinder; “BUCKET TIP” directs oil to hose 2 to extend the bucket cylinder with full pressure (Please Note there is a soft stop at this handle position); “BUCKET REGEN” combines the oil from the tractor pump with the oil returning from hose 1 and it directs it to hose 2 to tip the bucket faster (referred to as REGENERATION or “REGEN”). It is necessary to push the handle past the soft stop at the normal bucket tip position to get to the regen position. Also Please Note that the cylinder force will be reduced when in the regen position. 4 WAY 4 POSITION FLOAT SPOOL OPERATION This spool option allows for these four functions of the loader boom cylinders: “NEUTRAL”, cylinder ports blocked to hold boom in place; “BOOM RAISE” directs oil to hose 3 to extend boom cylinders; “BOOM LOWER” directs oil to hose 4 to retract the boom cylinders with full pressure (Please Note there is a soft stop at this handle position); “BOOM FLOAT” connects all boom cylinder ports to tank allowing the boom to fall to the ground. It is necessary to push the handle past the soft stop at the normal boom down position. There is a detent that will hold handle in the float position. While in the float position the loader boom cylinders will move up and down or “FLOAT” to match the ground level as the tractor moves forward or backward. Joystick Handle The joystick handle will operate both spools using one lever handle. The two spools can be operated independently or at the same time depending upon handle movement. Because we allow for maximum mounting flexibility, we have 4 options for the LVT, 2 options for the LVS and 4 options for the LVR. The handle shift pattern for all is shown at right. JOYSTICK HANDLE OPERATION LOOKING AT HANDLE KNOB 43 RAISE 2 TIP 1 ROLL BACK LOWER N .425 TO FLOAT .203 TO WORK .396 TO REGEN SPOOL TRAVEL: .44 POWER BEYOND 5/16-18UNC (6) 1.44 .111.57 4.58 1.55 1.77 3.20 .95 3.25 1.56 .88 3.19 3.662.53 7.88 6.34 14.42 #10 INLET #10 OUTLET #8 WORK PORTS 4.70 SPOOL TRAVEL: .437 TO FLOAT AND REGEN .203 TO WORK 1.31 5/16-18UNC (6) 1.81 .38 POWER BEYOND INLET OUTLET 9.32 13.95 9.06 .72 1.44 3.47 2.06 .63 4.13 3.64 1.06 .40 2.69 1.03 7.44 4.89 HCI-PRINCE A B D C T P PB B2 B1 A2 A1 BOOM FLOAT BOOM RAISE BOOM LOWER BUCKET ROLLBACK BUCKET TIP BUCKET REGEN RAPID TIP 43 RAISE 2 TIP 1 ROLL BACK LOWER N .425 TO FLOAT .203 TO WORK .396 TO REGEN SPOOL TRAVEL: .44 POWER BEYOND 5/16-18UNC (6) 1.44 .111.57 4.58 1.55 1.77 3.20 .95 3.25 1.56 .88 3.19 3.662.53 7.88 6.34 14.42 #10 INLET #10 OUTLET #8 WORK PORTS 4.70 SPOOL TRAVEL: .437 TO FLOAT AND REGEN .203 TO WORK 1.31 5/16-18UNC (6) 1.81 .38 POWER BEYOND INLET OUTLET 9.32 13.95 9.06 .72 1.44 3.47 2.06 .63 4.13 3.64 1.06 .40 2.69 1.03 7.44 4.89 HCI-PRINCE A B D C T P PB B2 B1 A2 A1 BOOM FLOAT BOOM RAISE BOOM LOWER BUCKET ROLLBACK BUCKET TIP BUCKET REGEN RAPID TIP 43 RAISE 2 TIP 1 ROLL BACK LOWER N .425 TO FLOAT .203 TO WORK .396 TO REGEN SPOOL TRAVEL: .44 POWER BEYOND 5/16-18UNC (6) 1.44 .111.57 4.58 1.55 1.77 3.20 .95 3.25 1.56 .88 3.19 3.662.53 7.88 6.34 14.42 #10 INLET #10 OUTLET #8 WORK PORTS 4.70 SPOOL TRAVEL: .437 TO FLOAT AND REGEN .203 TO WORK 1.31 5/16-18UNC (6) 1.81 .38 POWER BEYOND INLET OUTLET 9.32 13.95 9.06 .72 1.44 3.47 2.06 .63 4.13 3.64 1.06 .40 2.69 1.03 7.44 4.89 HCI-PRINCE A B D C T P PB B2 B1 A2 A1 BOOM FLOAT BOOM RAISE BOOM LOWER BUCKET ROLLBACK BUCKET TIP BUCKET REGEN RAPID TIP
V71VALVESCATV 71-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 Directional Control Valves Model LS3000 LOG SPLITTER CONTROL VALVE SINGLE SPOOL MONO-BLOCK 20GPM Model RD2500
V72VALVES CATV 72-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 MODEL LSR-3060 RAPID EXTEND LOG SPLITTER VALVE MODEL LS3000 DIMENSIONAL DATA SPECIFICATIONS: 1. Max design and test pressure 3500 PSI 2. Max tank port pressure -150 PSI 3. Nominal inlet flow rating 4 gpm 4. Standard relief valve setting – 2250 psi 5. This valve has a pressure release detent from spool in w/ spring center to neutral 6. The valve has a 4 position spool with normal extend and retract positions and a 4th rapid extend position 7. Max operating temperature - 180°F. 8. In exposed environments, do not mount with spool in the vertical position 9. Dimensionally similar to the LS3000 valve 10. In center position, B port connected to tank. SPECIFICATIONS: 1. Max design and test pressure 2750 PSI 2. Max tank port pressure-150 PSI 3. Flow rating-25 GPM max. 4. Relief valve setting-2250 PSI 5. This valve has one position pressure release detent with spring center to neutral. 6. Weight: 10 lbs. 7. Recommended filtration-ISO 4406 19/17/14 8. Max operation temp-180°F 9. In exposed environments do not mount with spool vertical and handle end down. OUTLET PORT .343 DIA. (3) A & B WORK PORTS 12.31 4.12 3.25 1.42 1.84 5.12 4.62 2.51 1.25 1.05 .44 A B OUT IN INLET PORT 9.19 7.80 8.25 2.93 1.13 P B-Base end of Cylinder A-Rod end of Cylinder OUTLET PORT .343 DIA. (3) A & B WORK PORTS 12.31 4.12 3.25 1.42 1.84 5.12 4.62 2.51 1.25 1.05 .44 A B OUT IN INLET PORT 9.19 7.80 8.25 2.93 1.13 P B-Base end of Cylinder A-Rod end of Cylinder On LS-3000 Models, pressure release detent is in the spool out position. On LS-3060 Models, pressure release detent is in the spool in position. STANDARD FEATURES • Hydraulically balanced, hard chrome plated spool • Handle can be installed in “up” or “down” position • Detent release pressure adjustable from 1000 to 2000 PSI • For use with system flows up to 25 GPM • Relief valve adjustable up to 2750 PSI • Tandem center spool (in neutral position, both work ports blocked, pump unloaded to tank) • Ideal for log-splitter applications. Available with 3/4” NPTF work ports for higher flow applications STANDARD FEATURES • Hydraulically balanced, hard chrome plated spool • Handle can be installed in “up” or “down” position • Extend flows of up to 25 GPM with inlet flows of 4 GPM • Relief valve adjustable up to 3500 PSI • Tandem center spool • Manual shift from high speed mode to high force mode • Spring center 4 position spool with soft stop • Pressure release detent on retract FUNCTION: The Prince LSR-3060-3 log splitter valve features an ex- tremely fast “Rapid Extend” high speed mode. The LSR has been specifically designed to reduce system costs by allowing a single stage pump to be used in systems cur- rently using two stage (hi-low) pumps. When extra splitting force is required, the LSR allows the user to manually shift from high speed mode to high force mode. A “soft stop” differentiates between high force and high speed modes. Laboratory testing has not shown a significant difference in working cycle times between single stage/rapid extend systems and two stage systems. (Working cycle is the average time between extending the cylinder to split the first log and extending to split the next log after the split wood has been removed and a new log has been placed on the log splitter.) PART NO. DESCRIPTION 660130001 HANDLE KIT 660125004 RELIEF KIT 660130004 SPRING CENTER CONVERSION KIT 660130003 3 POSITION DETENT KIT 660330003 DETENT SLEEVE & PISON SUB-ASSY 660330002 DETENT ADJUSTING CARTRIDGE 660130007 COMPLETE PRESSURE RELEASE DETENT KIT 660530001 SEAL KIT (CONTAINS SEALS FOR SPOOL AND DETENT) 200013903 VINYL SPOOL END CAP LS-3000 HARDWARE AND SEAL KITS SEE PAGE 1 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
V73VALVESCATV 73-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 RD-2575-T4-ESA 1 PARTS BREAKDOWN ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 1 660130001 HANDLE KIT 2 660125004 RELIEF KIT 3 660525001 SEAL KIT 4 660125002 SPRING CENTER KIT 5 660150015 LOAD CHECK KIT 6 660125001 3 POSITION DETENT KIT NON-STANDARD RELIEF SETTINGS RD2575-T4-ESA1-25 THE LAST TWO DIGITS ARE THE RELIEF SETTING IN HUNDREDS. Ex: 25=2500 PSI @ 12 GPM. ALL RELIEFS ARE SET AT 12 GPM. OUT B A OUTLET PORT 3/8 NPTF PIPE PLUG PART NO. 200018002 1 2 34 5 6 3 POSITION DETENT .343 DIA. (3) OUTLET PORT A & B WORK PORTS 4.25 2.13 2.13 12.00 3.09 3.00 1.50 4.88 3.75 1.18 .90 .46 A B OUT IN INLET PORT 8.25 3.06 1.06 9.06 7.75 3.00 MODEL RD2500 DIMENSIONAL DATA SPECIFICATIONS: 1. Max design and test pressure 3000 PSI 2. Max tank port pressure-150 PSI 3. Flow rating-20 GPM max. 4. Relief valve setting-1500 PSI 5. Weight: 9.5 Ibs. 6. Recommended filtration-ISO 4406 19/17/14 7. Max operation temp-180°F 8. In exposed environments, do not mount with spool vertical and handle end down. STANDARD FEATURES • Economical monoblock construction of high tensile strength gray cast iron • Load check • Hard chrome plated spool • Adjustable ball spring relief (1000 PSI to 3000 PSI) • Open center to closed center conversion available on some models • For use with system flows to 20 GPM • For use with system pressures to 3000 PSI OUT B A OUTLET PORT 3/8 NPTF PIPE PLUG PART NO. 200018002 1 2 34 5 6 3 POSITION DETENT .343 DIA. (3) OUTLET PORT A & B WORK PORTS 4.25 2.13 2.13 12.00 3.09 3.00 1.50 4.88 3.75 1.18 .90 .46 A B OUT IN INLET PORT 8.25 3.06 1.06 9.06 7.75 3.00 SEE PAGE 1 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING NOTE: The Spool is matched to the valve body at the factory and therefore body and spool are not available as repair parts. O P E N T O C L O S E D C E N T E R CONVERSION This feature allows an otherwise open center valve to be converted to closed center operation. As shown, a 3/8 NPTF pipe plug is installed in the bottom of the outlet port to block open center passage. A pipe thread sealant should be used. This feature is standard on all RD-2500 valves except for the 1/2 NPTF inlet and outlet port option. The pipe plug is included with these models. Discard the pipe plug if the valve is used on an open center application. PLEASE NOTE that this closed center option does not provide for the drain off of standby spool leakage. This can allow a very small amount of oil to enter the work ports when in neutral.
V74VALVES CATV 74-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 LS-3000, RD-2500 PRESSURE DROP, RELIEF CURVE AND STANDARD MODELS PRESSURE DROP STANDARD VALVES AVAILABLE All standard valves have a load check (except LS3000 models), a complete lever handle assembly, and an adjustable ball-spring relief, see below for settings. For other relief settings, please specify. 5 5 20 8 3 5 4 10 9 39 15 5 11 13 15 19 60 32 7 23 24 20 31 90 54 11 40 42 FLOW (GPM) A OR B TO OUTLET INLET TO A OR B INLET TO OUTLET A OR B TO OUTLET INLET TO OUTLET INLET TO A OR B RD-2500 LS-3000 110 SUS OIL AT 115° P-PSI∆ RD-2555-T4-ESA1 X X 1/2 NPTF 1/2 NPTF 1500 PSI @ NO 12 GPM RD-2575-T4-ESA1 X X 3/4 NPTF 1/2 NPTF 1500 PSI @ YES 12 GPM RD-2575-T4-EDA1 X X 3/4 NPTF 1/2 NPTF 1500 PSI @ YES 12 GPM RD-2575-T3-ESA1 X X 3/4 NPTF 1/2 NPTF 1500 PSI @ YES 12 GPM RD-2575-M4-ESA1 X X 3/4 NPTF 1/2 NPTF 1500 PSI @ YES12 GPM RD-2508-T4-ESA1 X X #10 SAE #8 SAE 1500 PSI @ YES 12 GPM RD-2575-M4-EDA1 X X 3/4 NPTF 1/2 NPTF 1500 PSI @ YES 12 GPM LS-3000-1 X X 3/4 NPTF 1/2 NPTF 2250 PSI @ NO (detent spool out) 3 GPM LS-3000-9 X X 3/4 BSPP 3/4 BSPP 2250 PSI @ NO (detent spool out) 3 GPM LS-3000-2 X X 3/4 NPTF 3/4 NPTF 2250 PSI @ NO(detent spool out) 3 GPM LS-3060-1 X X 3/4 NPTF 1/2 NPTF 2250 PSI @ NO (detent spool in) 3 GPM LS-3060-9 X X 3/4 BSPP 3/4 BSPP 2250 PSI @ NO (detent spool in) 3 GPM LS-3040-1 X X 3/4 NPTF 1/2 NPTF 2250 PSI @ NO12 GPM LSR-3060-3 4 WAY 4 POSITION W/ X 1/2 NPTF 3/4 NPTF 2250 PSI @ NO(detent spool in) MANUAL RAPID EXTEND 3 GPM LSR-3060-8 4 WAY 4 POSITION W/ X 1/2 BSPP 3/4 BSPP 2250 PSI @ NO(detent spool in) MANUAL RAPID EXTEND 3 GPM VALVE PART NUMBER 4 WAY 3 POSITION 4 WAY 3 POSITION MOTOR 3 WAY 3 POSITION SPRING CENTER TO NEUTRAL 3 POSITION DETENT PRESSURE RELEASE DETENT SPRING CENTER TO NEUTRAL IN/OUT PORT SIZE WORK PORT SIZE RELIEF SETTING To Specify Other Settings See Previous Page CONVERTIBLE FROM OPEN CENTER TO CLOSED CENTER SPOOL TYPE SPOOL ACTION A P-T AB P-TP-T AB PRESSURE (PSI) FLOW (GPM) LS-3000/RD-2500 RELIEF VALVE CURVES AT VARIOUS SET POINTS 110 SUS OIL AT 115°F 20161284 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 The load check feature is standard on all RD-2500 valve models. The load check will prevent the fall of a cylinder as the spool is shifted. It does this by preventing the back-flow of oil from work port to inlet. The pump must build up enough pressure to overcome the pressure on the work port and lift the load check poppet. The load check has nothing to do with holding a cylinder when the spool is in neutral. This spool option is used to control a double acting cylinder. In neutral both of the work ports are blocked and oil goes through the open center passage to the outlet. This is the most popular spool option. 4 WAY SPOOL 3 WAY SPOOL 4 WAY MOTOR SPOOL LOAD CHECK This spool option is used to control a reversing motor or a double acting cylinder. In neutral the work ports are connected to tank and oil goes through the open center passage to the outlet. This allows a motor to free-wheel or a cylinder to float in the neutral position. This spool option is used to control a single acting cylinder or a uni-directional motor. In neutral the work port is blocked and oil goes through the open center passage to the outlet. The “B” work port is plugged for this option. A P-T AB P-TP-T AB PRESSURE (PSI) FLOW (GPM) LS-3000/RD-2500 RELIEF VALVE CURVES AT VARIOUS SET POINTS 110 SUS OIL AT 115°F 20161284 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 A P-T AB P-TP-T AB PRESSURE (PSI) FLOW (GPM) LS-3000/RD-2500 RELIEF VALVE CURVES AT VARIOUS SET POINTS 110 SUS OIL AT 115°F 20161284 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 A P-T AB P-TP-T AB PRESSURE (PSI) FLOW (GPM) LS-3000/RD-2500 RELIEF VALVE CURVES AT VARIOUS SET POINTS 110 SUS OIL AT 115°F 20161284 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 SEE PAGE 6 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
V75VALVESCATV 75-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220
V76VALVES CATV 76-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 PRESSURE COMPENSATED ADJUSTABLE FLOW CONTROL VALVES The PRINCE valve models RD-100 and RD-1900 are pressure compensated adjustable flow control valves. By rotating the handle, the flow out the “CF”, or controlled flow port, can be varied from approximately 0 to the maximum controlled flow shown in the chart below. Any remaining flow is bypassed to the “EF” or excess flow port. This flow can be used to power another circuit or can be returned to tank. Once the controlled flow is set it will remain nearly constant with variations in pressure on either the controlled or excess flow ports. Please note: If during operation the controlled flow port is blocked the valve will compensate in such a way as to shut off flow to the excess port. These valves can also be used as a restrictive flow control by plugging the excess flow port. The PRINCE valve models RDRS-100 and RDRS-1900 have a built in adjustable pressure relief. For these models the excess flow port must be connected to tank. It should be noted that whenever these or any valve is used to bypass or restrict, flow heat will be generated. Steps may be required to keep oil temperature from becoming too high. STANDARD MODELS AVAILABLE MODEL NUMBER PORT SIZES CONTROLLED FLOW RANGE RD-137-8 RD-1937-8 3/8 NPTF 0-8 GPM RD-150-8 RD-1950-8 1/2 NPTF 0-8 GPM RD-150-16 RD-1950-16 1/2 NPTF 0-16 GPM RD-175-16 RD-1975-16 3/4 NPTF 0-16 GPM RD-175-30 RD-1975-30 3/4 NPTF 0-30 GPM RD-108-8 RD-1908-8 #8 SAE 0-8 GPM RD-112-30 RD-1912-30 #12 SAE 0-30 GPM RDRS-150-16 RDRS-1950-16 1/2 NPTF 0-16 GPM RDRS-175-30 RDRS-1975-30 3/4 NPTF 0-30 GPM VALVE SPECIFICATIONS: FIELD REPAIR KITS: Capacity: 30 gpm max inlet flow Handle hardware 660301002 Pressure: 3000 psi max Seal Kit 660501001 Weight: RD-100 8 lbs. RD-1900 9 lbs. SYMBOL For Other Relief Settings Please Specify: Relief Pressure in Hundreds Example: 20=2000 PSI These models have built in relief set at 1500 psi @ 10 GPM. Adjustment Range 1000 to 2500 psi Special combinations of port size and controlled flow range are available in O E M quantities. Please consult your sales representative. MODEL RD-100 TOP PORT FLOW CONTROL MODEL RD-1900 SIDE PORT FLOW CONTROL IN CF EF EFCF IN RDRS-100 & RDRS-1900 RD-100 & RD-1900 RDRS-1950-16-20 RDRS-150-16-20 Relief Pressure in Hundreds Example: 20=2000 PSI SEE PAGE 1 & 6 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
V77VALVESCATV 77-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 671800010 671500004 671800002 ADJUSMENT SCREW 671900001 670300011 230009014 1.75 .88 4.13 .13 2.88 3.34 240000116 240016072 ROTARY SPOOL 220000762 670400006 670400004 190100018 670400005 .265 DIA (2) .88 1.00 2.38 1.18 2.31 5.00 MAIN SPOOLINLET 670801001 PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION 671600002 240000912 EXCESS FLOW PORTCONTROL FLOW PORT 240000912 190100018 670400004 670400006 220000762 ROTARY SPOOL 240016072 240000116 3.34 .13 2.88 4.81 CONTROL FLOW PORT EXCESS FLOW PORT INLET MAIN SPOOL 5.00 2.31 1.18 671600002 PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION 670400005 1.69 2.16 670300008 670801001 670300008 MOTOR TO TANK OR SECONDARY CIRCUIT (EXCESS FLOW PORT)(CONTROLLED FLOW PORT) RD-100 (INLET) (INLET) RD-100 (CONTROLLED FLOW PORT) (EXCESS FLOW PORT PLUGGED) MOTOR .88 1.75 230005093 230005093 .38 3.88 .38 .265 DIA (2).88 2.05 3.88 MODEL RD-100 AND RD-1900 PARTS BREAKDOWN AND DIMENSIONS As illustrated in the circuit below the RD-100/RD-1900 adjustable flow control valves can be used to control the speed of a hydraulic motor. In this circuit oil from a source is directed into the inlet of the valve. By moving the handle the flow can be varied from approximately zero when handle is vertical to maximum when the handle is horizontal. Oil not going to the controlled flow port is bypassed to the excess flow port where it can be used to supply another circuit or returned to tank. Instead of the control flow directly supplying a motor it can be used as an adjustable priority divider and provide adjustable priority flow to a directional control valve bank. Also as illustrated the RD-100/RD-1900 can be used as a restrictive type flow control. In this circuit the excess flow port is blocked. This would normally be used with a pressure compensated pump or in a closed center system. APPLICATIONS: BYPASS FLOW CIRCUIT RESTRICTIVE FLOW CIRCUIT MODEL RD-1900 RDRS MODEL RELIEF VALVE PARTS MODEL RD-100 671800010 671500004 671800002 ADJUSMENT SCREW 671900001 670300011 230009014 1.75 .88 4.13 .13 2.88 3.34 240000116 240016072 ROTARY SPOOL 220000762 670400006 670400004 190100018 670400005 .265 DIA (2) .88 1.00 2.38 1.18 2.31 5.00 MAIN SPOOLINLET 670801001 PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION 671600002 240000912 EXCESS FLOW PORTCONTROL FLOW PORT 240000912 190100018 670400004 670400006 220000762 ROTARY SPOOL 240016072 240000116 3.34 .13 2.88 4.81 CONTROL FLOW PORT EXCESS FLOW PORT INLET MAIN SPOOL 5.00 2.31 1.18 671600002 PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION 670400005 1.69 2.16 670300008 670801001 670300008 MOTOR TO TANK OR SECONDARY CIRCUIT (EXCESS FLOW PORT)(CONTROLLED FLOW PORT) RD-100 (INLET) (INLET) RD-100 (CONTROLLED FLOW PORT) (EXCESS FLOW PORT PLUGGED) MOTOR .88 1.75 230005093 230005093 .38 3.88 .38 .265 DIA (2).88 2.05 3.88 671800010 671500004 671800002 ADJUSMENT SCREW 671900001 670300011 230009014 1.75 .88 4.13 .13 2.88 3.34 240000116 240016072 ROTARY SPOOL 220000762 670400006 670400004 190100018 670400005 .265 DIA (2) .88 1.00 2.38 1.18 2.31 5.00 MAIN SPOOLINLET 670801001 PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION 671600002 240000912 EXCESS FLOW PORTCONTROL FLOW PORT 240000912 190100018 670400004 670400006 220000762 ROTARY SPOOL 240016072 240000116 3.34 .13 2.88 4.81 CONTROL FLOW PORT EXCESS FLOW PORT INLET MAIN SPOOL 5.00 2.31 1.18 671600002 PART NUMBER WILL BE STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION 670400005 1.69 2.16 670300008 670801001 670300008 MOTOR TO TANK OR SECONDARY CIRCUIT (EXCESS FLOW PORT)(CONTROLLED FLOW PORT) RD-100 (INLET) (INLET) RD-100 (CONTROLLED FLOW PORT) (EXCESS FLOW PORT PLUGGED) MOTOR .88 1.75 230005093 230005093 .38 3.88 .38 .265 DIA (2).88 2.05 3.88
V78VALVES CATV 78-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 CONSTANT VOLUME PRIORITY DIVIDERS The PRINCE model RD-400 is a constant volume priority divider. It can be used in applications where two circuits are to be supplied by a single pump such as power steering systems. In operation the flow of oil supplied to the inlet is divided into two flows, the priority flow and the excess flow. The priority flow will remain nearly constant with variations in pressure on either the priority or excess flow port and will also remain nearly constant with variations in the inlet flow. The priority flow GPM is determined by a fixed orifice inside the main spool. The desired priority GPM must be specified with model number, see below. The PRINCE model RD-400-R provides the same function as described above with the addition of a built in pressure relief for the priority port only. This relief is internally adjustable and requires a separate line to tank. The relief is factory set at 1500 PSI. Relief Range is 500 to 2500psi. VALVE SPECIFICATIONS: Capacity: 30 gpm max inlet flow Weight: RD-400 7 Ibs. Pressure: 3000 psi max RD-400-R 7.5 Ibs. To complete the model number fill in the blank with the desired priority GPM from the list at right. EX: RD-400-3 for 3 GPM priority flow; RD-405-R-6 for 6 GPM priority flow. RD-400- ____ RD-400-R-____ 3/4 NPTF 3/8 NPTF RD-405- ____ RD-405-R-____ 3/4 NPTF 1/2 NPTF RD-412- ____ RD-412-R-____ #12 SAE #8 SAE RD-450- ____ RD-450-R-____ 1/2 NPTF 3/8 NPTF RD-455- ____ RD-455-R-____ 1/2 NPTF 1/2 NPTF RD-477- ____ RD-477-R-____ 3/4 NPTF 3/4 NPTF INLET AND PRIORITY EXCESS PORT PORT PORT SIZE STANDARD MODELS AVAILABLE PRIORITY GPM 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 The PRINCE model RD-500 is an adjustable constant volume priority divider. This valve provides the same function as the PRINCE model RD-400 except the priority flow is adjustable from 2 GPM to 12 GPM. The priority flow is set using the adjusting screw and is then locked in place to maintain setting. This allows setting to be fine tuned in the field to the exact flow needed. VALVE SPECIFICATIONS Capacity: 30 gpm max inlet flow Pressure: 3000 psi max Weight: 7 Ibs. VALVE MODEL NUMBER PORT SIZE RD-537 3/8 NPTF RD-550 1/2 NPTF RD-575 3/4 NPTF STANDARD MODELS AVAILABLE MODEL RD-400 FIXED FLOW PRIORITY DIVIDER MODEL RD-400-R FIXED FLOW PRIORITY DIVIDER WITH PRIORITY PRESSURE RELIEF MODEL RD-500 ADJUSTABLE FLOW PRIORITY DIVIDER VALVE MODEL NUMBER SEE PAGE 6 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
V79VALVESCATV 79-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 IN CF EF EFCF INT .88 1.75 4.13 4.63 3.88 2.05 PRIORITY FLOW EXCESS FLOW .91 1.00 .38 .38 .91 EXCESS FLOWPRIORITY FLOW 2.05 3.88 4.63 1.00 4.13 1.75 .88 .265 DIA (2) 240000912 671600002 VALVE BODY INLET 2.31 ORIFICE PLUG SPOOL 670300008 670300008 SPOOL ORIFICE PLUG INLET VALVE BODY 671600002 240000912 .265 DIA (2) 2.31 660204001 RELIEF CARTRIDGE ADJUSTMENT SCREW 3/8 NPTF TANK PORT ALL MODELS 1.00 4.63 3.88 2.05 PRIORITY FLOW EXCESS FLOW .91 .38 .265 DIA (2) 240000912 671600002 VALVE BODY 2.31 INLET PLUG SPOOL 670300008 660305001 ADJUSTMENT SCREW .88 1.75 4.13 EFCF IN RD-500 RD-400R RD-400 MODEL RD-400, RD-400R AND RD-500 PARTS BREAKDOWN AND DIMENSIONS RD-400 SYMBOL SEAL KIT NO. 660504001 RD-400R SYMBOL SEAL KIT NO. 660504002 RD-500 SYMBOL SEAL KIT NO. 660505001 NOTE: spools are not available separately
V80VALVES CATV 80-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 MODEL NUMBER DIVIDER PORT SIZE INLET FLOW RATIO RANGE RD-237-8 RD-337-8 50:50 3/8 NPTF 4-8 GPM RD-250-16 RD-350-16 RD-350-AB-16 50:50 1/2 NPTF 8-16 GPM RD-275-30 RD-375-30 RD-375-AB-30 50:50 3/4 NPTF 16-30 GPM RD-208-8 RD-308-8 50:50 3/4 16 SAE 4-8 GPM RD-212-30 RD-312-30 50:50 1-1/16-12 SAE 16-30 GPM MODELS AVAILABLE MODEL NUMBER PORT SIZE INLET DRAIN AND SEQUENCE PORT RD-1050-S___ 1/2 NPTF 3/8 NPTF RD-1075-S___ 3/4 NPTF 3/8 NPTF SPRING SEQUENCE PRESSURE L 40-350 PSI M 350-1700 PSI H 1400-2500 PSI PRESSURE COMPENSATED PROPORTIONAL FLOW DIVIDERS The PRINCE model RD-200 valve is a pressure compensated proportional flow divider. The standard models of this valve will take one inlet flow and split it into two nearly equal outlet flows. The valve is also available with special ratio spools which will split the flow into two flows proportional to the ratio specified. Because the valve is pressure compensated the valve will maintain the divider ratio with quite different loads on the outlet ports as long as the inlet flow is within the range given in the chart below. Flow through the RD-200 cannot be reversed. The PRINCE model RD-300 provides the same function as the RD-200 with the added feature of free reverse checks. This allows the reverse flow of oil from the outlet ports to the inlet port. The reverse flow is not pressure compensated. VALVE SPECIFICATIONS: Capacity: 30 gpm max inlet flow Weight: RD-200 7 Ibs. Pressure: 3000 psi max RD-300 7 Ibs. In OEM quantities the RD-200 and RD-300 valves are available with special divider ratios. Ratios available are: 2:1, 80:20, 70:30, 60:40, and others as required. When ordering specify the divider ratio after the model number. EXAMPLE: RD-250-16 (70:30) MODEL NUMBER PORT SIZE INLET FLOW RANGE RD-537P-8 3/8 NPTF 4-8 GPM RD-550P-16 1/2 NPTF 8-16 GPM RD-575P-30 3/4 NPTF 16-30 GPM The PRINCE valve model RD-1000-S is an internally piloted adjustable sequence valve. This valve will prevent the flow of oil from going to the sequence port until the pressure on the inlet port reaches the sequence pressure. The sequence pressure is adjustable within the range given in chart below. A built in check valve allows flow from sequence port to inlet. To operate properly the drain port must be connected to tank. This valve is a spool type sequence valve and will provide smooth operation but should not be used in applications that require low leakage. VALVE SPECIFICATIONS: Capacity: 30 gpm max inlet flow Weight: 7 Ibs. Pressure: 3000 psi max The PRINCE model RD-500P is a pressure compensated proportional flow divider valve with one fixed and one adjustable orifice. This valve provides the same function as the RD-200 except the divider ratio can be changed in the field. VALVE SPECIFICATIONS: Capacity: 30 gpm max inlet flow Weight: RD-500P 7 Ibs. Pressure: 3000 psi max MODELS AVAILABLE To complete the model number fill in the blank with the spring letter that corresponds to desired counter balance pressure range. EXAMPLE: RD-1050SM for 350-1700 psi spring range. Standard settings are 300 psi, 1500 psi and 1500 psi for ranges L, M and H respectively. MODEL RD-200 PROPORTIONAL DIVIDER MODEL RD-300 PROPORTIONAL DIVIDER WITH FREE RETURN CHECKS MODEL RD-1000-S INTERNALLY PILOTED SEQUENCE VALVE WITH EXTERNAL DRAIN MODEL RD-500P PROPORTIONAL DIVIDER WITH ADJUSTABLE ORIFICE MODELS AVAILABLE
V81VALVESCATV 81-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 RD 200/300-8 RD 200/300-16 RD 200/300-30 T 0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 P (PSI) FLOW (GPM) OUTOUT IN 4.63 3.88 .912 2.05.38 1.00 .88 1.75 4.13 OUTLET OUTLET 240000912 671600002 VALVE BODY INLET 2.31 DIVIDER SPOOL SEE DETAIL AT RIGHT 240000912 671600002 660203001 VALVE BODY DIVIDER SPOOL INLET The RD-300AB valve has a built-in automatic bypass. This allows oil to crossover from one outlet to the other when the pressure difference between the two outlet reaches 750 PSI. IN OUT OUT RD 300 AB ONLY OUTOUT IN 671600002 240000912 VALVE BODY DIVIDER SPOOL INLET660305001 .265 DIA (2) 230009016 670300010 670804001 200018001 SECONDARY PORTTANK PORT 240000912 240000015 671100007 671800001 220000765 220001302 671000011 INLETMETERING SPRING SPOOL VALVE BODY ADJUSTMENT SCREW 660203001 660310003 IN SECONDARY RD-1000S RD-500P RD-300 & RD-300-AB RD-200 MODEL RD-200, RD-300, RD-300AB, RD-500P, AND RD-1000S PARTS BREAKDOWN AND DIMENSIONS RD-1000S SYMBOL SEAL KIT NO. 660510001 RD-500P SYMBOL SEAL KIT NO. 660505001 SEAL KIT NO. 660503001 RD-200 RD-300 SYMBOL SYMBOL SEAL KIT NO. 660502001
V82VALVES CATV 82-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 DIFFERENTIAL POPPET STYLE RELIEF VALVES - RV AND DRV SERIES The PRINCE valve model RV is a differential poppet type inline relief. The valve is made up of a relief cartridge and a cast iron valve body. The differential poppet type relief provides smooth quiet performance with a minimum variation between cracking and full flow pressures. This type relief is also less sensitive to system contamination. The model RV is well suited as a system relief up to 30 GPM and 3000 psi. It is available in two pressure ranges and both an externally adjustable and shim adjustable version. VALVE SPECIFICATIONS: Capacity: 30 gpm max inlet flow Weight: 3 Ibs. Pressure: 3000 psi max The PRINCE valve model DRV is a differential poppet type double relief. This valve uses the same relief cartridge as the model RV. The double relief is used in systems that require cross over relief protection such as reversible hydraulic motor, or double acting cylinders. VALVE SPECIFICATIONS: Capacity: 30 gpm max inlet flow Weight: 5.5 lbs. Pressure: 3000 psi max The PRINCE valve model RV-0 is the differential poppet relief cartridge used in many valve models. It is available preset to install into RV valves in the field or into a custom application. This relief cartridge can also be used in the RD5100, RD5200, RD5300 and SV stack valve inlet section. VALVE SPECIFICATIONS: Capacity: 30 gpm max inlet flow Pressure: 3000 psi max STANDARD MODELS AVAILABLE MODEL NUMBER MODEL NUMBER VALVE TYPE RELIEF SETTING PORT SIZE RV-1H DRV-1HH ADJUSTABLE 1500-3000 PSI 2000 PSI @ 10 GPM #12 SAE RV-2H DRV-2HH ADJUSTABLE 1500-3000 PSI 2000 PSI @ 10 GPM 3/4” NPTF RV-4H DRV-4HH ADJUSTABLE 1500-3000 PSI 2000 PSI @ 10 GPM 1/2” NPTF RV-2L DRV-2LL ADJUSTABLE 500-1500 PSI 1000 PSI @ 10 GPM 3/4” NPTF MODEL RV DIFFERENTIAL POPPET INLINE RELIEF MODEL DRV DIFFERENTIAL POPPET DOUBLE RELIEF MODEL RV-O DIFFERENTIAL POPPET RELIEF CARTRIDGE SEE PAGE 6 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
V83VALVESCATV 83-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 MODEL RV AND DRV SPECIAL MODELS AND MOUNTING DIMENSIONS SPECIAL MODEL RV RELIEF VALVES Other relief valve models not listed on previous page are available in OEM quantities. To select a model number use the order code matrix shown at right. Consult a sales representative if options other than those listed are required. SPECIAL MODEL DRV RELIEF VALVES Other relief valve models not listed on previous page are available in OEM quantities. To select a model number using the order code matrix at right. Consult a sales representative if options other than those listed are required. FIELD CONVERSION KITS: 660250002 ADJ. RELIEF CARTRIDGE 1500-3000 PSI RV ONLY 660250003 ADJ. RELIEF CARTRIDGE 500-1500 PSI RV ONLY 660250004 NON-ADJUSTABLE RELIEF CARTRIDGE 1500-3000 PSI RV ONLY 660250005 NON-ADJUSTABLE RELIEF CARTRIDGE 500-1500 PSI RV ONLY 660250011 ADJ. RELIEF CARTRIDGE 1500-3000 PSI DRV ONLY 660250012 NON-ADJUSTABLE RELIEF CARTRIDGE 1500-3000 DRV ONLY 660250015 Adj Relief Cartridge 500-1500 PSI DRV ONLY 660250016 Non-Adjustable Relief Cartridge 500-1500 PSI DRV ONLY 660590001 RV SEAL KIT 660590004 DRV SEAL KIT 670300005 1500-3000 PSI RELIEF SPRING 670300006 500-1500 PSI RELIEF SPRING NOTE: The RV and DRV cartridges are not the same. To order a non-preset cartridge, use the 9-digit part number above. To order a Preset Cartridge, use the RV-0x-xx option above or the DRV-0x-xx option above. RV-SERIES MOUNTING DIMENSIONS DRV-SERIES MOUNTING DIMENSIONS RV-SERIES RELIEF CURVES MACHINING DIMENSIONS FOR RELIEF VALVE CARTRIDGE 3.25 1.62 1.25 2.50 1.22 5.06 0.28 DIA. (2) TANK PORT PRESSURE PORT (2) 0.94 2.78 1.50 2.88 1.63 4.50 3.44 7.00 1.13 2.00 0.50 3.50 RELIEF CARTRIDGE FOR C/D PASSAGE RELIEF CARTRIDGE FOR A/B PASSAGE 0.343 DIA. (2) 252015105 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 1.280 1.637 30° .687 .690 DIA. TANK CAVITY PRESSURE 1.13 DIA NO. 10 SAE PORT 7/8-14 UNF-2B X .625 DEEP PRESSURE SETTINGRELIEF TYPEPORT SIZEMODEL NUMBER Specify Relief Pressure in PSI. Leave Blank for Standard Setting STANDARD SETTING 2000 PSI for H and NH 1000 PSI for L and NL H- Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI L- Adjustable 500-1500 PSI NH- Non-Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI NL- Non-Adjustable 500-1500 PSI 1 - #12 SAE 2 - 3/4 NPTF 3 - #10 SAE 4 - 1/2 NPTF 5 - #8 SAE O - Cartridge Only. No Body. RV DRV 0 - Cartridge only. No Body. 1 - #12 SAE 2 - 3/4 NPTF 3 - #10 SAE 4 - 1/2 NPTF 5 - #8 SAE H- Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI L- Adjustable 500-1500 PSI NH- Non-Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI NL- Non-Adjustable 500-1500 PSI MODEL NUMBER PORT SIZE RELIEF TYPE Port A/B #1 Port C/D #2 H- Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI L- Adjustable 500-1500 PSI NH- Non-Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI NL- Non-Adjustable 500-1500 PSI RELIEF SETTINGS (PSI) Port A/B Port C/D Relief Settings: The two digits represent the relief settings in 100s to the nearest 100 PSI for the respective ports. EXAMPLE: 08 = 800 PSI 17 = 1700 PSI AT VARIOUS SET POINTS. 110 SUS OIL AT 115°F. PRESSURE (PSI) FLOW (GPM) RV DRV XX XX A C B D PRESSURE 3.25 1.62 1.25 2.50 1.22 5.06 0.28 DIA. (2) TANK PORT PRESSURE PORT (2) 0.94 2.78 1.50 2.88 1.63 4.50 3.44 7.00 1.13 2.00 0.50 3.50 RELIEF CARTRIDGE FOR C/D PASSAGE RELIEF CARTRIDGE FOR A/B PASSAGE 0.343 DIA. (2) 252015105 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 1.280 1.637 30° .687 .690 DIA. TANK CAVITY PRESSURE 1.13 DIA NO. 10 SAE PORT 7/8-14 UNF-2B X .625 DEEP PRESSURE SETTINGRELIEF TYPEPORT SIZEMODEL NUMBER Specify Relief Pressure in PSI. Leave Blank for Standard Setting STANDARD SETTING 2000 PSI for H and NH 1000 PSI for L and NL H- Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI L- Adjustable 500-1500 PSI NH- Non-Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI NL- Non-Adjustable 500-1500 PSI 1 - #12 SAE 2 - 3/4 NPTF 3 - #10 SAE 4 - 1/2 NPTF 5 - #8 SAE O - Cartridge Only. No Body. RV DRV 0 - Cartridge only. No Body. 1 - #12 SAE 2 - 3/4 NPTF 3 - #10 SAE 4 - 1/2 NPTF 5 - #8 SAE H- Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI L- Adjustable 500-1500 PSI NH- Non-Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI NL- Non-Adjustable 500-1500 PSI MODEL NUMBER PORT SIZE RELIEF TYPE Port A/B #1 Port C/D #2 H- Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI L- Adjustable 500-1500 PSI NH- Non-Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI NL- Non-Adjustable 500-1500 PSI RELIEF SETTINGS (PSI) Port A/B Port C/D Relief Settings: The two digits represent the relief settings in 100s to the nearest 100 PSI for the respective ports. EXAMPLE: 08 = 800 PSI 17 = 1700 PSI AT VARIOUS SET POINTS. 110 SUS OIL AT 115°F. PRESSURE (PSI) FLOW (GPM) RV DRV XX XX A C B D PRESSURE 3.25 1.62 1.25 2.50 1.22 5.06 0.28 DIA. (2) TANK PORT PRESSURE PORT (2) 0.94 2.78 1.50 2.88 1.63 4.50 3.44 7.00 1.13 2.00 0.50 3.50 RELIEF CARTRIDGE FOR C/D PASSAGE RELIEF CARTRIDGE FOR A/B PASSAGE 0.343 DIA. (2) 252015105 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 1.280 1.637 30° .687 .690 DIA. TANK CAVITY PRESSURE 1.13 DIA NO. 10 SAE PORT 7/8-14 UNF-2B X .625 DEEP PRESSURE SETTINGRELIEF TYPEPORT SIZEMODEL NUMBER Specify Relief Pr
V84VALVES CATV 84-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 MODEL RD-1800 PRESSURE RELIEF MODEL RD-900 SELECTOR VALVE The PRINCE valve model RD-900 is a manual 3-way 2-position selector valve. This valve will allow one pump source to supply two separate circuits. Pushing the handle in diverts oil flow to port away from handle. Pulling the handle out diverts oil flow to port nearest handle. VALVE SPECIFICATIONS Capacity: 30 gpm max inlet flow Pressure: 3000 psi max Weight: 7 lbs. SEAL KIT 660590025 MODEL RD-900 SELECTOR VALVE The PRINCE valve model RD-1800 is a direct acting ball/spring type pressure relief. The valve is compact and simple in design. This type relief is fast opening and is well suited for pressure spike protection. The performance curves below indicate the low cracking pressure typical to ball/spring reliefs. Please refer to the model RV relief for a system pressure relief. The valve is available with a standard steel seat, model RD-1800S, or with a hardened seat, model RD-1800H. Both models are externally adjustable. VALVE SPECIFICATIONS: Capacity: 20 gpm max inlet flow Pressure: 2500 psi max Weight: 2 Ib. Adjustment Range: 1000 PSI to 2500 PSI NOTE: Relief settings are 1500 PSI @ 12 GPM. For non-standard relief settings specify PSI in hundreds and GPM after model number. EX: RD-1850-S-12-10 for 1200 PSI @ 10 GPM MODEL RD-1800 BALL/SPRING TYPE DIRECT ACTING RELIEF SYMBOL STANDARD MODELS AVAILABLE MODEL # PORT SIZES MAX FLOW RD-1837-S 3/8 NPTF 8 GPM RD-1850-H 1/2 NPTF 16 GPM RD-1850-S 1/2 NPTF 16 GPM RD-1875-S 3/4 NPTF 20 GPM SYMBOL PRESSURE (PSI) RELIEF VALVE CURVE AT VARIOUS SET POINTS 110 SUS OIL AT 115°F. FLOW (GPM) TANK 800 671800010 671900001 671500004 671800002 .31 4.56 4.13 .87 0 4 200 400 600 1.75 RD-1800H 1.50 RD-1800S 248 12 2016 2.13 230009014 1.50 670300011 PRESSURE PORT (2).69 RD-900 OUTLETS 2.05 .91 3.88 4.49 .265 DIA (2) 1000 1200 1400 1800 1600 2000 T RD-1800 P PRESSURE (PSI) RELIEF VALVE CURVE AT VARIOUS SET POINTS 110 SUS OIL AT 115°F. FLOW (GPM) TANK 800 671800010 671900001 671500004 671800002 240016074 240016071 .31 4.56 4.13 .87 230017018 0 4 200 400 600 1.75 RD-1800H 1.50 RD-1800S 248 12 2016 2.13 230009014 1.50 670300011 PRESSURE PORT (2).69 190100019 2.25 INLET RD-900 OUTLETS 2.05 .91 3.88 4.49 .265 DIA (2) 1000 1200 1400 1800 1600 2000 T RD-1800 P PRESSURE (PSI) RELIEF VALVE CURVE AT VARIOUS SET POINTS 110 SUS OIL AT 115°F. FLOW (GPM) TANK 800 671800010 671900001 671500004 671800002 240016074 240016071 .31 4.56 4.13 .87 230017018 0 4 200 400 600 1.75 RD-1800H 1.50 RD-1800S 248 12 2016 2.13 230009014 1.50 670300011 PRESSURE PORT (2).69 190100019 2.25 INLET RD-900 OUTLETS 2.05 .91 3.88 4.49 .265 DIA (2) 1000 1200 1400 1800 1600 2000 T RD-1800 P PRESSURE (PSI) RELIEF VALVE CURVE AT VARIOUS SET POINTS 110 SUS OIL AT 115°F. FLOW (GPM) TANK 800 671800010 671900001 671500004 671800002 240016074 240016071 .31 4.56 4.13 .87 230017018 0 4 200 400 600 1.75 RD-1800H 1.50 RD-1800S 248 12 2016 2.13 230009014 1.50 670300011 PRESSURE PORT (2).69 190100019 2.25 INLET RD-900 OUTLETS 2.05 .91 3.88 4.49 .265 DIA (2) 1000 1200 1400 1800 1600 2000 T RD-1800 P PRESSURE (PSI) RELIEF VALVE CURVE AT VARIOUS SET POINTS 110 SUS OIL AT 115°F. FLOW (GPM) TANK 800 671800010 671900001 671500004 671800002 240016074 240016071 .31 4.56 4.13 .87 230017018 0 4 200 400 600 1.75 RD-1800H 1.50 RD-1800S 248 12 2016 2.13 230009014 1.50 670300011 PRESSURE PORT (2).69 190100019 2.25 INLET RD-900 OUTLETS 2.05 .91 3.88 4.49 .265 DIA (2) 1000 1200 1400 1800 1600 2000 T RD-1800 P STANDARD MODELS MODEL # PORT SIZES RD-950 1/2 NPTF RD-975 3/4 NPTF SEE PAGE 6 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
V85VALVESCATV 85-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 SPOOL OUT 3-SPRING OFFSET, OFFSET, SPOOL OUT 4-HEAVY SPRING 4-#10 SAE 3-#8 SAE (standard) 2-1/2 NPTF MODEL SS PORT SIZE 1-3/8 NPTF SPOOL A-NONE B-CLEVIS ONLY C-CLEVIS W/ PINS AND LINK D-KNOB (standard) E-LEVER HANDLE R-ROLLER (use w/attachment 4) HANDLE A SELECTOR (standard) FLOAT B 1-NONE (standard) SPOOL ATTACHMENTS 2-END CAP ONLY SS SS SELECTOR SPOOL SS FLOAT SPOOL 2.25 1.00 5.32 .971.63 3.56 1.19 1.63 3.25 1.06 2.13 .38 SPOOL TRAVEL .343 DIA (2) BOTTOM INLET LOCATION FRONT INLET LOCATION 5.10 'A' REF 1.98 SPOOL OUT 1.65 SPOOL IN (1.60 MAX SPOOL IN); 15° APPROACH ANGLE @ SPOOL IN 1.45 ROLLER MAY BE MOUNTED VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL OPTION 'D' (KNOB) OPTION 'R' (ROLLER) 2.08 .25 WIDE CLEVIS .187 DIA PINS 'A' SPOOL OUT 3-SPRING OFFSET, OFFSET, SPOOL OUT 4-HEAVY SPRING 4-#10 SAE 3-#8 SAE (standard) 2-1/2 NPTF MODEL SS PORT SIZE 1-3/8 NPTF SPOOL A-NONE B-CLEVIS ONLY C-CLEVIS W/ PINS AND LINK D-KNOB (standard) E-LEVER HANDLE R-ROLLER (use w/attachment 4) HANDLE A SELECTOR (standard) FLOAT B 1-NONE (standard) SPOOL ATTACHMENTS 2-END CAP ONLY SS SS SELECTOR SPOOL SS FLOAT SPOOL 2.25 1.00 5.32 .971.63 3.56 1.19 1.63 3.25 1.06 2.13 .38 SPOOL TRAVEL .343 DIA (2) BOTTOM INLET LOCATION FRONT INLET LOCATION 'A' REF 1.98 SPOOL OUT ROLLER MAY BE MOUNTED VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL OPTION 'D' (KNOB) OPTION 'R' (ROLLER) 2.08 .25 WIDE CLEVIS .187 DIA PINS SINGLE SELECTOR VALVE PARTS BREAKDOWN AND DIMENSIONS The PRINCE valve model SS is a manual 3-way 2 position selector valve. This valve will allow one pump source to supply two circuits. With the standard selector spool pulling the spool out diverts oil to port nearest handle, pushing the spool in diverts oil to the port away from the handle. The valve has an inlet on both the bottom and front of the valve body. Special options include lever handle and a float spool. The float spool connects the inlet to both outlets when the spool is pushed in and blocks both outlets when spool is pulled out. SYMBOL SPECIAL MODEL SS SELECTOR VALVES Other selector valves not listed as standard above are available in OEM quantities. To select a model number use the order code matrix at right. Consult a sales representative if options other than those listed are required. VALVE SPECIFICATIONS: Capacity: 20 gpm max inlet flow Pressure: 3000 psi* Weight: 4 lbs. *For use at 3000 psi, a lever handle (handle option E) is recommended. KITS: END CAP KIT 660170009 LEVER HANDLE KIT 660170007 SEAL KIT 660590006 KNOB PART NO. 670400031 SNAP RING PART NO. 230017021 CLEVIS PART NO. 671900011 SPRING OFFSET KIT 660170008 STANDARD MODELS AVAILABLE MODEL NUMBER PORT SIZE DESCRIPTION SS-2A1D 1/2 NPTF SELECTOR WITH KNOB HANDLE SS-3A1D #8 SAE SELECTOR WITH KNOB HANDLE SS-2A1A 1/2 NPTF SELECTOR WITHOUT ATTACHMENTS SS-2A1E 1/2 NPTF SELECTOR WITH LEVER HANDLE SS-2A1B 1/2 NPTF SELECTOR WITH CLEVIS KNOB OPTION D PART NO. 670400031 LEVER HANDLE OPTION E KIT NO. 660170007MODEL SS MODEL SS SELECTOR SPOOL OUT 3-SPRING OFFSET, OFFSET, SPOOL OUT 4-HEAVY SPRING 4-#10 SAE 3-#8 SAE (standard) 2-1/2 NPTF MODEL SS PORT SIZE 1-3/8 NPTF SPOOL A-NONE B-CLEVIS ONLY C-CLEVIS W/ PINS AND LINK D-KNOB (standard) E-LEVER HANDLE R-ROLLER (use w/attachment 4) HANDLE A SELECTOR (standard) FLOAT B 1-NONE (standard) SPOOL ATTACHMENTS 2-END CAP ONLY SS SS SELECTOR SPOOL SS FLOAT SPOOL 2.25 1.00 5.32 .971.63 3.56 1.19 1.63 3.25 1.06 2.13 .38 SPOOL TRAVEL .343 DIA (2) BOTTOM INLET LOCATION FRONT INLET LOCATION ROLLER MAY BE MOUNTED VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL OPTION 'D' (KNOB) OPTION 'R' (ROLLER) 2.08 .25 WIDE CLEVIS .187 DIA PINS SPOOL OUT 3-SPRING OFFSET, OFFSET, SPOOL OUT 4-HEAVY SPRING 4-#10 SAE 3-#8 SAE (standard) 2-1/2 NPTF MODEL SS PORT SIZE 1-3/8 NPTF SPOOL A-NONE B-CLEVIS ONLY C-CLEVIS W/ PINS AND LINK D-KNOB (standard) E-LEVER HANDLE R-ROLLER (use w/attachment 4) HANDLE A SELECTOR (standard) FLOAT B 1-NONE (standard) SPOOL ATTACHMENTS 2-END CAP ONLY SS SS SELECTOR SPOOL SS FLOAT SPOOL 2.25 1.00 5.32 .971.63 3.56 1.19 1.63 3.25 1.06 2.13 .38 SPOOL TRAVEL .343 DIA (2) BOTTOM INLET LOCATION FRONT INLET LOCATION 5.10 'A' REF 1.98 SPOOL OUT 1.65 SPOOL IN (1.60 MAX SPOOL IN); 15° APPROACH ANGLE @ SPOOL IN 1.45 ROLLER MAY BE MOUNTED VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL OPTION 'D' (KNOB) OPTION 'R' (ROLLER) 2.08 .25 WIDE CLEVIS .187 DIA PINS 'A' SEE PAGE 6 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
V86VALVES CATV 86-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 MODEL DS DOUBLE SELECTOR VALVE The PRINCE valve model DS is a manual 6-way 2 position double selector valve. This valve will divert the flow going to two separate hydraulic circuits. For example two double acting cylinders or two reversible hydraulic motors can be operated by one four-way valve. When the double selector spool is pushed in, the C and D ports (top ports) are connected to the A and E ports (right ports). When the selector spool is pulled out, the C and D ports are connected to the B and F ports (left ports). An optional series/parallel spool is also available. This spool will run two reversible hydraulic motors in series when the spool is out and in parallel when the spool is pushed in. VALVE SPECIFICATIONS: Capacity: 40 GPM max inlet flow Pressure: 2500 psi Weight: 9 lbs. KITS: LEVER HANDLE 660170001 SPRING OFFSET KIT 660170003 2 POSITION DETENT KIT 660170004 END CAP KIT 660170010 SEAL KIT 660590005 KNOB PART NO. 670400029 SNAP RING PART NO. 230017018 CLEVIS PART NO. 671400059 SPECIAL MODEL DS SELECTOR VALVES Other double selector valves not listed as standard are available in OEM quantities. To select a model number use the order code matrix below. Consult a sales representative if options other than those listed are required. STANDARD MODELS AVAILABLE MODEL # PORT SIZE DESCRIPTION DS-4A1E 3/4 NPTF DOUBLE SELECTOR WITH LEVER HANDLE DS-5A1E #12 SAE DOUBLE SELECTOR WITH LEVER HANDLE DS-4A1D 3/4 NPTF DOUBLE SELECTOR WITH KNOB HANDLE DS-4A1A 3/4 NPTF DOUBLE SELECTOR WITHOUT ATTACHMENTS DS-1A1E 1/2 NPTF DOUBLE SELECTOR WITH LEVER HANDLE 2 - END CAP ONLY SPOOL ATTACHMENTS 1 - NONE (standard) B SERIES/ PARALLEL (standard) SELECTOR A HANDLE A - NONE B - CLEVIS ONLY C - CLEVIS W/ PINS AND LINK D - KNOB E - LEVER HANDLE (standard) SPOOL TYPEPORT SIZE DS MODEL 3 - SPRING OFFSET 4 - 2 POSITION DETENT 5 - HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR (REQUIRES HANDLE OPT. A) SPOOL OUT 1 - 1/2 NPTF 2 - #8 SAE 3 - #10 SAE 4 - 3/4 NPTF (standard) 5 - #12 SAE 6 - 1 NPTF DS KNOB OPTION D SPRING OFFSET (SPOOL OUT) OPTION 3 2 POSITION DETENT OPTION 4 2.13 3.254.25 .38 .406 DIA. (2) FB EA DC SYMBOL SELECTOR SPOOL B AF E DC CIRCUIT SELECTOR CIRCUIT SELECTOR SERIES/PARALLEL .25 WIDE CLEVIS .187 DIA. PIN INLET PORTS CYLINDER #1 PORTS CYLINDER #2 PORTS 1.13 3.25 2.75 5.50 2.13 SEE PAGE 6 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
V87VALVESCATV 87-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 TO CYLINDER TO CONTROL VALVE IN CYLINDER PILOT PRESSURE 5.88 3.50 1.94 1.56 3.88 2.00 .266 DIA (3) VALVE PORTS CYLINDER PORTS 660214001 3.11 1.81 5.81 1.31 2.91 .281 DIA. (2) CYLINDER PORT 1.50 2.50 PILOT PORT VALVE PORT 240000016 240019016 670200004 240000018 240019018 670300012 671100014 670100006 180900147 RD-1600 RD-1400 PILOT-OPERATED CHECK VALVES MODEL RD-1400 LOCK VALVE DOUBLE PILOT-OPERATED The PRINCE valve model RD-1400 is a double pilot-operated lock valve. This valve will lock a cylinder in place when a directional control valve is in the neutral position. In operation oil is directed to one of the valve ports and oil can free flow to the corresponding cylinder port. The pressure on this valve port will shift the pilot spool opening the opposite check valve. This will allow oil to return through the opposite check valve. This valve has a hardened steel seat and steel ball and therefore should not be used in applications requiring absolutely zero leakage. When using a pilot operated check to lower a heavy load the valve may chatter. An orifice in the line in some cases may be beneficial. STANDARD MODELS AVAILABLE MODEL NUMBER PORT SIZE RD-1450 1/2 NPTF RD-1475 3/4 NPTF VALVE SPECIFICATIONS: Capacity: 30 gpm max inlet flow Pressure: 3000 psi max Weight: 7 lbs. Pilot Ratio: 4:1 MODEL RD-1600 PILOT OPERATED CHECK VALVE VALVE SPECIFICATIONS: Capacity: 20 gpm max inlet flow Pressure: 3000 psi max Weight: 2 lbs. Pilot Ratio: 4:1 Decompression Ratio: 16:1 STANDARD MODELS AVAILABLE MODEL NUMBER VALVE AND CYL. PORT PILOT PORT RD-1637 3/8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF RD-1650 1/2 NPTF 1/4 NPTF RD-1608 #8 SAE (3/4-16) #4 SAE (7/16-20) The PRINCE valve model RD-1600 is a pilot operated check valve. This valve blocks oil from flowing from the cylinder port to the valve port until sufficient pressure is applied to the pilot port. Oil can free flow from the valve port to the cylinder port. The valve has a two stage poppet allowing smooth chatter free operation. SEE PAGE 6 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
V88VALVES CATV 88-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 1 DIA 1 1/2 DIA 2 DIA 2 1/2 DIA 3 DIA 3 1/2 DIA 4 DIA 5 DIA 6 DIA 8 DIA GPM EXT RET EXT RET EXT RET EXT RET EXT RET EXT RET EXT RET EXT RET EXT RET EXT RET 1/2 3/4 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/2 3 ROD ROD ROD ROD ROD ROD ROD ROD ROD ROD 1 4.90 6.54 2.18 2.90 1.23 1.79 .78 1.05 .54 .68 .40 .47 .31 .38 .20 .23 .14 .16 .08 .09 2 9.80 13.07 4.36 5.81 2.45 3.59 1.57 2.09 1.09 1.38 .80 .95 .61 .76 .39 .47 .27 .33 .15 .18 4 19.61 26.14 8.71 11.62 4.90 7.17 3.14 4.18 2.18 2.76 1.80 1.89 1.23 1.52 .78 .93 .54 .66 .31 .38 6 29.41 39.22 13.07 17.43 7.35 10.75 4.71 6.27 3.27 4.14 2.40 2.84 1.84 2.27 1.18 1.40 .82 .99 .46 .53 8 39.22 52.29 17.43 23.24 9.80 14.34 6.27 8.37 4.36 5.52 3.20 3.79 2.45 3.03 1.57 1.87 1.09 1.32 .61 .71 10 49.02 65.36 21.79 29.05 12.25 17.93 7.84 10.46 5.45 6.90 4.00 4.72 3.06 3.79 1.96 2.33 1.36 1.65 .77 .89 12 58.82 78.43 26.14 34.86 14.71 12.51 9.41 12.55 6.54 8.27 4.82 5.68 3.68 4.55 2.35 2.80 1.63 1.98 .92 1.07 15 – – 32.68 43.57 18.38 26.89 11.76 15.69 8.17 10.34 6.00 7.10 4.60 5.68 2.94 3.50 2.04 2.47 1.15 1.34 20 – – 43.57 58.10 24.51 35.85 15.69 20.92 10.89 13.79 8.00 9.46 6.13 7.58 3.92 4.67 2.72 3.30 1.53 1.78 25 – – – – 30.64 44.82 19.61 26.14 13.62 17.24 10.00 11.83 7.66 9.47 4.90 5.84 3.40 4.14 1.91 2.23 30 – – – – – – 23.53 31.37 16.24 20.66 12.00 14.20 9.19 11.37 5.88 7.00 4.08 4.94 2.30 2.87 35 – – – – – – 27.45 36.60 19.06 24.13 14.01 16.56 10.72 13.26 6.86 8.17 4.77 5.77 2.68 3.12 HYDRAULIC CYLINDER SPEED (inches/second) cylinder speed (inches/second) = 3.85 x GPM/cylinder area (sq. in.) The chart below gives cylinder speed in inches per second for extend and retract (for a given rod diameter). To determine the number of seconds it will take to extend or retract the cylinder divide the stroke length (inches) by the cylinder speed. EX: for a 4 x 16 cylinder with 10 gpm speed is 3.06 inches/sec. The time to extend 16 inches will be 5.23 seconds. CYL. CYL. 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 DIA AREA PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI .50 .20 98 196 295 393 491 589 .75 .44 221 442 663 884 1104 1325 .88 .60 301 601 902 1203 1503 1804 1.00 .79 393 785 1178 1571 1964 2356 1.13 .99 497 994 1491 1988 2485 2982 1.25 1.23 614 1227 1841 2454 3068 3682 1.38 1.48 742 1485 2227 2970 3712 4455 1.50 1.77 884 1767 2651 3534 4418 5301 1.75 2.41 1203 2405 3608 4811 6013 7216 2.00 3.14 1571 3142 4712 6283 7854 9425 2.50 4.91 2454 4909 7363 9817 12272 14726 3.00 7.07 3534 7069 10603 14137 17672 21206 3.50 9.62 4811 9621 14432 19242 24053 28863 4.00 12.57 6283 12566 18850 25133 31416 37699 4.50 15.90 7952 15904 23857 31809 39761 47713 5.00 19.64 9817 19635 29453 39270 49087 58905 6.00 28.27 14137 28274 42412 56549 70686 84823 8.00 50.27 25133 50266 75398 100531 125664 150797 HYDRAULIC CYLINDER FORCE (lbs.) force (lbs) = cylinder area (sq. in.) x pressure (psi) To determine force developed by a cylinder in extension use chart below. To determine force developed in retract subtract the force that corresponds to cylinder piston rod diameter. GPM PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI 100 200 250 300 400 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 0.5 0.03 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.13 0.16 0.24 0.32 0.41 0.49 0.65 0.81 0.97 1.30 1.0 0.06 0.13 0.16 0.19 0.26 0.32 0.49 0.65 0.81 0.97 1.30 1.62 1.94 2.59 1.5 0.10 0.19 0.24 0.29 0.39 0.49 0.73 0.97 1.22 1.46 1.94 2.43 2.92 3.89 2.0 0.13 0.26 0.32 0.39 0.52 0.65 0.97 1.30 1.62 1.94 2.59 3.24 3.89 5.19 2.5 0.16 0.32 0.41 0.49 0.65 0.81 1.22 1.62 1.03 2.43 3.24 4.05 4.86 6.48 3.0 0.19 0.39 0.49 0.58 0.78 0.97 1.46 1.94 2.43 2.92 3.89 4.86 5.83 7.78 3.5 0.23 0.45 0.57 0.68 0.91 1.13 1.70 2.27 2.84 3.40 4.54 5.67 6.81 9.08 4.0 0.26 0.52 0.65 0.78 1.04 1.30 1.94 2.59 3.24 3.89 5.19 6.48 7.78 10.37 5.0 0.32 0.65 0.81 0.97 1.30 1.62 2.43 3.24 4.05 4.86 6.48 8.10 9.72 12.97 6.0 0.39 0.78 0.97 1.17 1.56 1.94 2.92 3.89 4.86 5.83 7.78 9.72 11.67 15.56 7.0 0.45 0.91 1.13 1.36 1.82 2.27 3.40 4.54 5.67 6.81 9.08 11.34 13.61 18.15 8.0 0.52 1.04 1.30 1.56 2.07 2.59 3.89 5.19 6.48 7.78 10.37 12.97 15.56 20.74 9.0 0.58 1.17 1.46 1.75 2.33 2.92 4.38 5.83 7.29 8.75 11.67 14.59 17.50 23.34 10.0 0.65 1.30 1.63 1.96 2.59 3.24 4.86 6.48 8.10 9.72 12.97 16.21 19.45 25.93 11.0 0.71 1.43 1.78 2.14 2.85 3.57 5.35 7.13 8.91 10.70 14.26 17.83 21.39 28.52 12.0 0.78 1.56 1.94 2.33 3.11 3.89 5.83 7.78 9.72 11.67 15.56 19.45 23.34 31.12 13.0 0.84 1.69 2.11 2.53 3.37 4.21 6.32 8.43 10.53 12.64 16.85 21.07 25.28 33.71 14.0 0.91 1.82 2.27 2.72 3.63 4.54 6.81 9.08 11.34 13.61 18.15 22.69 27.23 36.30 15.0 0.97 1.94 2.43 2.92 3.89 4.86 7.29 9.72 12.15 14.59 19.45 24.31 29.17 38.90 16.0 1.04 2.07 2.59 3.11 4.15 5.19 7.78 10.37 12.97 15.56 20.74 25.93 31.12 41.49 17.0 1.10 2.20 2.76 3.31 4.41 5.51 8.27 11.02 13.78 16.53 22.04 27.55 33.06 44.08 18.0 1.17 2.33 2.92 3.50 4.67 5.83 8.75 11.67 14.59 17.50 23.34 29.17 35.01 46.67 19.0
V89VALVESCATV 89-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 Valve Quick Reference Guide Parker/Gresen to Prince Manufacturing Parker/Gresen Prince Manufacturing Models: V20, V10, SP, SPK, 300, 400 & Accessory Models: Series 20, SV, RD5000, RD2500 & Accessory PARKER/GRESEN V20 PRINCE SERIES 20 STACKABLE VALVE Parallel Work Sections Parallel Work Sections 20 GPM 3500 PSI 20-10-4 With K-20-VH-B Handle 20P1BA1AA 4 Way 3 Position, #10 SAE Ports 20-50-4 With K-20-VH-B Handle 20P4BA1AA 4 Way 3 Position, 1/2” NPTF Ports 20-10-4 With K-20-VH-B Handle and Two 20P1BA1EE 4 Way 3 Position, #10 SAE Ports RC-2550 Work Port Reliefs With 2500 PSI Work Port Reliefs Float Work Sections 20-50-K4 With K-20-VH-B Handle 20P4DD1AA 4 Way 4 Position With Float, 1/2” NPTF Ports Motor Spool Work Sections 20-10-DF4 With K-20-VH-B Handle 20P1CB1AA 4 Way 3 Position, #10 SAE Ports Tandem Work Sections Tandem Work Sections 20T-10-04 With K-20-VH-B Handle 20T1BA1AA 4 Way 3 Position, #10 SAE Ports Parallel Lock Sections With Pilot Operated Checks Parallel Lock Sections With Pilot Operated Checks 20-10-L04 With K-20-VH-B Handle 20L1CA1 4 Way 3 Position, #10 SAE Ports Inlet Sections (Left Cover) Inlet Sections (Left Cover) 20-LC-12 With WH-2550 Relief 20I2E #12 SAE Ports, Non Adjusted Relief 20-LC-75 With WH-2550 Relief and K-WH-A 20I3J 3/4” NPTF Ports, Adjusted Relief Adjusted Kit Outlet Sections (Right Cover) Outlet Sections (Right Cover) 20-RC-12-E 20E21 #12 SAE Ports 20-RC-75-E-MY With K-20-50-Y Power Beyond Kit 20E32 3/4” NPTF Ports, Power Beyond See Series 20 Valve In Catalog, or on www.princehyd.com PARKER/GRESEN V10 PRINCE SV STACKABLE VALVE Parallel Work Sections Parallel Work Sections 12 GPM 3000 PSI V10 Is Not Available With Economical Handle SVW1BA1 4 Way 3 Position, #8 SAE Ports, Standard Handle 10-8N-04 With K-10-VH Handle SVW1BA11 4 Way 3 Position, #8 SAE Ports, Enclosed Handle 10-8-04 With K-10-VH Handle and Two SVH1BA11GG 4 Way 3 Position, #8 SAE Ports, RP10A-3000 Adjustable Work Port Reliefs Enclosed Handle, Work Port Reliefs Float Work Sections 10-8N-K4 With K-10-VH Handle SVW1DD11 4 Way 4 Position, With Float #8 SAE Ports, Enclosed Handle Motor Spool Sections 10-8N-F4 With K-10-VH Handle SVW1CA11 4 Way 3 Position, #8 SAE Ports, Enclosed Handle Solenoid Sections (On-Off Operation) 10-08-03-SOL-I-12 and Two Solenoid SVW1BA-T12Q 4 Way 3 Position, #8 SAE Ports, Cartridges and Coils 12 Volt Solenoid Coils Series Work Sections Series Work Sections V10 Does Not Have a Standard Series Work Section SVS1GA1AA 4 Way 3 Position, #8 SAE Ports, Series Circuit, Work Port Relief Plugs Parallel Lock Sections With Pilot Operated Checks Parallel Lock Sections With Pilot Operated Checks V10 Does Not Have a Standard Lock Section SLV1CA1 Double P.O. Checks, #8 SAE Ports, 4 With Pilot Operated Checks Way 3 Position Motor, Spring Center Inlet Sections (Left Cover) Inlet Sections (Left Cover) 10-LC10 With RCMA-3000 Relief SV125 #10 SAE Ports, Adjusted Relief Outlet Sections (Right Cover) Outlet Sections (Right Cover) 10-RC-10-EY SVE21 #10 SAE Ports, Convertible to Power Beyond or Closed Center See SV Valve In Catalog, or on www.princehyd.com
V90VALVES CATV 90-11-23-01PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220 PARKER/GRESEN PRINCE VALVE 1,2,3 SPOOL MONO-BLOCK SP Series RD5000 Series 30 GPM – 3000 PSI SP-4-HP, SPX-4-HP RD512CA5A4B1 4 Way 3 Position, 3/4” In & Out, 1/2” Work Ports, Spring Center SPK-4-HP RD512GC5A4B1 4 Way 4 Position with Float Detent, 3/4” In & Out, 1/2” Work Ports, Spring Center SP-4-4-HP, SPX-4-4-HP RD522CCAA5A4B1 4 Way 3 Position, 3/4” In & Out, 1/2” Work Ports, Spring Center SPK-4-4-HP RD522GCGA5A4B1 4 Way 4 Position with 1st Spool Float Detent, 3/4” In & Out, 1/2” Work Ports, Spring Center SP-4-4-4-HP, SPX-4-4-4-HP RD532CCCAAA5A4B1 4 Way 3 Position, 3/4” In & Out, 1/2” Work Ports, Spring Center SPK-4-4-4-HP RD532GCCGAA5A4B1 4 Way 4 Position with 1st Spool Float Detent, 3/4” In & Out, 1/2” Work Ports, Spring Center 300/400 Series RD2500 Series 300 RD2575-T3-ESA1 3 Way 3 Position, 3/4” In & Out, 1/2” Work Ports, Spring Center 400 RD2575-T4-ESA1 4 Way 3 Position, 3/4” In & Out, 1/2” Work Ports, Spring Center 410 RD2575-T4-EDA1 4 Way 3 Position Detent, 3/4” In & Out, 1/2” Work Ports 410-40 RD2575-M4-EDA1 4 Way 3 Position Detent, Motor Spool, 3/4” In & Out, 1/2” Work Ports Accessory Valves CFD-10-5-NR RD-412-5 Constant Volume Priority Flow Divider, #12 Ports CFD-10-6-HP RD-412-R-6 Constant Volume Priority Flow Divider, #12 Ports CFD-50-3-HP RD-400-R-3 Constant Volume Priority Flow Divider, 3/4” Ports CFD-50-4 RD-400-R-4 Constant Volume Priority Flow Divider, 3/4” Ports CFD-50-8 RD-450-R-8 Constant Volume Priority Flow Divider, 1/2” Ports CFD-50-10-HP RD-400-R-10 Constant Volume Priority Flow Divider, 3/4” Ports CFD-75-2-HP RD-405-R-2 Constant Volume Priority Flow Divider, 3/4” Ports CFD-75-3-HP RD-405-R-3 Constant Volume Priority Flow Divider, 3/4” Ports CFD-75-3-NR RD-405-3 Constant Volume Priority Flow Divider, 3/4” Ports CFD-75-5-NR RD-405-5 Constant Volume Priority Flow Divider, 3/4” Ports CFD-75-10-NR RD-405-10 Constant Volume Priority Flow Divider, 3/4” Ports CFD-A-50 RD-550 Screw Adjust Priority Flow Control, 1/2” Ports CFD-A-75 RD-575 Screw Adjust Priority Flow Control, 3/4” Ports CFQ-A-50 RD-150-16, RD-1950-16 Lever Adjust Priority Flow Control, 1/2” Ports CFQ-A-75R RDRS-175-30, RDRS-1975-30 Lever Adjust Priority Flow Control, 3/4” Ports, Adjustable Relief DC25A-75-0-NR RD-575-P-30 Screw Adjust Priority Flow Control, 3/4” Ports DS-12 DS-4A1D Double Selector, 3/4” Ports DS-75 DS-5A1D Double Selector, #12 Ports DWV-12-25 DRV-1NHNH-2500 Double Cross-Over Relief (Cushion), #12 Ports DWV-50-A-12 DRV-4LL-12-12 Double Cross-Over Relief (Cushion), 1/2” Ports DWV-50-20 DRV-4NHNH-2000 Double Cross-Over Relief (Cushion), 1/2” Ports DWV-75-A DRV-2HH Double Cross-Over Relief (Cushion), 3/4” Ports DWV-75-20 DRV-2NHNH-2000 Double Cross-Over Relief (Cushion), 3/4” Ports HM-50 SS-2B1B Two Position Float Valve, 1/2” Ports JT-50-HP, JL-50-HP RD-1850H Adjustable Relief (Ball Spring), 1/2” Ports LD1-50-1S RD-1650 Single Lock Valve, 1/2” Ports LO-50-D RD-1450 Double Lock Valve, 1/2” Ports PD-12-50 RD-212-30 Proportional Flow Divider, #12 Ports PD-50-50-50 RD-250-16 Proportional Flow Divider, 1/2” Ports PD-50-60-40 RD-250-16(60/40) Proportional Flow Divider, 1/2” Ports PD-75-50-50 RD-275-30 Proportional Flow Divider, 3/4” Ports S-50 RD-950 Selector Valve, 1/2” Ports S-75 RD-975 Selector Valve, 3/4” Ports SM-50, S-50 SS-2A1D, RD-950 Single Selector 1/2” Work Ports SM-8 SS-3A1D Single Selector #8 Work Ports WJL-10-A RV-3H Adjustable Relief (Differential Poppet ), #10 Ports WJL-50-13 RV-4L Adjustable Relief (Differential Poppet ), 1/2” Ports WJL-50-20 RV-4H Adjustable Relief (Differential Poppet ), 1/2” Ports Prince Manufacturing Corporation 612 N. Derby Lane North Sioux City, SD 57049 Phone: 605-235-1220 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-mail: prince@princehyd.com
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220P2PTO PUMPS CATP 2-11-23-01 INDEX PTO Hydraulic Pump ........................................................................................................P3-P7 Hydraulic Pump Accessories ................................................................................................. P8 SP-Accessories (Repair Kits Etc.) ............................................................................................ See Price Book The Hand Pumps, PM-HP-15B, PM-HP-10B and PM-HP-5B, Are In The Cylinder Section On Page C24. PLEASE NOTE: Parts Manuals For All Standard Prince Pumps Are Available On The Prince Web Site At www.princehyd.com
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220P3PTO PUMPSCATP 3-11-23-01 UNIQUE FEATURES: • Self-adjusting wear plates on both sides of the gears. • Proper size hose adapters are provided for inlet ports. • Two outlet ports are provided with a NPT adapter for one port and a plug to seal unused port. • Center section available in high strength aluminum alloy for std. duty cycle or in high strength cast iron for high duty cycle use. IDEAL FOR USE WITH...... • Tractor front end loaders • Pull-type cotton pickers • Cotton balers (module builders) • Tractors imported without integral hydraulics • Landscape equipment PLUS STANDARD FEATURES: • Reliable • Efficient • Roller Bearings • Run fitted body • Internally splined drive shaft. • High-tensile cast iron end plates. • Slips onto tractor PTO shaft (no gear box required). • Two-bolt installation on farm tractors of all sizes. • Rotary mowers • Street Sweepers • Back hoes • SELF ADJUSTING WEAR PLATES Prince PTO pumps have self-adjusting wear plates that seal around the two unequal size gears. These plates, activated by internal fluid pressure, offset wear or expansion. • FILTRATION The pump must be used in a clean system with clean oil. The fluid cleanliness should meet the ISO 4406 17/14 level. As a minimum, 10 micron filtration is recommended. • HYDRAULIC FLUID A good quality mineral base hydraulic fluid with a viscosity in the 70-250 SUS range at operating temperature is recommended. • OPERATING TEMPERATURE Oil operating temperature should not exceed 180°F. If it does, the reservoir may be too small or a heat exchanger may be needed. • SHAFT SPEEDS Prince PTO pumps are designed to operate at up to 110% of standard PTO shaft speeds. Standard speeds are 540 rpm for the 6 tooth shaft and 1000 rpm for the 21 tooth shaft. • CLOSE RUNNING CLEARANCE FOR HIGH FLOW RATE Another feature that contributes to the excellent and long-lived efficiency of the PTO-Series pump is the minimum clearance between the gears and the center housing. Each pump is assembled with zero clearance between the housing and the tips of the gear teeth, then test run until the teeth establish a proper wear path in the housing. The result is a much tighter clearance than found in traditional pumps. • PRESSURE RATING Pumps are designed for 2250 PSI max. relief valve setting. A relief valve, external to the pump, must be provided in the system. • PORTS All pumps are provided with an inlet port adapter (SAE O-ring boss to hose barb) and outlet port adapter (SAE O-ring boss to female pipe thread) sized appropriately for the ports and required line sizes. A steel plug is provided for the second outlet port. • RESERVOIR As a guideline, a reservoir size in gallons should equal the pump output in gallons per minute. A larger reservoir and/or an oil cooler may be needed for high duty cycle applications. ALUMINUM CENTER HOUSING • Standard duty cycle • Reduced weight • Smaller housing MODEL FEATURES CAST IRON CENTER HOUSING • High duty cycle • Use in circuits with motors • Better at higher temperatures • Increased wear resistance REAR PORTED • Higher flows • Simplified hose connections • Higher flows at reduced engine rpm as compared to other PTO pumps Prince PTO pumps are specifically designed for PTO drive operation on all sizes of farm tractors. No additional gear box is required. Pumps are mounted by sliding the internally splined pump onto the PTO splined shaft and restraining rotation with a torque arm. See page P6 for the PTO pump torque arm kit. PRINCE PTO HYDRAULIC PUMPS Up to 40 gallons per minute and up to 2250 psi
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220P4PTO PUMPS CATP 4-11-23-01 OUT TYPICAL TORQUE ARM INSTALLATION 9.50 MIN 3.19 6.38 3.19 6.38 TYPICAL TORQUE ARM INSTALLATION 9.50 MIN 2.94 R AUXILIARY OUTLET PORT 3/8-16NC-2B 2.63 R A IN PRINCE OUT INLET PORT 8.75 3.00 3.44 R OUT 3.75 10˚ 3.85 3.13 RE B D C 9.38 OUTLET PORT 1.75 DRIVE SHAFT OUTLET PORT 2.63 R AUXILIARY OUTLET PORT 3/8-16NC-2B OUT 3.75 A 8.75 3.13 R10˚ B E C D 3.63 3.00 IN PRINCE 1.75 DRIVE SHAFT INLET PORT PERFORMANCE DATA 500 PSI 1000 PSI 1500 PSI 2000 PSI PUMP RPM INPUT GPM INPUT GPM INPUT GPM INPUT GPM MODEL HP OUTPUT HP OUTPUT HP OUTPUT HP OUTPUT HC-PTO-1A & HC-PTO-1AC 540 8.4 21.4 16.1 21.0 23.8 21.0 32.1 21.0 HC-PTO-9A 540 7.1 17.2 13.6 17.0 20.4 16.9 27.4 17.1 HC-PTO-2A & HC-PTO-2AC 540 4.9 12.2 9.3 11.9 13.8 11.6 18.1 11.4 HC-PTO-3A & HC-PTO-3AC 1000 9.3 23.4 17.4 23.0 25.9 22.6 34.3 22.4 HC-PTO-7A 540 2.9 7.6 5.9 7.2 8.8 7.2 11.9 7.1 HC-PTO-8A & HC-PTO-8AC 1000 5.5 14.4 11.0 13.8 16.5 13.5 22.6 13.5 NOTE: Performance values are average values. Individual pump performance may vary. Performance based on 140 SUS oil at 120° F. CAST IRON CENTER HOUSING PTO PUMPS DIMENSIONAL DATA PUMP ACTUAL INLET OUTLET RECOMMENDED DRIVE SHAFT SHIP MODEL DISPLACEMENT A B C D E PORTS PORTS 3 HOSE SIZES REQUIRED WT. (LB) HC-PTO-1AC 9.9 CI/REV 2.37 2.09 2.19 3.35 6.35 #16 SAE 1 #12 SAE 1 1/4” IN, 3/4 “ OUT 1 3/8 DIA. 6 TOOTH 54 HC-PTO-2AC 5.7 CI/REV 1.62 1.72 1.81 2.97 5.60 #16 SAE 2 #12 SAE 1” IN, 1/2 “OUT 1 3/8 DIA. 6 TOOTH 44 HC-PTO-3AC 5.7 CI/REV 1.62 1.72 1.81 2.97 5.60 #16 SAE 1 #12 SAE 1 1/4” IN, 3/4 “ OUT 1 3/8 DIA. 21 TOOTH 44 HC-PTO-8AC 3.6 CI/REV 1.26 1.54 1.63 2.78 5.23 #16 SAE #12 SAE 1 1/4” IN, 3/4 “ OUT 1 3/8 DIA. 21 TOOTH 42 ALUMINUM CENTER HOUSING PTO PUMPS DIMENSIONAL DATA PUMP ACTUAL INLET OUTLET RECOMMENDED DRIVE SHAFT SHIP MODEL DISPLACEMENT A B C D E PORTS PORTS 3 HOSE SIZES REQUIRED WT. (LB) HC-PTO-1A 9.9 CI/REV 2.37 2.09 2.19 3.35 6.35 #16 SAE 1 #12 SAE 1 1/4” IN, 3/4 “ OUT 1 3/8 DIA. 6 TOOTH 40 HC-PTO-9A 7.8 CI/REV 2.00 1.91 2.00 3.16 5.97 #16 SAE 1 #12 SAE 1 1/4” IN, 3/4 “ OUT 1 3/8 DIA. 6 TOOTH 38 HC-PTO-2A 5.7 CI/REV 1.62 1.72 1.81 2.97 5.60 #16 SAE 2 #12 SAE 1” IN, 1/2 “OUT 1 3/8 DIA. 6 TOOTH 36 HC-PTO-3A 5.7 CI/REV 1.62 1.72 1.81 2.97 5.60 #16 SAE 1 #12 SAE 1 1/4” IN, 3/4 “ OUT 1 3/8 DIA. 21 TOOTH 36 HC-PTO-7A 3.6 CI/REV 1.26 1.54 1.63 2.78 5.23 #16 SAE 2 #12 SAE 1” IN, 1/2 “OUT 1 3/8 DIA. 6 TOOTH 33 HC-PTO-8A 3.6 CI/REV 1.26 1.54 1.63 2.78 5.23 #16 SAE #12 SAE 1 1/4” IN, 3/4” OUT 1 3/8 DIA. 21 TOOTH 33 Seal kit No. for all models: PMCK-PTO-1A 1. Barbed adapter for 1 1/4” hose included. 270011013 2. Barbed adapter for 1 ” hose included. 270011017 3. Female pipe adaptor for 3/4” NPT included. 500204011 1. Barbed adapter for 1 1/4” hose included. 270011013 2. Barbed adapter for 1 ” hose included. 270011017 3. Female pipe adaptor for 3/4” NPT included. 500204011 OUT TYPICAL TORQUE ARM INSTALLATION 9.50 MIN 3.19 6.38 3.19 6.38 TYPICAL TORQUE ARM INSTALLATION 9.50 MIN 2.94 R AUXILIARY OUTLET PORT 3/8-16NC-2B 2.63 R A IN PRINCE OUT INLET PORT 8.75 3.00 3.44 R OUT 3.75 10˚ 3.85 3.13 RE B D C 9.38 OUTLET PORT 1.75 DRIVE SHAFT OUTLET PORT 2.63 R AUXILIARY OUTLET PORT 3/8-16NC-2B OUT 3.75 A 8.75 3.13 R10˚ B E C D 3.63 3.00 IN PRINCE 1.75 DRIVE SHAFT INLET PORT SEE PAGE 1 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING Seal kit No. for all models: PMCK-PTO-1A
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220P5PTO PUMPSCATP 5-11-23-01 ALUMINUM CENTER HOUSING REAR PORT PTO PUMP C641 OUT PRINCE IN OUT 3.19 1.50 1.50 1.75 8.75 A B C D 3.00 R2.63 R3.13 3.62 10° 1.691.99 3.12 6.31 INLET PORT #16 SAE ORB PORT 3/8-16UNC-2B AUXILLIARY OUTLET PORT #12 SAE ORB PORT (1 1/16-12 UN-2B) TYPICAL TORQUE ARM INSTALLATION 9.50 MIN 3.75 HC-PTO-1R MODEL NUMBER A 2.37 B 3.35 2.09 C 6.35 D HC-PTO-9R 2.00 3.16 1.91 5.97 HC-PTO-2R 1.62 2.97 1.72 5.60 HC-PTO-3R 1.62 2.97 1.72 5.60 HC-PTO-7R 1.26 2.78 1.54 5.23 HC-PTO-8R 1.26 2.78 1.54 5.23 (1 5/16-12 UN-2B) MAIN OUTLET PORT #12 SAE ORB PORT (1 1/16-12 UN-2B) 1 3/8 DIA 21 TOOTH SPLINE (HC-PTO-3R & 8R) 6 TOOTH SPLINE (HC-PTO-1R, 2R, 7R, 9R)
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220P6PTO PUMPS CATP 6-11-23-01 CAST IRON CENTER HOUSING REAR PORT PTO PUMP INOUT C641 PRINCE 3.75 9.50 MIN OUT 3.19 6.31 1.75 9.38 1.50 1.50 B C D A1.99 1.69 3/8-16UNC-2B TYPICAL TORQUE ARM INSTALLATION 3.85 10° R3.44 3.00 R2.94 8.75 3.47 R3.12 R2.62 INLET PORT #16 SAE ORB PORT AUXILLIARY OUTLET PORT #12 SAE ORB PORT (1 1/16-12 UN-2B) (1 5/16-12 UN-2B) MAIN OUTLET PORT #12 SAE ORB PORT (1 1/16-12 UN-2B) 1 3/8 DIA 21 TOOTH SPLINE (HC-PTO-3R & 8R) 6 TOOTH SPLINE (HC-PTO-1R, 2R, 7R, 9R) HC-PTO-1RC MODEL NUMBER A 2.37 B 3.35 2.09 C 6.35 D HC-PTO-9RC 2.00 3.16 1.91 5.97 HC-PTO-2RC 1.62 2.97 1.72 5.60 HC-PTO-3RC 1.62 2.97 1.72 5.60 HC-PTO-7RC 1.26 2.78 1.54 5.23 HC-PTO-8RC 1.26 2.78 1.54 5.23
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220P7PTO PUMPSCATP 7-11-23-01 CAST IRON CENTER HOUSING (HC-P-K11C) REAR PORTED PTO PUMPS NOTE: Performance values are average values. Individual pump performance may vary. Performance based on 140 SUS oil at 120° F. SPECIFICATIONS PUMP ACTUAL INLET MAIN OUTLET AUXILIARY OUTLET INLET OUTLET SHIP MODEL DISP. PORT PORT PORT ADAPTER ADAPTER WT. (LB) HC-P-K11 #20 SAE O-RING #16 SAE O-RING #12 SAE O-RING #20 SAE TO 2” #16 SAE TO 1” 40 OR 9.9 CI/REV (1 5/8-12UN-2B) (1 5/16-12UN-2B) (1 1/16-12UN-2B) HOSE BARB FEMALE PIPE OR HC-P-K11C 54 PERFORMANCE DATA 500 PSI 1000 PSI 1500 PSI 2000 PSI PUMP HP GPM HP GPM HP GPM HP GPM MODEL RPM INPUT OUTPUT INPUT OUTPUT INPUT OUTPUT INPUT OUTPUT HC-P-K11 1000 15.5 40.7 29.4 40.1 43.4 40.0 58.8 40.0 OR HC-P-K11C 540 8.4 21.4 16.1 21.0 23.8 21.0 32.1 21.0 ALUMINUM CENTER HOUSING (HC-P-K11) SPECIAL NOTE: Recommended hose sizes for the HC-P-K11 and HC-P-K11C are 2” for the inlet line and 1” for the outlet line. Seal kit No. for the HC-P-K11 and HC-P-K11C is: PMCK-PTO-1A. HC-P-K11 and HC-P-K11C pumps available with 1 3/8 diameter 21 tooth spline drive only. HC-P-K26 same as HC-P-K11 except 1 3/8”- dia. 6 tooth spline. HC-P-K26C same as HC-P-K11C except 1 3/8” dia. 6 tooth spline. For use at 540 RPM. OUT 6.31 3.19 2.63 R 3.00 AUXILIARY OUTLET PORT TYPICAL TORQUE ARM INSTALLATION OUT 3.75 9.50 MIN 3.13 R3.62 10˚ 2.09 1.50 3/8-16UNC-2B IN INLET PORT 1.75 1.50 PRINCE C641 MAIN OUTLET PORT 3.35 6.35 1 3/8 DIA. 21 TOOTH SPLINE 8.75 2.37 9.38 6.31 3.19 3.13 R 3.85 2.63 R TYPICAL TORQUE ARM INSTALLATION 9.50 MIN 10˚ 3.75 3.44 R 3.00 2.94 R 3/8-16UNC-2B 2.37 6.35 2.093.35 AUXILIARY OUTLET PORT MAIN OUTLET PORT 1.501.50 1 3/8 DIA. 21 TOOTH SPLINE 8.75 1.75 INLET PORT OUT IN PRINCE OUT C641 OUT 6.31 3.19 2.63 R 3.00 AUXILIARY OUTLET PORT TYPICAL TORQUE ARM INSTALLATION OUT 3.75 9.50 MIN 3.13 R3.62 10˚ 2.09 1.50 3/8-16UNC-2B IN INLET PORT 1.75 1.50 PRINCE C641 MAIN OUTLET PORT 3.35 6.35 1 3/8 DIA. 21 TOOTH SPLINE 8.75 2.37 9.38 6.31 3.19 3.13 R 3.85 2.63 R TYPICAL TORQUE ARM INSTALLATION 9.50 MIN 10˚ 3.75 3.44 R 3.00 2.94 R 3/8-16UNC-2B 2.37 6.35 2.093.35 AUXILIARY OUTLET PORT MAIN OUTLET PORT 1.501.50 1 3/8 DIA. 21 TOOTH SPLINE 8.75 1.75 INLET PORT OUT IN PRINCE OUT C641 SEE PAGE 1 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: prince@princehyd.com • PHONE: (605) 235-1220P8PTO PUMPS CATP 8-11-23-01 PUMP TORQUE ARM KIT The 180900877 torque arm kit was designed to simplify Prince PTO pump installation by eliminating the need to fabricate a custom torque arm. Items included in the kit are: 1-Torque arm 2-3/8-16 mounting bolts 1-Eye bolt/chain assembly NOTE THAT TORQUE ARM KIT NO. 180900877 FITS ALL MODEL PTO PUMPS RESERVOIR BREATHER ADAPTER The 200400039 breather adapter enables a standard Prince 10 micron spin-on filter element* to be used as a reservoir breather. *Part Number FA10 FITTINGS AND ADAPTERS MODEL NUMBER DESCRIPTION CONFIGURATION 500204013 #16 SAE (1 5/16-12) Male, 1 1/4-NPTF Female Fig. 1 500204011 #12 SAE (1 1/16-12) Male, 3/4-NPTF Female Fig. 1 270011013 #16 SAE (1 5/16-12) Male, 1 1/4 Hose Barb Fig. 2 270011017 #16 SAE (1 5/16-12) Male, 1 Hose Barb Fig. 2 270011046 #20 SAE (1 5/8-12) Male, 2 Hose Barb Fig. 2 500204012 #16 SAE (1 5/16-12) Male, 1-NPTF Female Fig. 1 PUMP ACCESSORIES
Prince Manufacturing Corporation Warranty (This warranty voids all previous issues.) (Effective Date: November 1, 2015) Prince warrants only standard and custom products of its manufacture to be free from defects in materials or workmanship under normal use for the time periods set forth below. Standard Prince product (listed in Prince’s standard products catalog) is warranted for 36 months from the date of purchase by Prince’s customer or 30 months from date the product is first put into service, whichever is earlier. Wolverine standard products are warranted for 15 months from the date of purchase by Prince’s customer or 12 months from the date the product is first put into service, whichever is earlier. Custom product is warranted for 15 months from the date of purchase by Prince’s customer or 12 months from the date the product is first put into service, whichever is earlier. Prince’s obligation is to repair or replace free of charge or give credit for any part of its product that its inspection shows to be defective, including the lowest roundtrip transportation charges from Prince’s customer to Sioux City, Iowa, and return, but excluding all transportation costs from Prince’s customer to its customer and all other costs such as removal and installation expenses. Prince shall not be liable for loss of time, manufacturing costs, labor, material, loss of profits, or any other consequential damages caused directly or indirectly by defective products, whether or not such claim is based on contract, tort, warranty, or other legal basis. Written permission for any warranty claim return must first be obtained from authorized Prince personnel. All returns must be accompanied with a complete written explanation of claimed defects and the circumstances of failure. PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED OR SOLD BY PRINCE ARE NOT WARRANTED EXPRESSLY OR BY IMPLICATION FOR MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DISCLOSURE TO PRINCE OF THE USE TO WHICH THE PRODUCT IS TO BE PUT. THIS EXPRESS WARRANTY IS THE SOLE WARRANTY OF PRINCE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE WARRANTY EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS DOCUMENT. THE SALE OF PRODUCTS OF PRINCE UNDER ANY OTHER WARRANTY OR GUARANTEE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IS NOT AUTHORIZED.
Prince Manufacturing Corporation 612 N. Derby Lane North Sioux City, SD 57049 Phone (605) 235-1220 URL: www.princehyd.com • E-Mail: prince@princehyd.com